diff options
author | Pascal Rigaux <pixel@mandriva.com> | 2002-07-22 19:52:47 +0000 |
---|---|---|
committer | Pascal Rigaux <pixel@mandriva.com> | 2002-07-22 19:52:47 +0000 |
commit | 8f2f272a88956ddffb83bffdf2a903712a6ef9da (patch) | |
tree | 68a4ec649f54408326e7d1bb5f2642150c066c78 | |
parent | 15a685fb206da461238692f094fe77a04f94d598 (diff) | |
download | drakx-backup-do-not-use-8f2f272a88956ddffb83bffdf2a903712a6ef9da.tar drakx-backup-do-not-use-8f2f272a88956ddffb83bffdf2a903712a6ef9da.tar.gz drakx-backup-do-not-use-8f2f272a88956ddffb83bffdf2a903712a6ef9da.tar.bz2 drakx-backup-do-not-use-8f2f272a88956ddffb83bffdf2a903712a6ef9da.tar.xz drakx-backup-do-not-use-8f2f272a88956ddffb83bffdf2a903712a6ef9da.zip |
- update help.pm based on the xml manual
- this fixes entities sticked together with no space in between
- this also implies a few bad line-wrapping changes,
but it needs to be done to have a clean state
(we don't have one since 8.2beta where i updated things by hand)
- put help-*.pot in CVS so that the files based on the xml manual can be updated
independently from DrakX.pot & .po's
-rw-r--r-- | perl-install/help.pm | 143 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | perl-install/share/po/.cvsignore | 1 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | perl-install/share/po/Makefile | 2 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot | 1911 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot | 1898 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | perl-install/share/po/help-eu.pot | 1846 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot | 1797 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot | 1926 |
8 files changed, 9452 insertions, 72 deletions
diff --git a/perl-install/help.pm b/perl-install/help.pm index 283f4464c..5a2ee5b0a 100644 --- a/perl-install/help.pm +++ b/perl-install/help.pm @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ it may also be very dangerous! The slightest mistake could mean that your system would not work any more. If you make a serious mistake as a regular user, you may only lose some information, but not the entire system. -First, you have to enter your real name. This is not mandatory, of course +First, you have to enter your real name. This is not mandatory, of course - as you can actually enter whatever you want. DrakX will then take the first word you have entered in the box and will bring it over to the \"User name\". This is the name this particular user will use to log onto the @@ -86,8 +86,8 @@ available for installation. Click \"OK\" when you are ready to continue. Packages are sorted in groups corresponding to a particular use of your machine. The groups themselves are sorted into four sections: - * \"Workstation\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select -one or more of the corresponding groups; + * \"Workstation\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, +select one or more of the corresponding groups; * \"Development\": if your machine is to be used for programming, choose the desired group(s); @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ act as a server, or if you were not successful in getting the display configured."), createBootdisk => -__("The Mandrake LinuxCD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by +__("The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by booting from the CD-ROM, press the >>F1<< key at boot and type >>rescue<< at the prompt. But in case your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, you should come back to this step for help in at least two situations: @@ -265,8 +265,8 @@ your system). If you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft install process will rewrite the boot sector, and then you will not be able to start GNU/Linux! - * if a problem arises and you cannot start up GNU/Linux from the hard disk, -this floppy disk will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It + * if a problem arises and you cannot start up GNU/Linux from the hard +disk, this floppy disk will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It contains a fair number of system tools for restoring a system, which has crashed due to a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a typo in a password, or any other reason. @@ -310,20 +310,20 @@ partitioning of your blank drive(s). You will not be prompted further; Linux partitions on your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option; - * \"Use the free space on the Windows; partition\": if MicrosoftWindows is -installed on your hard drive and takes all the space available on it, you -have to create free space for Linux data. To do so, you can delete your -MicrosoftWindows partition and data (see ``Erase entire disk'' or ``Expert -mode'' solutions) or resize your MicrosoftWindows partition. Resizing can + * \"Use the free space on the Windows; partition\": if Microsoft Windows +is installed on your hard drive and takes all the space available on it, +you have to create free space for Linux data. To do so, you can delete your +Microsoft Windows partition and data (see ``Erase entire disk'' or ``Expert +mode'' solutions) or resize your Microsoft Windows partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any data, provided you previously defragment the Windows partition. Backing up your data won't hurt either.. This solution is recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and -MicrosoftWindows on the same computer. +Microsoft Windows on the same computer. - Before choosing this option, please understand that after this procedure, -the size of your MicrosoftWindows partition will be smaller than at the -present time. You will have less free space under MicrosoftWindows to store -your data or to install new software; + Before choosing this option, please understand that after this +procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller +than at the present time. You will have less free space under Microsoft +Windows to store your data or to install new software; * \"Erase entire disk\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux @@ -339,9 +339,9 @@ will be lost; !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !! * \"Expert mode\": choose this option if you want to manually partition -your hard drive. Be careful it is a powerful but dangerous choice. You can -very easily lose all your data. Hence, do not choose this unless you know -what you are doing."), +your hard drive. Be careful - it is a powerful but dangerous choice. You +can very easily lose all your data. Hence, do not choose this unless you +know what you are doing."), exitInstall => __("There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is @@ -360,8 +360,8 @@ an operator, similar to the installation you just configured. * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation as the partitioning step (and only this one) remains interactive; - * \"Automated\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely -rewritten, all data is lost. + * \"Automated\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is +completely rewritten, all data is lost. This feature is very handy when installing a great number of similar machines. See the Auto install section on our web site; @@ -459,32 +459,32 @@ and swap partitions in free space of your hard drive; * \"More\": gives access to additional features: - * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful -for later partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended -to perform this step; + * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy. +Useful for later partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly +recommended to perform this step; * \"Restore partition table\": allows to restore a previously saved partition table from floppy disk; - * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you can -try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember that it -can fail; + * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you +can try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember +that it can fail; - * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and loads your initial -partition table; + * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and loads your +initial partition table; - * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force users -to manually mount and unmount removable medias such as floppies and + * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force +users to manually mount and unmount removable medias such as floppies and CD-ROMs. - * \"Wizard\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your -hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good knowledge of + * \"Wizard\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition +your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good knowledge of partitioning; * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes; - * \"Toggle to normal/expert mode\": allows additional actions on partitions -(type, options, format) and gives more information; + * \"Toggle to normal/expert mode\": allows additional actions on +partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information; * \"Done\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will save your changes back to disk. @@ -553,10 +553,11 @@ system: what currently holds your machine, you will be able to keep some old (Linux or other) partitions unchanged; - * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows to simply update the packages -currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. It keeps the current -partitions of your hard drives as well as user configurations. All other -configuration steps remain available with respect to plain installation; + * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows to simply update the +packages currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. It keeps the +current partitions of your hard drives as well as user configurations. All +other configuration steps remain available with respect to plain +installation; * \"Upgrade Packages Only\": this brand new class allows to upgrade an existing Mandrake Linux system while keeping all system configurations @@ -629,16 +630,16 @@ system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"root\" is the system administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add users, change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to -guess DrakX will tell you if it is too easy. As you can see, you can choose -not to enter a password, but we strongly advise you against this if only -for one reason: do not think that because you booted GNU/Linux that your -other operating systems are safe from mistakes. Since \"root\" can overcome -all limitations and unintentionally erase all data on partitions by -carelessly accessing the partitions themselves, it is important for it to -be difficult to become \"root\". +guess - DrakX will tell you if it is too easy. As you can see, you can +choose not to enter a password, but we strongly advise you against this if +only for one reason: do not think that because you booted GNU/Linux that +your other operating systems are safe from mistakes. Since \"root\" can +overcome all limitations and unintentionally erase all data on partitions +by carelessly accessing the partitions themselves, it is important for it +to be difficult to become \"root\". The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8 -characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password it makes it too +characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password - it makes it too easy to compromise a system. However, please do not make the password too long or complicated because @@ -680,14 +681,15 @@ If in doubt, DrakX will display a dialog with various options. * \"LILO with graphical menu\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface. - * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface. + * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu +interface. * \"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"/dev/hda\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"/dev/fd0\"); * \"Delay before booting the default image\": when rebooting the computer, -this is the delay granted to the user to choose in the bootloader menu, +this is the delay granted to the user to choose - in the bootloader menu, another boot entry than the default one. !! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting @@ -729,23 +731,23 @@ setupDefaultSpooler => __("Here, we select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers three. - * \"pdq\" which means ``print, don't queue'', is the choice if you have a -direct connection to your printer and you want to be able to panic out of + * \"pdq\" - which means ``print, don't queue'', is the choice if you have +a direct connection to your printer and you want to be able to panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. It will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow for networks. Pick \"pdq\" if this is your maiden voyage to GNU/Linux. You can change your choices after installation by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control Center and clicking the expert button. - * \"CUPS\"``Common Unix Printing System'', is excellent at printing to your -local printer and also halfway-around the planet. It is simple and can act -as a server or a client for the ancient \"lpd\" printing system. Hence, it -is compatible with the systems that went before. It can do many tricks, but -the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need this to emulate -an \"lpd\" server, you must turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon. It has + * \"CUPS\" - ``Common Unix Printing System'', is excellent at printing to +your local printer and also halfway-around the planet. It is simple and can +act as a server or a client for the ancient \"lpd\" printing system. Hence, +it is compatible with the systems that went before. It can do many tricks, +but the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need this to +emulate an \"lpd\" server, you must turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon. It has graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer options. - * \"lprNG\"``line printer daemon New Generation''. This system can do + * \"lprNG\" - ``line printer daemon New Generation''. This system can do approximately the same things the others can do, but it will print to printers mounted on a Novell Network, because it supports the IPX protocol, and it can print directly to shell commands. If you have need of Novell or @@ -777,7 +779,7 @@ will need to provide options to the driver manually. Please review the ``User Guide'' (chapter 3, in the ``Collecting Information on Your Hardware'' section) for hints on retrieving the parameters required from hardware documentation, from the manufacturer's web site (if you have -Internet access) or from MicrosoftWindows (if you used this hardware with +Internet access) or from Microsoft Windows (if you used this hardware with Windows on your system)."), setupYabootAddEntry => @@ -789,8 +791,8 @@ partition. For Linux, there are a few possible options: - * Label: this is simply the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt -to select this boot option; + * Label: this is simply the name you will have to type at the yaboot +prompt to select this boot option; * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a variation of vmlinux with an extension; @@ -802,7 +804,8 @@ to assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button emulation for the often lacking 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse. The following are some examples: - video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111 hda=autotune + video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111 +hda=autotune video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111 @@ -852,15 +855,15 @@ default kernel description is selected; * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD at the first boot prompt; - * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for Open -Firmware at the first boot prompt; + * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for +Open Firmware at the first boot prompt; * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open Firmware Delay expires."), summary => __("Here are presented various parameters concerning your machine. Depending on -your installed hardware, you may or not, see the following entries: +your installed hardware, you may - or not, see the following entries: * \"Mouse\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to change it if necessary; @@ -868,11 +871,11 @@ to change it if necessary; * \"Keyboard\": check the current keyboard map configuration and click on the button to change that if necessary; - * \"Timezone\": DrakX, by default, guesses your time zone from the language -you have chosen. But here again, as for the choice of a keyboard, you may -not be in the country for which the chosen language should correspond. -Hence, you may need to click on the \"Timezone\" button in order to -configure the clock according to the time zone you are in; + * \"Timezone\": DrakX, by default, guesses your time zone from the +language you have chosen. But here again, as for the choice of a keyboard, +you may not be in the country for which the chosen language should +correspond. Hence, you may need to click on the \"Timezone\" button in +order to configure the clock according to the time zone you are in; * \"Printer\": clicking on the \"No Printer\" button will open the printer configuration wizard; diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/.cvsignore b/perl-install/share/po/.cvsignore index cdae6ca7c..4bcdbffcf 100644 --- a/perl-install/share/po/.cvsignore +++ b/perl-install/share/po/.cvsignore @@ -3,4 +3,3 @@ *.mo *~ doc -help-*.pot diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/Makefile b/perl-install/share/po/Makefile index 0913590b6..6487cc3b6 100644 --- a/perl-install/share/po/Makefile +++ b/perl-install/share/po/Makefile @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ install: done clean: - @rm -rf drakx-help.xml .memdump help-*.po{t,} doc empty.po tmp.* messages tmp.pot *.mo $(POFILES:%=%t) $(PMSCFILES) + @rm -rf drakx-help.xml .memdump doc empty.po tmp.* messages tmp.pot *.mo $(POFILES:%=%t) $(PMSCFILES) check: @grep -F '$$' DrakX.pot && { echo "bad translation strings (contains \$$) ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^"; exit 1; } ||: diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..41876c8b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot @@ -0,0 +1,1911 @@ + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"LILO (the LInux LOader) and grub are bootloaders: they are able to boot\n" +"either GNU/Linux or any other operating system present on your computer.\n" +"Normally, these other operating systems are correctly detected and\n" +"installed. If this is not the case, you can add an entry by hand in this\n" +"screen. Be careful to choose the correct parameters.\n" +"\n" +"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" +"anyone. In which case, you can delete the corresponding entries. But then,\n" +"you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other operating systems!" +msgstr "" +"„LILO“ (der LInux LOader) und „grub“ sind Betriebssystemstarter: Diese\n" +"Programme starten entweder GNU/Linux oder die anderen Betriebssysteme, die\n" +"auf Ihrem Rechner vorhanden sind. Normalerweise erkennen diese Werkzeuge\n" +"alle existierenden Betriebssysteme korrekt und bieten Sie als\n" +"Startalternativen an. Ist dies einmal nicht der Fall, können Sie hier\n" +"manuell helfend eingreifen. Seien Sie jedoch vorsichtig, dass sie die\n" +"korrekten Parameter eingeben.\n" +"\n" +"Eventuell möchten Sie anderen Anwendern nicht die Möglichkeit geben, diese\n" +"anderen Betriebssysteme zu verwenden, in diesem Fall können Sie den\n" +"entsprechenden Eintrag einfach löschen. Das hat jedoch zur Folge, dass sie\n" +"eine Startdiskette benötigen, um diese Betriebssysteme in Zukunft starten\n" +"zu können." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Please choose your preferred language for installation and system usage.\n" +"\n" +"Clicking on the \"Advanced\" button will allow you to select other\n" +"languages to be installed on your workstation. Selecting other languages\n" +"will install the language-specific files for system documentation and\n" +"applications. For example, if you will host users from Spain on your\n" +"machine, select English as the main language in the tree view and in the\n" +"Advanced section click on the box corresponding to \"Spanish|Spain\".\n" +"\n" +"Note that multiple languages may be installed. Once you have selected any\n" +"additional locales, click the \"OK\" button to continue." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie Ihre bevorzugte Sprache für den Installationsvorgang und\n" +"Systemlaufzeit.\n" +"\n" +"Durch Betätigen der Schaltfläche „Fortgeschritten“ erhalten Sie die\n" +"Möglichkeit, weitere Sprachen auf Ihrem Rechner zu installieren, um diese\n" +"später verwenden zu können. Wollen Sie etwa Spaniern muttersprachlichen\n" +"Zugang zu Ihrem System erlauben, wählen Sie deutsch als Hauptsprache in der\n" +"Liste und im Fortgeschrittenen-Bereich „Spanish|Spain“.\n" +"\n" +"Haben Sie eine Sprache markiert und die Wahl mit „OK“ bestätigt, gelangen\n" +"Sie automatisch zum nächsten Schritt." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"At this point, you need to choose where you want to install the Mandrake\n" +"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n" +"if an existing operating system is using all the available space, you will\n" +"need to partition it. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists of\n" +"logically dividing it to create space to install your new Mandrake Linux\n" +"system.\n" +"\n" +"Because the partitioning process' effects are usually irreversible,\n" +"partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if you are an inexperienced\n" +"user. Fortunately, there is a wizard which simplifies this process. Before\n" +"beginning, please consult the manual and take your time.\n" +"\n" +"If you are running the installation in Expert mode, you will enter\n" +"DiskDrake, the Mandrake Linux partitioning tool, which allows you to\n" +"fine-tune your partitions. See the DiskDrake section in the ``User Guide''.\n" +"From the installation interface, you can use the wizards as described here\n" +"by clicking the dialog's \"Wizard\" button.\n" +"\n" +"If partitions have already been defined, either from a previous\n" +"installation or from another partitioning tool, simply select those to\n" +"install your Linux system.\n" +"\n" +"If partitions are not defined, you will need to create them using the\n" +"wizard. Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are\n" +"available:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Use free space\": this option will simply lead to an automatic\n" +"partitioning of your blank drive(s). You will not be prompted further;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Use existing partition\": the wizard has detected one or more existing\n" +"Linux partitions on your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this\n" +"option;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Use the free space on the Windows; partition\": if Microsoft Windows\n" +"is installed on your hard drive and takes all the space available on it,\n" +"you have to create free space for Linux data. To do so, you can delete your\n" +"Microsoft Windows partition and data (see ``Erase entire disk'' or ``Expert\n" +"mode'' solutions) or resize your Microsoft Windows partition. Resizing can\n" +"be performed without the loss of any data, provided you previously\n" +"defragment the Windows partition. Backing up your data won't hurt either..\n" +"This solution is recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and\n" +"Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n" +"\n" +" Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n" +"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n" +"than at the present time. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n" +"Windows to store your data or to install new software;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Erase entire disk\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions\n" +"present on your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux\n" +"system, choose this option. Be careful with this solution because you will\n" +"not be able to revert your choice after you confirm;\n" +"\n" +" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" +"\n" +" * \"Remove Windows\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and\n" +"begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk\n" +"will be lost;\n" +"\n" +" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" +"\n" +" * \"Expert mode\": choose this option if you want to manually partition\n" +"your hard drive. Be careful - it is a powerful but dangerous choice. You\n" +"can very easily lose all your data. Hence, do not choose this unless you\n" +"know what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"Sie müssen nun entscheiden, wo auf Ihrer/n Festplatte(n) Ihr Mandrake Linux\n" +"System installiert werden soll. Sofern alles leer ist bzw. ein\n" +"Betriebssystem alles belegt, müssen die Platte(n) neu partitioniert werden.\n" +"Prinzipiell besteht das Partitionieren der Platte(n) darin, den\n" +"Plattenplatz so aufzuteilen, dass Ihr Mandrake Linux darauf installiert\n" +"werden kann.\n" +"\n" +"Da dieser Schritt normalerweise irreversibel ist, kann das Partitionieren\n" +"für unerfahrene Anwender unangenehm und stressig sein. Dieser Assistent\n" +"kann Ihnen diesen Schritt abnehmen. Lesen Sie dennoch vor Beginn im\n" +"Handbuch die entsprechenden Passagen und lassen Sie sich Zeit mit der\n" +"Entscheidung.\n" +"\n" +"Wenn Sie die Installation im Expertenmodus durchführen, werden Sie nun das\n" +"Mandrake Linux Partitionier-Werkzeug kennen lernen: „DiskDrake“. Es erlaubt\n" +"Ihnen Ihre Partitionen genau auf Ihre Bedürfnisse abzustimmen. Falls Sie\n" +"keine Ahnung haben, wie Sie die Festplatte partitionieren sollen, wählen\n" +"Sie die Schaltfläche „Assistent“ und überlassen diesem damit die gesamte\n" +"Arbeit.\n" +"\n" +"Sollten Sie bereits Partitionen haben (etwa von einer alten GNU/Linux\n" +"Installation oder solche, die mit einem anderen Partitionierungswerkzeug\n" +"erstellt wurden), die Sie für die Installation von Mandrake Linux verwenden\n" +"wollen, wählen Sie diese hier einfach aus.\n" +"\n" +"Falls noch keine Partitionen existieren, müssen Sie sie erstellen.\n" +"Verwenden Sie dafür obigen Assistenten. Abhängig vom aktuellen Zustand\n" +"Ihrer Platte(n) haben Sie verschiedene Alternativen:\n" +"\n" +" * „Freien Platz verwenden“: Dies führt einfach dazu, dass Ihre leere(n)\n" +"Festplatte(n) automatisch partitioniert werden; Sie müssen sich also um\n" +"nichts weiter kümmern.(*)\n" +"\n" +" * „Verwende existierende“: Der Assistent hat eine oder mehrere\n" +"existierende Linux Partitionen auf Ihrer Platte gefunden. Wählen Sie diese\n" +"Schaltfläche, falls Sie sie behalten wollen.\n" +"\n" +" * „Komplette Platte löschen“: Falls Sie alle Daten Ihrer Platte verlieren,\n" +"und sie durch Ihr neues Mandrake Linux System ersetzen wollen, wählen Sie\n" +"diese Schaltfläche. Beachten Sie, dass dieser Schritt nicht rückgängig\n" +"gemacht werden kann.\n" +"\n" +" * „Freien Platz der Windows Partition verwenden“: Falls der gesamte\n" +"Plattenplatz aktuell für Microsoft Windows(TM) verschwendet ist, müssen Sie\n" +"für Linux Platz schaffen. Um dies zu erreichen, können Sie entweder Ihre\n" +"Microsoft Windows(TM) Partition(en) samt Daten löschen (siehe „Komplette\n" +"Platte löschen“ oder „Experten-Modus“) oder Ihre Windows Partition\n" +"verkleinern. Letzteres geht ohne Datenverlust. Sie sollten diese Variante\n" +"wählen, falls Sie beide Betriebssysteme (Windows und Mandrake Linux)\n" +"nebeneinander nutzen wollen.\n" +"\n" +" Bevor Sie sich für diese Variante entscheiden, sei hier noch einmal\n" +"betont, dass das bedeutet, Sie haben weniger Platz für Windows als\n" +"momentan.\n" +"\n" +" * „Windows(TM) löschen“: Bei dieser Variante werden alle Windows\n" +"Partitionen gelöscht und die Platte(n) komplett neu partitioniert.\n" +"\n" +" !! Alle Daten auf den Platten gehen dadurch verloren! !!\n" +"\n" +" * „Expertenmodus“: Wenn Sie Ihre Festplatte selber von Hand partitionieren\n" +"wollen, dann können Sie diese Option wählen. Seien Sie bitte sehr\n" +"sorgfältig, wenn Sie diese Lösung wählen, da Sie zwar alle möglichen\n" +"Einstellungen vornehmen, aber gleichzeitig auch sehr leicht Daten verlieren\n" +"können. Diese Option ist nur geeignet, wenn Sie wissen, was Sie tun.\n" +"\n" +"(*) In Deutschland ist es quasi unmöglich, Komplettrechner mit leeren\n" +"Festplatten zu erhalten, da laut Gesetz nur Rechner mit BS verkauft werden\n" +"dürfen. Diese Regelung stammt noch aus der Zeit, als Politiker nur\n" +"proprietäre kommerzielle BSe kannten und sich nicht vorstellen konnten,\n" +"dass es freie und sogar kostenlose Alternativen gibt. Jeder Käufer eines\n" +"Komplettrechners ohne BS wurde quasi mit einem Raubkopierer von Produkten\n" +"aus Redmond gleichgesetzt." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n" +"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" +"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely. In this section, DrakX\n" +"will try to configure X automatically.\n" +"\n" +"It is extremely rare for it to fail, unless the hardware is very old (or\n" +"very new). If it succeeds, it will start X automatically with the best\n" +"resolution possible, depending on the size of the monitor. A window will\n" +"then appear and ask you if you can see it.\n" +"\n" +"If you are doing an \"Expert\" installation, you will enter the X\n" +"configuration wizard. See the corresponding section of the manual for more\n" +"information about this wizard.\n" +"\n" +"If you can see the message during the test, and answer \"Yes\", then DrakX\n" +"will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it simply\n" +"means that the configuration was wrong and the test will automatically end\n" +"after 10 seconds, restoring the screen." +msgstr "" +"X (das X Window System) ist das Herz der grafischen Benutzeroberfläche von\n" +"GNU/Linux. Es bildet die Grundlage für die Vielzahl grafischer\n" +"Benutzerumgebungen, die Mandrake Linux Ihnen anbietet (wie etwa KDE, GNOME,\n" +"AfterStep oder WindowMaker). Auch hier wird „DrakX“ die Konfiguration\n" +"soweit wie möglich selbstständig vollziehen.\n" +"\n" +"Sollten Sie nicht gerade sehr alte, sehr neue oder exotische Grafikhardware\n" +"einsetzen, wird „DrakX“ die Konfiguration erfolgreich durchführen und\n" +"anschließend die grafische Oberfläche mit der bestmöglichen Auflösung\n" +"starten! Es erscheint ein Testfenster und Sie werden anschließend gefragt,\n" +"ob die Anzeige einwandfrei war.\n" +"\n" +"Falls Sie eine „Experte“n-Installation vornehmen, werden Sie in den\n" +"folgenden Schritten von dem „DrakX“-Konfigurationsassistenten begleitet.\n" +"\n" +"Falls das Bild korrekt dargestellt wird, wählen Sie bitte die Schaltfläche\n" +"„Ja“ an, „DrakX“ wird dann mit dem nächsten Schritt der Installation\n" +"fortfahren. Sollte der Schirm aus irgendwelchen Gründen nicht lesbar sein,\n" +"müssen Sie nur 10 Sekunden warten. Anschließend sollte wieder das\n" +"Konfigurationsmenü erscheinen." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Your new Mandrake Linux operating system is currently being installed.\n" +"Depending on the number of packages you will be installing and the speed of\n" +"your computer, this operation could take from a few minutes to a\n" +"significant amount of time.\n" +"\n" +"Please be patient." +msgstr "" +"Ihre neue Mandrake Linux Distribution wird nun installiert. Das dauert\n" +"einige Minuten (abhängig von der Anzahl zu installierender Pakete und der\n" +"Geschwindigkeit Ihres Rechners).\n" +"\n" +"Bitte haben Sie etwas Geduld." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on it will be lost\n" +"and will not be recoverable!" +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie die Festplatte, die sie löschen wollen, um Ihre neue Mandrake\n" +"Linux Distribution darauf zu installieren. Achtung: Alle darauf\n" +"befindlichen Daten gehen bei diesem Schritt unwiederbringlich verloren!" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"GNU/Linux is a multiuser system, and this means that each user can have his\n" +"own preferences, his own files and so on. You can read the ``User Guide''\n" +"to learn more. But unlike \"root\", which is the administrator, the users\n" +"you will add here will not be entitled to change anything except their own\n" +"files and their own configuration. You will have to create at least one\n" +"regular user for yourself. That account is where you should log in for\n" +"routine use. Although it is very practical to log in as \"root\" everyday,\n" +"it may also be very dangerous! The slightest mistake could mean that your\n" +"system would not work any more. If you make a serious mistake as a regular\n" +"user, you may only lose some information, but not the entire system.\n" +"\n" +"First, you have to enter your real name. This is not mandatory, of course -\n" +"as you can actually enter whatever you want. DrakX will then take the first\n" +"word you have entered in the box and will bring it over to the \"User\n" +"name\". This is the name this particular user will use to log onto the\n" +"system. You can change it. You then have to enter a password here. A\n" +"non-privileged (regular) user's password is not as crucial as \"root\"' one\n" +"from a security point of view, but that is no reason to neglect it: after\n" +"all, your files are at risk.\n" +"\n" +"If you click on \"Accept user\", you can then add as many as you want. Add\n" +"a user for each one of your friends: your father or your sister, for\n" +"example. When you finish adding all the users you want, select \"Done\".\n" +"\n" +"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\"\n" +"for that user (bash by default)." +msgstr "" +"GNU/Linux ist ein Mehrbenutzer-System, das bedeutet konkret jedes\n" +"Benutzerkennzeichen hat eigene Präferenzen (Grafische Umgebung,\n" +"Programmeinstellungen, etc.), sowie ein eigenes Heim-Verzeichnis, in dem\n" +"diese Einstellungen gespeichert werden. Falls Sie mehr wissen wollen,\n" +"können Sie im Benutzerhandbuch nachsehen. Sie können mehrere normale\n" +"Benutzerkonten einrichten, im Gegensatz zum „privilegierten“ Kennzeichen:\n" +"»root«, das einmalig ist. Im Gegensatz zu »root« können diese normalen\n" +"Benutzer jedoch nur ihre eigenen Dateien und Konfigurationen verändern. Sie\n" +"können sogar mehrere Benutzerkennzeichen pro Person einrichten, denen Sie\n" +"Zugang zu Ihrem GNU/Linux-System gewähren wollen. Erstellen Sie sich ein\n" +"eigenes Benutzerkennzeichen, auch wenn Sie der einzige Anwender sind, der\n" +"diesen Rechner nutzt. Sie sollten nicht ständig mit dem privilegierten\n" +"Kennzeichen arbeiten! Das ist ein hohes Sicherheitsrisiko! Wenn Sie einen\n" +"schweren Fehler als einfacher Benutzer machen, dann können Sie maximal\n" +"Daten verlieren, jedoch nicht Ihr gesamtes System unbrauchbar machen.\n" +"\n" +"Zuerst geben Sie bitte einen normalen Namen an. Das muss nicht\n" +"notwendigerweise Ihr richtiger Name sein. „DrakX“ wird das erste Wort, das\n" +"Sie eingegeben haben, in das Feld „Benutzerkennzeichen“ eintragen. Dies ist\n" +"der Name, den Sie zum Anmelden für dieses Kennzeichen benötigen. Natürlich\n" +"können Sie ihn hier nach Belieben verändern. Dann geben Sie Ihrem Konto ein\n" +"Passwort. Für ein Benutzerkennzeichen ist dieses zwar nicht von so\n" +"herausragender Bedeutung wie das für »root«, doch Sie sollten trotzdem\n" +"etwas Sorgfalt walten lassen. Immerhin sind es Ihre Daten ...\n" +"\n" +"Klicken Sie auf „Benutzer akzeptieren“, um das Kennzeichen zu erstellen.\n" +"Anschließend können Sie direkt weitere Benutzer hinzufügen. Wenn Sie allen\n" +"Kennzeichen erstellt haben, klicken Sie auf „Fertig“.\n" +"\n" +"Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „Fortgeschritten“ haben Sie auch die\n" +"Möglichkeit, die Standard-Shell dieses Benutzers ändern (normalerweise ist\n" +"dies die „Bash“)." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Finally, you will be asked whether you want to see the graphical interface\n" +"at boot. Note this question will be asked even if you chose not to test the\n" +"configuration. Obviously, you want to answer \"No\" if your machine is to\n" +"act as a server, or if you were not successful in getting the display\n" +"configured." +msgstr "" +"Letztlich werden Sie gefragt, ob sie direkt in die grafische Oberfläche\n" +"starten wollen. Diese Frage wird auch erscheinen, wenn Sie das Testen der\n" +"Konfiguration übersprungen haben. Schlug die Konfiguration der grafischen\n" +"Umgebung fehl oder wollen Sie den Rechner als Server laufen lassen, geben\n" +"Sie natürlich „Nein“ an." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld MacIntosh hardware. It is able to boot\n" +"either GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX if present on your computer. Normally,\n" +"these other operating systems are correctly detected and installed. If this\n" +"is not the case, you can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to\n" +"choose the correct parameters.\n" +"\n" +"Yaboot's main options are:\n" +"\n" +" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt;\n" +"\n" +" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n" +"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n" +"to hold this information;\n" +"\n" +" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n" +"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n" +"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n" +"\n" +" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n" +"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second before your\n" +"default kernel description is selected;\n" +"\n" +" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n" +"at the first boot prompt;\n" +"\n" +" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n" +"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt;\n" +"\n" +" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" +"Firmware Delay expires." +msgstr "" +"„Yaboot“ ist ein BS-Starter für NewWorld MacIntosh Rechner. Er kann sowohl\n" +"GNU/Linux als auch MacOS oder MacOS X starten, falls diese auf Ihrem\n" +"Rechner installiert sind. Normalerweise werden diese Betriebssysteme alle\n" +"automatisch gefunden und eingebunden. Sollte dies nicht der Fall sein,\n" +"können Sie diese hier manuell hinzufügen. Stellen Sie jedoch sicher, die\n" +"richtigen Parameter zu verwenden.\n" +"\n" +"Die Hauptparameter von „Yaboot“ sind:\n" +"\n" +" * „Init Nachricht“: Ein Text, der vor der Eingabeaufforderung angezeigt\n" +"wird.\n" +"\n" +" * „Boot Gerät“: Hiermit wird angegeben, wohin die Informationen zum\n" +"Starten Ihres GNU/Linux Systems geschrieben werden sollen. Sie sollten in\n" +"einem früheren Schritt bereits eine Boot-Partition angelegt haben, um diese\n" +"Daten zu beherbergen.\n" +"\n" +" * „Open Firmware Verzögerung“: Im Gegensatz zu „LILO“, stehen mit „Yaboot“\n" +"zwei Verzögerungen zur Verfügung. Die erste Verzögerung wird in Sekunden\n" +"angegeben und dient zur Auswahl zwischen CD, OF Boot, MacOS oder Linux.\n" +"\n" +" * „BS-Startverzögerung für den Kern“: Diese Verzögerung entspricht der\n" +"„LILO“ Start-Verzögerung. Sie haben nach der Auswahl von GNU/Linux diese\n" +"Verzögerung (in 0,1 Sekunden Schritten) Zeit, bis der Standardkern geladen\n" +"wird.\n" +"\n" +" * „BS-Start von CD erlauben“: Markieren dieses Punkts erlaubt es Ihnen an\n" +"der ersten Eingabeaufforderung „C“ für den Start von CD zu wählen.\n" +"\n" +" * „Open Firmware Start erlauben“: Markieren dieses Punkts erlaubt es Ihnen\n" +"an der ersten Eingabeaufforderung „N“ für den Open Firmware Start zu\n" +"wählen.\n" +"\n" +" * „Standard BS“: Hiermit stellen Sie ein, welches Betriebssystem nach\n" +"Ablauf der Open Firmware Verzögerung automatisch gestartet werden soll." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"At this point, it is time to choose the security level desired for the\n" +"machine. As a rule of thumb, the more exposed the machine is, and the more\n" +"the data stored in it is crucial, the higher the security level should be.\n" +"However, a higher security level is generally obtained at the expense of\n" +"easiness of use. Refer to the \"msec\" chapter of the ``Reference Manual''\n" +"to get more information about the meaning of these levels.\n" +"\n" +"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option." +msgstr "" +"Nun ist es an der Zeit, die gewünschte Sicherheitsebene für Ihr System\n" +"festzulegen. Als Faustregel sollte hier dienen: Je zugänglicher die\n" +"Maschine ist und je kritischer die auf ihr gesicherten Daten sind, desto\n" +"höher sollte die Sicherheitsebene sein. Andererseits geht die gewonnene\n" +"Sicherheit zulasten der Benutzerfreundlichkeit und Einfachheit, mit der\n" +"gewisse Befehle/Abläufe durchgeführt werden können. Ausführlichere\n" +"Erläuterungen zu den verschiedenen Sicherheitsebenen erhalten Sie im\n" +"Kapitel MSEC des Referenzhandbuchs.\n" +"\n" +"Sollten Sie sich an dieser Stelle nicht sicher sein, so behalten Sie die\n" +"Standardeinstellung bei." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n" +"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux." +msgstr "" +"Bitte wählen Sie den richtigen Anschluss aus. Die COM1-Schnittstelle unter\n" +"Windows wird beispielsweise unter GNU/Linux als „ttyS0“ bezeichnet." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Here are presented various parameters concerning your machine. Depending on\n" +"your installed hardware, you may - or not, see the following entries:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Mouse\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n" +"to change it if necessary;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Keyboard\": check the current keyboard map configuration and click on\n" +"the button to change that if necessary;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Timezone\": DrakX, by default, guesses your time zone from the\n" +"language you have chosen. But here again, as for the choice of a keyboard,\n" +"you may not be in the country for which the chosen language should\n" +"correspond. Hence, you may need to click on the \"Timezone\" button in\n" +"order to configure the clock according to the time zone you are in;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Printer\": clicking on the \"No Printer\" button will open the printer\n" +"configuration wizard;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is\n" +"displayed here. No modification possible at installation time;\n" +"\n" +" * \"TV card\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" +"here. No modification possible at installation time;\n" +"\n" +" * \"ISDN card\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it is\n" +"displayed here. You can click on the button to change the parameters\n" +"associated with it." +msgstr "" +"Hier bekommen Sie verschiedene Parameter Ihres Systems angezeigt. Je nach\n" +"vorhandener Hardware sehen Sie hier (oder eben nicht) folgende Einträge:\n" +"\n" +" * „Maus“: Kontrollieren Sie die konfigurierte Maus und betätigen Sie,\n" +"falls notwendig, die Schaltfläche.\n" +"\n" +" * „Tastatur“: Kontrollieren Sie die aktuelle Tastaturvorgabe und wählen\n" +"Sie die Schaltfläche, falls Sie die Vorgabe ändern wollen.\n" +"\n" +" * „Zeitzone“: „DrakX“ versucht die Zeitzone anhand der gewählten Sprache\n" +"zu „erraten“. Es ist jedoch möglich, dass Sie sich nicht in dem Land\n" +"befinden, das die vorgegebene Sprache erahnen lässt. In diesem Fall sollten\n" +"Sie die Schaltfläche anwählen, um die Uhr entsprechend Ihrer lokalen\n" +"Zeitzone zu setzen.\n" +"\n" +" * „Drucker“: Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „Kein Drucker“ starten Sie den\n" +"Druckerassistenten.\n" +"\n" +" * „Soundkarte“: Falls eine Soundkarte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde,\n" +"wird sie hier angezeigt. Es ist jedoch keine Änderung während der\n" +"Installation möglich.\n" +"\n" +" * „TV-Karte“: Falls eine TV-Karte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde, wird\n" +"sie hier angezeigt. Es ist jedoch keine Änderung während der Installation\n" +"möglich.\n" +"\n" +" * „ISDN Karte“: Falls eine ISDN Karte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde,\n" +"wird sie hier angezeigt. Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche können Sie die\n" +"Parameter ändern." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a default (\"Recommended\")\n" +"installation or if you want to have greater control (\"Expert\"). You can\n" +"also choose to do a new install or an upgrade of an existing Mandrake Linux\n" +"system:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Install\": completely wipes out the old system. In fact, depending on\n" +"what currently holds your machine, you will be able to keep some old (Linux\n" +"or other) partitions unchanged;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows to simply update the\n" +"packages currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. It keeps the\n" +"current partitions of your hard drives as well as user configurations. All\n" +"other configuration steps remain available with respect to plain\n" +"installation;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Upgrade Packages Only\": this brand new class allows to upgrade an\n" +"existing Mandrake Linux system while keeping all system configurations\n" +"unchanged. Adding new packages to the current installation is also\n" +"possible.\n" +"\n" +"Upgrades should work fine for Mandrake Linux systems starting from \"8.1\"\n" +"release.\n" +"\n" +"Depending on your knowledge of GNU/Linux, select one of the following\n" +"choices:\n" +"\n" +" * Recommended: choose this if you have never installed a GNU/Linux\n" +"operating system. The installation will be very easy and you will only be\n" +"asked a few questions;\n" +"\n" +" * Expert: if you have a good knowledge of GNU/Linux, you can choose this\n" +"installation class. The expert installation will allow you to perform a\n" +"highly-customized installation. Answering some of the questions can be\n" +"difficult if you do not have a good knowledge of GNU/Linux, so do not\n" +"choose this unless you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"„DrakX“ fragt Sie nun nach der gewünschten Installationsart. Sie haben die\n" +"Wahl zwischen einer Standardinstallation („Empfehlenswert“) und einer\n" +"Variante, in der Sie mehr Einfluss ausüben können („Experte“). Sie müssen\n" +"sich nun auch entscheiden, ob Sie eine Installation oder eine\n" +"Aktualisierung einer bereits vorhandenen Mandrake Linux-Version vornehmen\n" +"wollen. Es ist möglich, die Installation über ein existierendes BS zu\n" +"installieren und dieses damit zu entfernen. Sie können auch eine\n" +"Aktualisierung vornehmen, um eine existierende Installation zu reparieren.\n" +"Wählen Sie:\n" +"\n" +" * „Installieren“: Entfernt komplett ältere Versionen von Mandrake Linux,\n" +"die noch installiert sind - um genau zu sein können Sie je nach aktuellem\n" +"Inhalt Ihrer Platte auch einige ältere Linux- oder anderweitige Partitionen\n" +"unangetastet behalten.\n" +"\n" +" * „Aktualisieren“: Mit dieser Variante können Sie eine existierende\n" +"Mandrake Linux Version aktualisieren. Die Partitionstabellen sowie die\n" +"persönlichen Verzeichnisse der Anwender bleiben erhalten. Alle anderen\n" +"Installationsschritte werden wie bei einer Installation ausgeführt.\n" +"\n" +" * „Nur Pakete aktualisieren“: In dieser Variante werden alle Schritte der\n" +"Installation, bis auf die Auswahl der zu installierenden Pakete,\n" +"übersprungen.\n" +"\n" +"Je nachdem, wie viel Erfahrung Sie mit GNU/Linux haben, können Sie sich für\n" +"eine der folgenden Installations- oder Aktualisierungsarten für Ihr\n" +"Mandrake Linux System entscheiden:\n" +"\n" +" * Empfehlenswert: Falls Sie noch nie ein GNU/Linux Betriebssystem\n" +"installiert haben. Die Installation wird sehr einfach sein und es werden\n" +"Ihnen nur sehr wenige Fragen gestellt werden.\n" +"\n" +" * Experte: Wenn Sie den Umgang mit GNU/Linux „im Schlaf“ beherrschen und\n" +"hochgranulare Wahlmöglichkeiten wünschen, ist dies Ihre\n" +"Installationsmethode. Wie bei der benutzerdefinierten Installation können\n" +"Sie die hauptsächliche Verwendung festlegen: „Arbeitsplatzrechner“,\n" +"„Entwicklungsplattform“ oder „Server“. Seien Sie sehr vorsichtig, wenn Sie\n" +"sich für diese Installationsklasse entscheiden. Die Antworten auf einige\n" +"Fragen können sehr schwierig sein und Auswirkungen auf Sicherheit und\n" +"Stabilität Ihrer Distribution haben. Wählen Sie diese Installationsklasse\n" +"also wirklich nur wenn Sie wissen, was Sie tun!" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. This stage, normally, is totally\n" +"automated. In fact, DrakX analyzes the disk boot sector and acts\n" +"accordingly, depending on what it finds here:\n" +"\n" +" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" +"boot sector. Hence, you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another\n" +"OS;\n" +"\n" +" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" +"one.\n" +"\n" +"If in doubt, DrakX will display a dialog with various options.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Bootloader to use\": you have three choices:\n" +"\n" +" * \"GRUB\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" +"\n" +" * \"LILO with graphical menu\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical\n" +"interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu\n" +"interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default\n" +"(\"/dev/hda\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the\n" +"second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"/dev/fd0\");\n" +"\n" +" * \"Delay before booting the default image\": when rebooting the computer,\n" +"this is the delay granted to the user to choose - in the bootloader menu,\n" +"another boot entry than the default one.\n" +"\n" +"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" +"\"Cancel\" here), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake\n" +"Linux system! Also, be sure you know what you do before changing any of the\n" +"options. !!\n" +"\n" +"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer many advanced\n" +"options, which are reserved to the expert user.\n" +"\n" +"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" +"boot options which will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" +"\n" +"If there is another operating system installed on your machine, it will\n" +"automatically be added to the boot menu. Here, you can choose to fine-tune\n" +"the existing options. Select an entry and click \"Modify\" to modify or\n" +"remove it; \"Add\" creates a new entry; and \"Done\" goes on to the next\n" +"installation step." +msgstr "" +"„LILO“ und „grub“ sind Betriebssystemstarter für GNU/Linux. Diese\n" +"Installationsphase läuft in den meisten Fällen völlig automatisch ab.\n" +"„DrakX“ analysiert den Bootsektor und ergreift dann die passenden\n" +"Maßnahmen:\n" +"\n" +" * Findet „DrakX“ einen Windows-Bootsektor, ersetzt es ihn durch einen\n" +"„grub“ oder „LILO“-Bootsektor. Sie erhalten dadurch die Möglichkeit, beim\n" +"Systemstart zwischen Windows (bzw. anderen Betriebssystemen, sofern\n" +"vorhanden) und Windows auszuwählen;\n" +"\n" +" * Findet „DrakX“ einen Linux-Bootsektor vor, ersetzt es ihn durch einen\n" +"neuen;\n" +"\n" +"Im Zweifelsfall bietet „DrakX“ Ihnen einen Dialog mit verschiedenen\n" +"Auswahlmöglichkeiten.\n" +"\n" +" * „Zu verwendender Betriebssystemstarter“: Hier erhalten Sie drei\n" +"Alternativen:\n" +"\n" +" * „Grub“: Falls Sie „grub“ (Textmenü) bevorzugen.\n" +"\n" +" * „LILO mit grafischem Menü“: Falls Sie „LILO“ mit seiner grafischen\n" +"Oberfläche bevorzugen.\n" +"\n" +" * „LILO mit Textmenü“: Falls Sie „LILO“ mit Textmenü als Ihren\n" +"Favoriten ansehen.\n" +"\n" +" * „Boot Gerät“: Normalerweise müssen Sie hier nichts ändern („/dev/hda“),\n" +"Sie könnten jedoch den Starter auch auf der zweiten Platte installieren,\n" +"(„/dev/hdb“) oder sogar auf einer Diskette („/dev/fd0“).\n" +"\n" +" * „Wartezeit vorm Starten des Standard Betriebssystems“: Wenn Sie Ihren\n" +"Rechner neu starten erhalten Sie im Menü der zur Verfügung stehenden BSe\n" +"eine gewisse Zeit um auszuwählen, was Sie starten möchten. Sollten Sie\n" +"während dieser Zeit keine Wahl getroffen haben, wird Ihr Standard-BS\n" +"gestartet.\n" +"\n" +"!! Machen Sie sich klar, dass Sie sich selbst darum kümmern müssen,\n" +"irgendwie Ihr Mandrake Linux-System zu starten, wenn Sie hier keinen\n" +"Betriebssystemstarter installieren (durch Auswahl von „Abbruch“). Stellen\n" +"Sie auch sicher, dass Sie wissen was Sie tun, wenn Sie hier Einstellungen\n" +"verändern ... !!\n" +"\n" +"Durch wählen der Schaltfläche „Fortgeschritten“ erhalten Sie etliche\n" +"Optionen, die dem fortgeschrittenen Anwender vorbehalten bleiben.\n" +"\n" +"Mandrake Linux installiert normalerweise seinen eigenen\n" +"Betriebssystemstarter, der Sie sowohl GNU/Linux, als auch alle anderen\n" +"installierten Betriebssysteme starten lässt.\n" +"\n" +"Sollte sich auf Ihrem Rechner bereits ein anderes Betriebssystem befinden,\n" +"so wird dieses - sofern es erkannt wird - automatisch zu dem Startmenü\n" +"hinzugefügt. Hier können Sie noch einige Feineinstellungen für die\n" +"bestehenden Optionen vornehmen. Markieren Sie einen bestehenden Eintrag und\n" +"betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „Ändern“, um ihn anzupassen oder zu löschen;\n" +"„Hinzufügen“ erzeugt einen neuen Eintrag und „Fertig“ bringt Sie zum\n" +"nächsten Installationsschritt." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" +"packages have been updated since the initial release. Some bugs may have\n" +"been fixed, and security issues solved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" +"updates, you are now proposed to download them from the Internet. Choose\n" +"\"Yes\" if you have a working Internet connection, or \"No\" if you prefer\n" +"to install updated packages later.\n" +"\n" +"Choosing \"Yes\" displays a list of places from which updates can be\n" +"retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. Then a package-selection tree\n" +"appears: review the selection, and press \"Install\" to retrieve and\n" +"install the selected package(s), or \"Cancel\" to abort." +msgstr "" +"Es ist sehr wahrscheinlich, dass zum Zeitpunkt Ihrer Mandrake Linux\n" +"Installation bereits einige Pakete aktualisiert wurden, etwa da noch Fehler\n" +"entdeckt und beseitigt wurden oder da in Paketen Sicherheitslücken entdeckt\n" +"wurden, für die bereits Lösungen existieren. Um von diesen aktualisierten\n" +"Paketen Gebrauch zu machen, wird Ihnen nun angeboten, diese aus dem\n" +"Internet nachzuladen. Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „Ja“, wenn Sie einen\n" +"Internetzugang haben, um die Pakete zu installieren, andernfalls betätigen\n" +"Sie die Schaltfläche „Nein“. Sie können diese Pakete natürlich auch\n" +"jederzeit nach der Installation noch installieren.\n" +"\n" +"Betätigen der Schaltfläche „Ja“ zeigt Ihnen eine Liste von Servern, von\n" +"denen Sie die Aktualisierungen herunterladen können. Wählen Sie einen in\n" +"Ihrer Nähe. Sie erhalten dann einen Paketauswahldialog: Kontrollieren Sie\n" +"die Auswahl und bestätigen Sie diese durch Betätigen von „Installieren“.\n" +"Die Pakete werden nun angefordert und installiert. Sollten Sie das nicht\n" +"wünschen, betätigen Sie einfach die Schaltfläche „Abbruch“." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Please choose the one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n" +"\n" +"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" +"\"Capacity\".\n" +"\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard drives:\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +"\n" +"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" +"\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"disk or partition is called \"C:\")." +msgstr "" +"Es wurde mehr als nur eine Microsoft Windows(TM) Partition auf Ihrer Platte\n" +"gefunden. Bitte wählen Sie welche Sie verkleinern wollen, um Ihr neues\n" +"Betriebssystem Mandrake Linux installieren zu können.\n" +"\n" +"Zu Ihrer Information sind alle Partitionen folgendermaßen aufgeführt:\n" +"„Linuxname“, „Windowsname“, „Kapazität“.\n" +"\n" +"„Linuxname“ ist zusammengesetzt aus: „Festplattentyp“, „Festplattennummer“\n" +"und „Partitionsnummer“ (etwa, „hda1“ oder „sdb4“).\n" +"\n" +"„Festplattentyp“ ist „hd“ falls es sich um einen IDE Platte handelt und\n" +"„sd“ wenn es eine SCSI Platte ist.\n" +"\n" +"„Festplattennummer“ ist der Buchstabe hinter „hd“ oder „sd“. Bei IDE\n" +"Platten bedeutet:\n" +"\n" +" * „a“ - „Master Festplatte am primären IDE Kontroller“,\n" +"\n" +" * „b“ - „Slave Festplatte am primären IDE Kontroller“,\n" +"\n" +" * „c“ - „Master Festplatte am sekundären IDE Kontroller“,\n" +"\n" +" * „d“ - „Slave Festplatte am sekundären IDE Kontroller“.\n" +"\n" +"Bei SCSI Platten steht „a“ für „erste Festplatte am Bus“, „b“ für „zweite\n" +"Festplatte am Bus“, etc.\n" +"\n" +"„Windowsname“ ist der Laufwerksbuchstabe, wie er von Windows vergeben wird\n" +"(die erste FAT Partition der ersten Platte heißt „C:“)." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Here, we select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may offer\n" +"you one, but Mandrake Linux offers three.\n" +"\n" +" * \"pdq\" - which means ``print, don't queue'', is the choice if you have\n" +"a direct connection to your printer and you want to be able to panic out of\n" +"printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. It will handle only\n" +"very simple network cases and is somewhat slow for networks. Pick \"pdq\"\n" +"if this is your maiden voyage to GNU/Linux. You can change your choices\n" +"after installation by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control Center\n" +"and clicking the expert button.\n" +"\n" +" * \"CUPS\" - ``Common Unix Printing System'', is excellent at printing to\n" +"your local printer and also halfway-around the planet. It is simple and can\n" +"act as a server or a client for the ancient \"lpd\" printing system. Hence,\n" +"it is compatible with the systems that went before. It can do many tricks,\n" +"but the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need this to\n" +"emulate an \"lpd\" server, you must turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon. It has\n" +"graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer options.\n" +"\n" +" * \"lprNG\" - ``line printer daemon New Generation''. This system can do\n" +"approximately the same things the others can do, but it will print to\n" +"printers mounted on a Novell Network, because it supports the IPX protocol,\n" +"and it can print directly to shell commands. If you have need of Novell or\n" +"printing to commands without using a separate pipe construct, use lprNG.\n" +"Otherwise, CUPS is preferable as it is simpler and better at working over\n" +"networks." +msgstr "" +"Sie können nun ein Drucksystem wählen. Wo andere Betriebssysteme Ihnen nur\n" +"eins bieten, bietet Mandrake Linux Ihnen drei:\n" +"\n" +" * „pdq“ - Es steht für „print, don't queue“ (engl. für „Drucken ohne\n" +"Warteschlange“). Falls Sie einen Drucker haben, der direkt an Ihrem Rechner\n" +"hängt und Sie keine Netzwerkdrucker verwenden wollen, ist dies das\n" +"Drucksystem Ihrer Wahl. Es kann zwar auch mit Netzwerkdruckern umgehen, ist\n" +"dabei aber extrem langsam. Wählen Sie „pdq“, wenn Sie ein GNU/Linux Neuling\n" +"sind. Sie können diese Wahl später immer wieder ändern, indem Sie\n" +"PrinterDrake im Mandrake Kontrollzentrum starten und dort die Schaltfläche\n" +"„Expertenmodus“ betätigen.\n" +"\n" +" * „CUPS“ - Mit dem „Common Unix Printing System“ (engl. für „Allgemeines\n" +"Unix-Drucksystem“) können Sie ebenso gut um auf Ihrem direkt\n" +"angeschlossenen Drucker drucken, wie auf einem Drucker, der an einem Server\n" +"auf der anderen Seite der Welt hängt. Es ist einfach zu bedienen und kann\n" +"sowohl als Server als auch als Klient für das alte „lpd“-Drucksystem\n" +"verwendet werden - Es ist somit rückwärtskompatibel. Es ist sehr mächtig,\n" +"in seiner Grundeinstellung verhält es sich jedoch genau wie „pdq“. Wenn Sie\n" +"einen „lpd“ Server benötigen, müssen Sie einfach nur den „cups-lpd“ Dämon\n" +"starten. „CUPS“ bietet grafische Konfigurations- und Druckmenüs.\n" +"\n" +" * „LPRng“ - „Line Printer Daemon new generation“ (engl. für\n" +"„Zeilendrucker-Dämon - Neue Generation“). Dieses System bietet etwa das\n" +"gleiche, was die beiden vorherigen können, es erlaubt Ihnen jedoch auch auf\n" +"Drucker in Novell Netzwerken zuzugreifen, da es das IPX Protokoll\n" +"beherrscht. Falls Sie das benötigen, verwenden Sie LPRng. Andernfalls ist\n" +"„CUPS“ vorzuziehen, da es benutzerfreundlicher ist und in\n" +"Nicht-IPX-Netzwerken besser funktioniert." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"The first time you try the X configuration, you may not be very satisfied\n" +"with its display (screen is too small, shifted left or right...). Hence,\n" +"even if X starts up correctly, DrakX then asks you if the configuration\n" +"suits you. It will also propose to change it by displaying a list of valid\n" +"modes it could find, asking you to select one.\n" +"\n" +"As a last resort, if you still cannot get X to work, choose \"Change\n" +"graphics card\", select \"Unlisted card\", and when prompted on which\n" +"server, choose \"FBDev\". This is a failsafe option which works with any\n" +"modern graphics card. Then choose \"Test again\" to be sure." +msgstr "" +"Es kann Ihnen passieren, dass der erste Versuch noch nicht korrekt ist (Der\n" +"Schirm ist zu klein, liegt zu weit rechts oder links ...). Daher werden Sie\n" +"selbst dann mit der Frage konfrontiert, wenn der „DrakX“-Server sich\n" +"starten lies, „DrakX“ also davon ausgehen könnte, dass alles in Ordnung\n" +"ist. Sie erhalten daher eine Liste von gültigen Modi, aus denen Sie\n" +"versuchen sollten den besten auszuwählen.\n" +"\n" +"Sollten alle stricke reißen, und „DrakX“ immer noch nicht laufen, wählen\n" +"Sie einfach im Untermenü „Grafikkarte ändern“, den Punkt „Nicht\n" +"aufgeführt“. Wenn Sie dann nach dem Server gefragt werden, wählen Sie den\n" +"„FBDev“: Diese Variante sollte mit allen modernen Grafikkarten\n" +"funktionieren. Ein „Nochmals testen“ sollte Gewissheit bringen." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"DrakX generally detects the number of buttons your mouse has. If not, it\n" +"assumes you have a two-button mouse and will set it up for third-button\n" +"emulation. DrakX will automatically know whether it is a PS/2, serial or\n" +"USB mouse.\n" +"\n" +"If you wish to specify a different type of mouse select the appropriate\n" +"type from the provided list.\n" +"\n" +"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n" +"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n" +"correct. If the mouse is not working well, press the space bar or [Return]\n" +"to \"Cancel\" and choose again." +msgstr "" +"„DrakX“ versucht normalerweise die Anzahl Tasten Ihrer Maus zu erkennen.\n" +"Sollte das nicht möglich sein, so behandelt es Ihre Maus als\n" +"Zwei-Tasten-Maus und emuliert die mittlere Taste. Es erkennt üblicherweise\n" +"korrekt, ob es sich um eine serielle, eine PS/2- oder um eine USB-Maus\n" +"handelt.\n" +"\n" +"Sollte dies nicht Ihren Vorstellungen entsprechen: Wählen Sie einfach Ihren\n" +"Maustyp aus der Liste, die Ihnen angezeigt wird.\n" +"\n" +"Anschließend können Sie die Funktionstüchtigkeit Ihrer Maus überprüfen.\n" +"Verwenden Sie auch die Knöpfe und gegebenenfalls das Mausrad, um\n" +"sicherzustellen, dass die festgelegten Einstellungen funktionieren. Falls\n" +"nicht, klicken Sie auf „Abbrechen“ und wählen einen anderen Treiber aus." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"You are now proposed to set up your Internet/network connection. If you\n" +"wish to connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click\n" +"\"OK\". The autodetection of network devices and modem will be launched. If\n" +"this detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box next time. You\n" +"may also choose not to configure the network, or do it later; in that case,\n" +"simply click the \"Cancel\" button.\n" +"\n" +"Available connections are: traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n" +"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" +"\n" +"Here, we will not detail each configuration. Simply make sure that you have\n" +"all the parameters from your Internet Service Provider or system\n" +"administrator.\n" +"\n" +"You can consult the ``User Guide'' chapter about Internet connections for\n" +"details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n" +"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection.\n" +"\n" +"If you wish to configure the network later after installation, or if you\n" +"are finished configuring your network connection, click \"Cancel\"." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie Ihren Computer mit dem Internet oder mit einem lokalen Netzwerk\n" +"verbinden wollen, dann wählen Sie bitte die entsprechende Option aus. Bitte\n" +"schalten Sie jedoch zuvor, falls nötig, die dafür benötigten Geräte ein,\n" +"damit „DrakX“ sie automatisch erkennen kann.\n" +"\n" +"Mandrake Linux bietet Ihnen die Möglichkeit, Ihre Internet-VerÂbindung\n" +"bereits während der Installation zu konfigurieren. Zur Auswahl stehen\n" +"folgende Verbindungsarten: Herkömmliches Modem, ISDN Modem, ADSL\n" +"Verbindung, Kabelmodem oder eine einfache LAN Verbindung (Ethernet).\n" +"\n" +"Wir wollen hier nicht weiter ins Detail gehen, nur soviel: Stellen Sie\n" +"sicher, dass sie die nötigen Parameter von Ihrem Internet Provider oder\n" +"Systemadministrator erhalten haben.\n" +"\n" +"Weitere Einzelheiten, die hier bereits hilfreich sein können, erhalten Sie\n" +"im Kapitel DrakNet. Falls Sie unsicher sind, warten Sie ab, bis die\n" +"Installation beendet ist und verwenden Sie danach das beschriebene\n" +"Programm, um Ihre Verbindung einzurichten.\n" +"\n" +"Wenn Sie Ihr Netzwerk erst nach Abschluss der Installation einrichten\n" +"wollen oder sobald Sie die Konfiguration beendet haben, klicken Sie auf\n" +"„Abbrechen“." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"You may now choose which services you wish to start at boot time.\n" +"\n" +"Here are presented all the services available with the current\n" +"installation. Review them carefully and uncheck those which are not always\n" +"needed at boot time.\n" +"\n" +"You can get a short explanatory text about a service by selecting a\n" +"specific service. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful\n" +"or not, it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" +"\n" +"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n" +"server: you will probably not want to start any services which you do not\n" +"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n" +"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n" +"!!" +msgstr "" +"Als nächstes können Sie die Dienste auswählen, die während des\n" +"Betriebssystemstarts aktiviert werden sollen.\n" +"\n" +"Hier werden alle Dienste, die nach der aktuellen Installation zum BS-Start\n" +"zur Verfügung stehen, angezeigt. Lesen Sie diese Liste sorgfältig durch und\n" +"markieren Sie nur die Dienste, die Sie immer ab dem BS-Start zur Verfügung\n" +"haben wollen.\n" +"\n" +"Wenn Sie einen Dienst anwählen, erhalten Sie eine kurze Erklärung dazu.\n" +"Wenn Sie nicht sicher sind, ob ein Dienst bzw. Server sinnvoll ist oder\n" +"nicht, verändern Sie am Besten die voreingestellten Markierungen nicht.\n" +"\n" +"!! Sollten Sie Ihren Rechner als Server verwenden wollen, so müssen Sie an\n" +"dieser Stelle besonders vorsichtig sein: wählen Sie alle Dienste ab, die\n" +"Sie nicht benötigen. Denken Sie daran, dass etliche Dienste eine\n" +"potentielle Einbruchstelle in das System von außen darstellen, wenn diese\n" +"im Serverbetrieb laufen. Also, nur die Dienste einschalten, die Sie\n" +"wirklich brauchen! !!" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n" +"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n" +"you are not supposed to know them all by heart.\n" +"\n" +"If you are performing a standard installation from a CD-ROM, you will first\n" +"be asked to specify the CDs you currently have (in Expert mode only). Check\n" +"the CD labels and highlight the boxes corresponding to the CDs you have\n" +"available for installation. Click \"OK\" when you are ready to continue.\n" +"\n" +"Packages are sorted in groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" +"machine. The groups themselves are sorted into four sections:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Workstation\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation,\n" +"select one or more of the corresponding groups;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Development\": if your machine is to be used for programming, choose\n" +"the desired group(s);\n" +"\n" +" * \"Server\": if your machine is intended to be a server, you will be able\n" +"to select which of the most common services you wish to install on your\n" +"machine;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Graphical Environment\": finally, this is where you will choose your\n" +"preferred graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want\n" +"to have a graphical workstation!\n" +"\n" +"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" +"text about that group. If you deselect all groups when performing a regular\n" +"installation (by opposition to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" +"different options for a minimal installation:\n" +"\n" +" * \"With X\": install the fewer packages possible to have a working\n" +"graphical desktop;\n" +"\n" +" * \"With basic documentation\": installs the base system plus basic\n" +"utilities and their documentation. This installation is suitable for\n" +"setting up a server;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Truly minimal install\": will install the strict minimum necessary to\n" +"get a working Linux system, in command line only. This installation is\n" +"about 65Mb large.\n" +"\n" +"You can check the \"Individual package selection\" box, which is useful if\n" +"you are familiar with the packages being offered or if you want to have\n" +"total control over what will be installed.\n" +"\n" +"If you started the installation in \"Upgrade\" mode, you can unselect all\n" +"groups to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" +"updating an existing system." +msgstr "" +"Nun ist es Zeit sich zu entscheiden, welche Programme Sie auf Ihrem Rechner\n" +"installieren wollen. Es gibt tausende von Paketen für Mandrake Linux, und\n" +"Sie müssen sie nicht alle auswendig kennen.\n" +"\n" +"Wenn Sie eine klassische CD-ROM-Installation vornehmen, werden Sie zuerst\n" +"nach den Ihnen zur Verfügung stehenden CDs gefragt (nur im Expertenmodus).\n" +"Markieren Sie die Zeilen anhand der CDs die Sie vorliegen haben und klicken\n" +"Sie auf die Schaltfläche „OK“.\n" +"\n" +"Die Pakete sind nach ihrer Verwendung in Gruppen eingeteilt. Diese Gruppen\n" +"wiederum enthalten vier Abschnitte:\n" +"\n" +" * „Arbeitsplatzrechner“: Falls Ihr Rechner als Arbeitsplatzrechner\n" +"verwendet werden soll, markieren Sie eine oder mehrere Gruppen.\n" +"\n" +" * „Entwicklungsplattform“: Falls Sie mit Ihrem Rechner programmieren\n" +"wollen, sollten Sie diese Gruppe markieren.\n" +"\n" +" * „Server“: Wenn Ihre Maschine ein Server werden soll, können Sie hier die\n" +"wichtigsten Dienste auswählen, die auf Ihren Rechner installiert werden\n" +"sollen.\n" +"\n" +" * „Grafische Oberfläche“: Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte grafische\n" +"Arbeitsoberfläche. Wenn Sie eine grafische Oberfläche verwenden wollen, so\n" +"müssen Sie hier zumindest eine Gruppe auswählen.\n" +"\n" +"Wenn Sie die Maus über eine Gruppe bewegen, erhalten Sie einen kurzen\n" +"erklärenden Text über die Gruppe. Falls Sie bei einer Installation alle\n" +"Markierungen entfernen, erscheint ein Dialog, in dem Sie zwischen\n" +"verschiedenen Minimalinstallationen wählen können.\n" +"\n" +" * „Mit X“ Installiert eine rudimentäre grafische Oberfläche;\n" +"\n" +" * „Mit minimaler Dokumentation“ Installiert das Basissystem zuzüglich\n" +"grundlegender Werkzeuge inklusive deren Dokumentation. Dies ist die\n" +"sinnvollste Wahl für eine Serverinstallation.\n" +"\n" +" * „Extrem minimale Installation“ Sie erhalten eine komplett „nackte“\n" +"Linux-Distribution (speziell auch ohne urpmi!). Es versteht sich von\n" +"selbst, dass das nur eine Kommandozeileninstallation sein kann.\n" +"\n" +"Wenn Sie die Schaltfläche „Fortgeschritten“ anwählen, erhalten Sie die\n" +"Möglichkeit, eine „Individuelle Paketauswahl“ durchzuführen. Das macht nur\n" +"Sinn, wenn Sie die Pakete genau kennen oder wenn Sie volle Kontrolle\n" +"darüber haben wollen, was installiert werden soll.\n" +"\n" +"Haben Sie die Installation als „Aktualisierung“ gestartet, können Sie die\n" +"Markierungen aller Gruppen entfernen, um die Installation neuer Pakete zu\n" +"vermeiden. Hierdurch werden nur bereits installierte Pakete aktualisiert\n" +"oder repariert." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Please be patient. This operation can take several minutes." +msgstr "" +"Bitte gedulden Sie sich etwas. Es kann einige Minuten dauern." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it in\n" +"local time according to the time zone you selected. It is however possible\n" +"to deactivate this by deselecting \"Hardware clock set to GMT\" so that the\n" +"hardware clock is the same as the system clock. This is useful when the\n" +"machine is hosting another operating system like Windows.\n" +"\n" +"The \"Automatic time synchronization\" option will automatically regulate\n" +"the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. In the\n" +"list that is presented, choose a server located near you. Of course you\n" +"must have a working Internet connection for this feature to work. It will\n" +"actually install on your machine a time server which can be optionally used\n" +"by other machines on your local network." +msgstr "" +"GNU/Linux arbeitet mit GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) und übersetzt diese anhand\n" +"der Zeitzone in Ihre lokale Zeit.\n" +"\n" +"Da Microsoft Windows(TM) nicht sinnvoll mit GMT umgehen kann, müssen Sie\n" +"„Nein“ wählen, falls Sie auch ein Betriebssystem aus dem Hause Microsoft\n" +"auf Ihrem Rechner „beherbergen“\n" +"\n" +"Die Verwendung der Option „Automatische Zeit-Synchronisation“ reguliert\n" +"Ihre Uhr, indem sie Verbindung mit einem Zeitserver im Internet aufnimmt.\n" +"Wählen Sie aus der Liste einen Server in Ihrer Nähe. Damit die funktioniert\n" +"benötigen Sie eine ständige Internetverbindung." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"The Mandrake Linux installation is spread out over several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n" +"knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM and will eject the\n" +"current CD and ask you to insert a different one as required." +msgstr "" +"Da die Mandrake Linux-Distribution stetig wächst, wurde sie in mehrere\n" +"CD-ROMs unterteilt. Es kann daher vorkommen, dass „DrakX“ Pakete von\n" +"anderen, als der Installations-CD-ROM installieren will. In diesem Fall\n" +"wird es die aktuelle CD-ROM auswerfen und nach einer anderen fragen." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n" +"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"root\" is the system\n" +"administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add users,\n" +"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n" +"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n" +"guess - DrakX will tell you if it is too easy. As you can see, you can\n" +"choose not to enter a password, but we strongly advise you against this if\n" +"only for one reason: do not think that because you booted GNU/Linux that\n" +"your other operating systems are safe from mistakes. Since \"root\" can\n" +"overcome all limitations and unintentionally erase all data on partitions\n" +"by carelessly accessing the partitions themselves, it is important for it\n" +"to be difficult to become \"root\".\n" +"\n" +"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n" +"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password - it makes it too\n" +"easy to compromise a system.\n" +"\n" +"However, please do not make the password too long or complicated because\n" +"you must be able to remember it without too much effort.\n" +"\n" +"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. Hence, you\n" +"will have to type the password twice to reduce the chance of a typing\n" +"error. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n" +"``incorrect'' password will have to be used the first time you connect.\n" +"\n" +"In Expert mode, you will be asked if you will be connecting to an\n" +"authentication server, like NIS or LDAP.\n" +"\n" +"If your network uses the LDAP (or NIS) protocol for authentication, select\n" +"\"LDAP\" (or \"NIS\") as authentication. If you do not know, ask your\n" +"network administrator.\n" +"\n" +"If your computer is not connected to any administrated network, you will\n" +"want to choose \"Local files\" for authentication." +msgstr "" +"Sie können nun das »root« Passwort für Ihr Mandrake Linux System eingeben.\n" +"Das Passwort muss zweimal eingegeben werden, um sicher zu stellen, dass sie\n" +"es korrekt eingegeben haben.\n" +"\n" +"»root« ist das Benutzerkennzeichen des Systemadministrators. Er ist der\n" +"einzige der berechtigt ist, neue Software zu installieren, Systemdateien zu\n" +"ändern oder neue Benutzerkennzeichen anzulegen. Kurz gesagt: »root« darf\n" +"alles! Wählen Sie deshalb das Passwort sehr sorgfältig aus! Unberechtigter\n" +"Zugang zu diesem Kennzeichen ist extrem gefährlich für die Integrität Ihres\n" +"Systems und der darauf enthaltenen Daten. Daher müssen Sie auch ein\n" +"Passwort auswählen, was nicht leicht zu erraten ist; „DrakX“ teilt Ihnen\n" +"mit, wenn das Passwort zu einfach ist. Sie sehen, dass es auch möglich ist,\n" +"kein Passwort zu vergeben. Wir raten Ihnen jedoch dringend davon ab!\n" +"Glauben Sie nicht, dass nur, weil Sie GNU/Linux geladen haben, Ihre anderen\n" +"Betriebssysteme vor Fehlern sicher sind. »root« hat keine Beschränkungen.\n" +"Er könnte beispielsweise unbeabsichtigterweise alle Daten auf allen\n" +"Partitionen löschen, weil er unvorsichtigerweise auf die Partitionen selber\n" +"zugegriffen hat!\n" +"\n" +"Das Passwort sollte eine Mischung aus alphanumerischen Zeichen sein und\n" +"mindestens 8 Zeichen lang sein. Es sollte niemals irgendwo aufgeschrieben\n" +"werden.\n" +"\n" +"Machen Sie das Passwort aber nicht zu lang oder zu kompliziert: Sie sollten\n" +"es sich ohne großen Aufwand merken können.\n" +"\n" +"Sie müssen das Passwort zweimal eingeben - ein Tippfehler beim ersten\n" +"Versuch könnte sonst zu einem Problem werden, da Sie anschließend das\n" +"„falsche“ Passwort bei der Verbindung mit dem System eingeben müssten.\n" +"\n" +"Im Expertenmodus werden Ihnen zusätzliche Optionen zur Verfügung gestellt.\n" +"Diese hängen davon ab, ob Sie mit sich mit einem Authentifizierungsserver\n" +"verbinden wollen oder nicht.\n" +"\n" +"Falls in Ihrem Netzwerk das LDAP (oder NIS) Protokoll für die\n" +"Authentifizierung verwendet wird, wählen Sie bitte den entsprechenden\n" +"Menüpunkt. Falls Sie nicht wissen, welches Protokoll Sie verwenden, fragen\n" +"Sie Ihren Netzwerkadministrator.\n" +"\n" +"Falls Ihr Rechner nicht an einem administrierten Netzwerk hängt, wählen Sie\n" +"bitte „Lokale Dateien“ zur Authentifizierung." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Before continuing, you should read carefully the terms of the license. It\n" +"covers the whole Mandrake Linux distribution, and if you do not agree with\n" +"all the terms in it, click on the \"Refuse\" button which will immediately\n" +"terminate the installation. To continue with the installation, click on the\n" +"\"Accept\" button." +msgstr "" +"Lesen Sie bitte aufmerksam die die Lizenz, bevor Sie fortfahren. Sie\n" +"umfasst die gesamte Mandrake Linux Distribution. Sollten Sie nicht in allen\n" +"Punkten zustimmen, betätigen Sie bitte die Schaltfläche „Zurückweisen“, um\n" +"die Installation abzubrechen. Um mit der Installation fortzufahren\n" +"betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „Akzeptieren“." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Listed above are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, they are good for most common\n" +"installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a root\n" +"partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not be\n" +"able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n" +"separate partition, you will also need to create a partition for \"/home\"\n" +"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n" +"\n" +"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" +"\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard drives:\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +"\n" +"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." +msgstr "" +"Oben sehen Sie die auf Ihrer Festplatte gefundenen Linux-Partitionen. Als\n" +"normaler Linuxanwender können Sie problemlos die Vorschläge des Assistenten\n" +"übernehmen. Sollten Sie diesen Vorschlag ändern, müssen Sie zumindest eine\n" +"Partition als Verzeichnisbaumwurzel („/“) definieren. Wählen Sie keine zu\n" +"kleine Partition, da sie sonst nicht genug Software installieren können.\n" +"Falls Sie Ihre persönlichen Daten auf einer getrennten Partition speichern\n" +"möchten, müssen Sie eine Linux-Partition für ihre persönlichen\n" +"Verzeichnisse („/home“) definieren (Dies geht natürlich nur, wenn Sie mehr\n" +"als nur eine Linux Partition haben).\n" +"\n" +"Alle Partitionen werden folgendermaßen aufgeführt: „Name“, „Kapazität“\n" +"\n" +"„Name“ ist zusammengesetzt aus: „Festplattentyp“, „Festplattennummer“ und\n" +"„Partitionsnummer“ (etwa, „hda1“ oder „sdb4“).\n" +"\n" +"„Festplattentyp“ ist „hd“ falls es sich um einen IDE Platte handelt und\n" +"„sd“ wenn es eine SCSI Platte ist.\n" +"\n" +"„Festplattennummer“ ist der Buchstabe hinter „hd“ oder „sd“. Bei IDE\n" +"Platten bedeutet:\n" +"\n" +" * „a“ - „Master Festplatte am primären IDE Kontroller“,\n" +"\n" +" * „b“ - „Slave Festplatte am primären IDE Kontroller“,\n" +"\n" +" * „c“ - „Master Festplatte am sekundären IDE Kontroller“,\n" +"\n" +" * „d“ - „Slave Festplatte am sekundären IDE Kontroller“,\n" +"\n" +"Bei SCSI Platten steht „a“ für „erste Festplatte am Bus“, „b“ für „zweite\n" +"Festplatte am Bus“, etc." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Click on \"OK\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" +"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"OK\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"any Windows data.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"Cancel\" to cancel this operation without losing any data and\n" +"partitions present on this hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie „OK“, wenn Sie alle Partitionen (damit auch alle Daten) dieser\n" +"Festplatte löschen wollen. Achtung: durch Betätigen dieser Schaltfläche\n" +"werden alle Daten auf der Festplatte unwiederbringlich gelöscht (auch alle\n" +"evtl. vorhandenen Windows(TM)-Daten)!\n" +"\n" +"Wählen Sie „Abbruch“, um die vorhandenen Daten unangetastet zu lassen und\n" +"die Operation abzubrechen." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by\n" +"booting from the CD-ROM, press the >>F1<< key at boot and type >>rescue<<\n" +"at the prompt. But in case your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, you\n" +"should come back to this step for help in at least two situations:\n" +"\n" +" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (MBR)\n" +"of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you\n" +"to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have Windows in\n" +"your system). If you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft install\n" +"process will rewrite the boot sector, and then you will not be able to\n" +"start GNU/Linux!\n" +"\n" +" * if a problem arises and you cannot start up GNU/Linux from the hard\n" +"disk, this floppy disk will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It\n" +"contains a fair number of system tools for restoring a system, which has\n" +"crashed due to a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a typo in a\n" +"password, or any other reason.\n" +"\n" +"When you click on this step, you will be asked to enter a disk inside the\n" +"drive. The floppy disk you will insert must be empty or contain data which\n" +"you do not need. You will not have to format it since DrakX will rewrite\n" +"the whole disk." +msgstr "" +"Die Mandrake Linux CD-ROM hat einen eingebauten RettungsmoÂdus. Sie\n" +"erreichen ihn durch Starten von CD-ROM, und Drücken von »F1« bei\n" +"Bootbeginn. Geben Sie dann »rescue« an der Eingabeaufforderung ein. Falls\n" +"Ihr Rechner nicht von CD-ROM starten kann, sollten Sie diesen Punkt\n" +"unbedingt aus zwei Gründen abarbeiten:\n" +"\n" +" * Wenn „DrakX“ den Betriebssystemstarter installiert, schreibt es den\n" +"Boot-Sektor (MBR) Ihrer primären Festplatte neu (außer Sie wollen einen\n" +"anderen Betriebssystemstarter verwenden), damit Sie die verschiedenen,\n" +"vorhandenen Betriebssysteme starten können (etwa Windows und GNU/Linux).\n" +"Sollten Sie etwa Windows neu installieren, wird dieses - ohne Sie zu fragen\n" +"- Ihren Boot-Sektor überschreiben. Somit werden Sie Ihr GNU/Linux nicht\n" +"mehr starten können! Mit einer Startdiskette können Sie Ihr\n" +"GNU/Linux-System dann trotzdem hochfahren und diese Änderungen rückgängig\n" +"machen.\n" +"\n" +" * Sollten Ihnen andere schwerwiegende Systemfehler das Starten von\n" +"GNU/Linux von der Festplatte unmöglich machen, ist diese Startdiskette so\n" +"ziemlich die einzige Möglichkeit, auf Ihr System zuzugreifen. Zudem enthält\n" +"sie eine Anzahl von Systemprogrammen, die Ihnen bei der Behebung von\n" +"Systemfehlern (nach einem Stromausfall, einen unglücklichen Tippfehler in\n" +"einem Passwort, etc.) helfen werden.\n" +"\n" +"Wenn Sie diesen Schritt anwählen, wird „DrakX“ Sie bitten, eine Diskette in\n" +"ein Laufwerk zu legen. Die Diskette sollte natürlich leer sein (zumindest\n" +"keine relevanten Daten enthalten). Sie muss nicht formatiert sein, „DrakX“\n" +"kümmert sich um alles." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Finally, depending on whether or not you selected individual packages, you\n" +"will be presented a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n" +"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n" +"subgroups, or individual packages.\n" +"\n" +"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n" +"right. When your selection is finished, click the \"Install\" button which\n" +"will then launch the installation process. Depending on the speed of your\n" +"hardware and the number of packages that need to be installed, it may take\n" +"a while to complete the process. An estimate of the time it will take to\n" +"install everything is displayed on the screen, to help you gauge if there\n" +"is sufficient time to enjoy a cup of coffee.\n" +"\n" +"!! If a server package has been selected, either intentionally or because\n" +"it was part of a whole group, you will be asked to confirm that you really\n" +"want those servers to be installed. Under Mandrake Linux, any installed\n" +"servers are started by default at boot time. Even if they are safe and have\n" +"no known issues at the time the distribution was shipped, it may happen\n" +"that security holes are discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" +"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" +"or why it is being installed, then click \"No\". Clicking \"Yes\" will\n" +"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n" +"default. !!\n" +"\n" +"The \"Automatic dependencies\" option simply disables the warning dialog\n" +"which appears whenever the installer automatically selects a package. This\n" +"occurs because it has determined that it needs to satisfy a dependency with\n" +"another package in order to successfully complete the installation.\n" +"\n" +"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows to load the\n" +"package list chosen during a previous installation. Clicking on this icon\n" +"will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the end of\n" +"another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to create such\n" +"a floppy." +msgstr "" +"Schlussendlich erhalten Sie (falls Sie sich für „Individuelle Paketauswahl“\n" +"entschieden haben) eine Baumliste aller Pakete die zu den von Ihnen\n" +"gewünschten Gruppen gehören. Diese Pakete sind nach Gruppen und\n" +"Untergruppen klassifiziert. Beim Durchstöbern des Baums, können Sie\n" +"Gruppen, Untergruppen oder einzelne Pakete markieren oder deren Markierung\n" +"entfernen.\n" +"\n" +"Sobald Sie ein Paket auswählen, erscheint rechts eine kurze Beschreibung.\n" +"Sobald Sie die Auswahl abgeschlossen haben, bestätigen Sie das durch\n" +"Drücken der Schaltfläche „Installation“. Nun beginnt die eigentliche\n" +"Installation. Falls Sie eine Vielzahl von Paketen installieren wollen,\n" +"können Sie nun getrost einen Kaffee trinken gehen.\n" +"\n" +"!! Es kommt vor, dass Server- und Dienst-Pakete angewählt wurden - entweder\n" +"absichtlich, oder als Paket einer ganzen Gruppe; sollte das der Fall sein,\n" +"werden Sie nun gefragt, ob Sie diese wirklich installiert haben wollen.\n" +"Unter Mandrake Linux werden installierte Server und Dienste automatisch\n" +"beim Betriebssystemstart gestartet. Selbst wenn zum Zeitpunkt, als die\n" +"Distribution zusammengestellt wurde, keine Sicherheitslücken oder Fehler in\n" +"diesen Paketen bekannt waren, ist natürlich nicht auszuschließen, dass\n" +"später solche Fehler gefunden werden. Sollten Sie also nicht wissen, wovon\n" +"hier die Rede ist, wählen Sie sicherheitshalber lieber „Nein“. Falls Sie\n" +"mit „Ja“ antworten, werden die Dienste und Server installiert und stehen\n" +"Ihnen nach der Installation standardmäßig zur Verfügung. !!\n" +"\n" +"Die Option „Automatische Abhängigkeiten“ unterdrückt nur die Warnungen, die\n" +"erscheinen, wenn das Installationsprogramm Pakete automatisch markiert, um\n" +"Paketabhängigkeiten aufzulösen, wenn Sie ein Paket auswählen.\n" +"\n" +"Das kleine Diskettensymbol am unteren Rand der Liste ermöglicht es Ihnen,\n" +"die während einer vorangegangenen Installation gespeicherte Paketauswahl\n" +"erneut zu verwenden. Durch Betätigen der Schaltfläche öffnen Sie einen\n" +"Dialog, der Sie auffordert, die Diskette einzulegen, die die Auswahl der\n" +"früheren Installation enthält. Um zu erfahren, wie Sie diese Diskette\n" +"erstellen, lesen Sie bitte den zweiten Tipp des vorangegangenen\n" +"Installationsschrittes." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" +"(formatting means creating a filesystem).\n" +"\n" +"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" +"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" +"partitions as well.\n" +"\n" +"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" +"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" +"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n" +"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n" +"\"/home\").\n" +"\n" +"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n" +"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" +"any of it.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"OK\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"Cancel\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"Advanced\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked\n" +"for bad blocks on the disk." +msgstr "" +"Alle neu angelegten Partitionen müssen formatiert (= ein Dateisystem darauf\n" +"erzeugt) werden, bevor Sie sie verwenden können.\n" +"\n" +"Möglicherweise wollen Sie auch einige bereits existierende Partitionen\n" +"formatieren, um alle darauf vorhandenen Daten zu löschen. Falls ja,\n" +"markieren Sie diese ebenfalls.\n" +"\n" +"Es sei angemerkt, dass bereits existierende Partitionen nicht erneut\n" +"formatiert werden müssen. Sie sollten Partitionen, die Teile des\n" +"Betriebssystems enthalten neu formatieren (etwa „/“, „/usr“ oder „/var“),\n" +"Partitionen mit Ihren privaten Daten (normalerweise „/home“) sollten Sie\n" +"jedoch nicht neu formatieren.\n" +"\n" +"Seien Sie in diesem Schritt sehr sorgfältig. Nach dem Formatieren einer\n" +"Partition ist der komplette Inhalt unwiederbringlich gelöscht!\n" +"\n" +"Wählen Sie „OK“, sobald Sie bereit sind die Partitionen zu formatieren.\n" +"\n" +"Wählen Sie „Abbruch“, falls Sie andere Partitionen verwenden wollen, um Ihr\n" +"Mandrake Linux darauf zu installieren.\n" +"\n" +"Wählen Sie „Fortgeschritten“, um die Möglichkeit zu erhalten, Partitionen\n" +"anzugeben, die auf defekte Blöcke untersucht werden sollen." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Normally, DrakX selects the right keyboard for you (depending on the\n" +"language you have chosen) and you won't even see this step. However, you\n" +"might not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language: for\n" +"example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may still want\n" +"your keyboard to be a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are\n" +"located in Quebec, you may find yourself in the same situation. In both\n" +"cases, you will have to go back to this installation step and select an\n" +"appropriate keyboard from the list.\n" +"\n" +"Click on the \"More\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" +"supported keyboards." +msgstr "" +"„DrakX“ wird aufgrund Ihrer Sprachauswahl das für Sie passende\n" +"Tastaturlayout bereits ausgewählt haben, Sie sollten diesen Schritt\n" +"eigentlich nicht einmal angezeigt bekommen. Doch vielleicht sind Sie mit\n" +"dieser Auswahl nicht zufrieden (wenn Sie beispielsweise eine vom Layout\n" +"abweichende Sprache bevorzugen). Dann gehen Sie zu diesem\n" +"Konfigurationsschritt zurück und wählen Sie ein passendes Layout aus der\n" +"Liste.\n" +"\n" +"Sollten Sie eine andere als die zur gewählten Sprache gehörende Tastatur\n" +"verwenden wollen, wählen Sie die Schaltfläche „Mehr“. Sie erhalten dann\n" +"eine Liste aller unterstützten Tastaturen." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"You must indicate where you wish to place the information required to boot\n" +"to GNU/Linux.\n" +"\n" +"Unless you know exactly what you are doing, choose \"First sector of drive\n" +"(MBR)\"." +msgstr "" +"Sie müssen nun entscheiden, wo die Informationen zum Starten Ihrer\n" +"GNU/Linux Distribution erstellt werden sollen.\n" +"\n" +"Sofern Sie nicht genau wissen, was sie machen sollen, wählen Sie „Erster\n" +"Sektor der Platte (MBR)“" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n" +"ready to use. Just click \"OK\" to reboot the system. You can start\n" +"GNU/Linux or Windows, whichever you prefer (if you are dual-booting), as\n" +"soon as the computer has booted up again.\n" +"\n" +"The \"Advanced\" button (in Expert mode only) shows two more buttons to:\n" +"\n" +" * \"generate auto-install floppy\": to create an installation floppy disk\n" +"which will automatically perform a whole installation without the help of\n" +"an operator, similar to the installation you just configured.\n" +"\n" +" Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation as the\n" +"partitioning step (and only this one) remains interactive;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Automated\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is\n" +"completely rewritten, all data is lost.\n" +"\n" +" This feature is very handy when installing a great number of similar\n" +"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Save packages selection\"(*): saves the package selection as done\n" +"previously. Then, when doing another installation, insert the floppy inside\n" +"the drive and run the installation going to the help screen by pressing on\n" +"the [F1] key, and by issuing >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n" +"\n" +"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n" +"\"mformat a:\")" +msgstr "" +"Nun ist es soweit, die Installation ist abgeschlossen und Ihr neues\n" +"Betriebssystem sollte einsatzbereit sein. Bei einem Neustart können Sie\n" +"zwischen den auf Ihrer Platte installierten Betriebssystemen auswählen.\n" +"Klicken Sie nur noch auf „OK“ und das System wird neu gestartet.\n" +"\n" +"Die Schaltfläche „Fortgeschritten“ liefert zwei weitere Schaltflächen:\n" +"\n" +" * „Erstellen einer Auto-Installationsdiskette“: Hiermit können Sie eine\n" +"Installationsdiskette erstellen, mit deren Hilfe Sie eine identische\n" +"automatische Installation ohne Interaktion eines Administrators\n" +"durchzuführen können.\n" +"\n" +" Es gibt zwei verschiedene Alternativen, nachdem Sie diese Schaltfläche\n" +"aktiviert haben:\n" +"\n" +" * „Erneut abspielen“: Diese Installation ist nur teilweise automatisch,\n" +"da der Partitionierungsschritt (aber nur dieser!) immer noch interaktiv\n" +"vonstatten geht.\n" +"\n" +" * „Automatisiert“: Vollautomatische Installation: Die Festplatte wird\n" +"vollständig reorganisiert. Alle darauf vorhandenen Daten gehen verloren!\n" +"\n" +" Diese Funktion ist besonders nützlich, wenn man eine Menge von\n" +"identischer Rechner einrichten will. Weitere Informationen erhalten Sie\n" +"auch auf der Seite Auto install\n" +"\n" +" * „Paketauswahl speichern“: (*) Sie speichern damit die Paketauswahl, die\n" +"Sie vorher getroffen haben. Wenn Sie später eine erneute Installation\n" +"vornehmen wollen, legen Sie einfach die Diskette ins Laufwerk und starten\n" +"Sie die Installation mittels [F1] an der ersten Eingabeaufforderung. Geben\n" +"Sie dann »linux defcfg=\"floppy\"« ein.\n" +"\n" +"(*) Sie benötigen eine FAT formatierte Diskette (Mittels „mformat a:“\n" +"können Sie unter GNU/Linux eine solche erstellen)." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"DrakX now detects any IDE device present in your computer. It will also\n" +"scan for one or more PCI SCSI card(s) on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" +"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" +"\n" +"Because hardware detection does not always detect a piece of hardware,\n" +"DrakX will ask you to confirm if a PCI SCSI card is present. Click \"Yes\"\n" +"if you know that there is a SCSI card installed in your machine. You will\n" +"be presented a list of SCSI cards to choose from. Click \"No\" if you have\n" +"no SCSI hardware. If you are unsure, you can check the list of hardware\n" +"detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info\" and clicking\n" +"\"OK\". Examine the list of hardware and then click on the \"OK\" button to\n" +"return to the SCSI interface question.\n" +"\n" +"If you have to manually specify your adapter, DrakX will ask if you want to\n" +"specify options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the hardware for\n" +"the card-specific options which the hardware needs to initialize. This\n" +"usually works well.\n" +"\n" +"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options which need to be passed, you\n" +"will need to provide options to the driver manually. Please review the\n" +"``User Guide'' (chapter 3, in the ``Collecting Information on Your\n" +"Hardware'' section) for hints on retrieving the parameters required from\n" +"hardware documentation, from the manufacturer's web site (if you have\n" +"Internet access) or from Microsoft Windows (if you used this hardware with\n" +"Windows on your system)." +msgstr "" +"„DrakX“ versucht nun alle IDE Festplatten Ihres Systems zu finden. Unter\n" +"Anderem sucht „DrakX“ auch nach PCI SCSI-Karten, die es kennt, um sie\n" +"automatisch mit dem richtigen Treiber einzubinden.\n" +"\n" +"Falls Sie über keinen SCSI Adapter verfügen, es sich um einen ISA SCSI\n" +"Adapter handelt oder um einen PCI SCSI Adapter, bei dem „DrakX“ nicht weiß,\n" +"welcher Treiber funktioniert, werden Sie gebeten, „DrakX“ zu helfen.\n" +"\n" +"Ist in Ihrem Rechner kein SCSI Adapter, wählen Sie einfach „Nein“. Sollten\n" +"Sie Sich für „Ja“ entscheiden, erscheint eine Liste, aus der Sie Ihren\n" +"Adapter auswählen können.\n" +"\n" +"Mussten Sie den Adapter aus der Liste wählen, fragt „DrakX“ Sie, ob Sie dem\n" +"Modul Optionen übergeben wollen. Sie können „DrakX“ ruhig erlauben, erst\n" +"einmal selbst zu versuchen, diese herauszufinden. In den meisten Fällen\n" +"funktioniert das.\n" +"\n" +"Falls nicht, müssen Sie die Optionen angeben. Schauen Sie im\n" +"Installationshandbuch, wie Sie diese Informationen erhalten können: etwa\n" +"unter Windows (sofern das auf Ihren Rechner installiert ist), aus den\n" +"Handbüchern, die sie mit dem Adapter erhalten haben oder von den Web-Seiten\n" +"des Hardware-Anbieters (sofern Sie einen WWW-Zugang haben)." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"You can add additional entries for yaboot, either for other operating\n" +"systems, alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" +"\n" +"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n" +"partition.\n" +"\n" +"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n" +"\n" +" * Label: this is simply the name you will have to type at the yaboot\n" +"prompt to select this boot option;\n" +"\n" +" * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux\n" +"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension;\n" +"\n" +" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation;\n" +"\n" +" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is used quite often\n" +"to assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse\n" +"button emulation for the often lacking 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock\n" +"Apple mouse. The following are some examples:\n" +"\n" +" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +"hda=autotune\n" +"\n" +" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +"\n" +" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules, before\n" +"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n" +"boot situation;\n" +"\n" +" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4,096 bytes. If you\n" +"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used;\n" +"\n" +" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially brought up in\n" +"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n" +"Here, you can override this option;\n" +"\n" +" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n" +"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n" +"native frame buffer support;\n" +"\n" +" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n" +"selectable by just pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will\n" +"also be highlighted with a ``*'', if you press [Tab] to see the boot\n" +"selections." +msgstr "" +"Sie können weitere „Yaboot“ Einträge angeben, etwa für andere\n" +"Betriebssysteme, alternative Kerne oder ein Rettungssystem.\n" +"\n" +"Für ein anderes BS können Sie nur einen Namen und die Start-Partition\n" +"angeben.\n" +"\n" +"Für Linux gibt es einige Parameter:\n" +"\n" +" * „Identifikator“: Es handelt sich um den Namen, den Sie an der „Yaboot“\n" +"Eingabeaufforderung angeben müssen, um diese Alternative zu wählen.\n" +"\n" +" * „Kern“: Der Name des BS-Kerns, den sie starten wollen. Normalerweise\n" +"handelt es sich um „vmlinuz“ oder eine Variante von „vmlinuz“ mit einer\n" +"Versionsnummer.\n" +"\n" +" * „Verzeichnisbaumwurzel“: Die Verzeichnisbaumwurzel „/“ Ihrer Linux\n" +"Installation.\n" +"\n" +" * „Übergeben“: Auf Apple Hardware, wird die Ãœbergabemöglichkeit weiterer\n" +"Kernparameter häufig verwendet, um die Grafikausgabe richtig zu\n" +"konfigurieren oder die Tastaturemulation der Mausknöpfe einzuschalten, da\n" +"klassische Apple-Mäuse von Hause aus mit 2 fehlenden Maustasten\n" +"ausgeliefert werden. Hier einige Beispiele:\n" +"\n" +" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +"hda=autotune\n" +"\n" +" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +"\n" +" * „Init-RamDisk“: Dieser Parameter kann entweder verwendet werden, um beim\n" +"Betriebssystemstart bereits zusätzliche Kern-Module zur Verfügung zu haben,\n" +"ohne dass das Start-Gerät zur Verfügung steht oder um ein RamDisk Abbild\n" +"für den BS-Start in Notfällen zur Verfügung zu haben.\n" +"\n" +" * „Größe der Init-RamDisk“: Standardmäßig ist eine RamDisk 4096 Bytes\n" +"groß. Sollten Sie eine größere RamDisk benötigen, können Sie das mit diesem\n" +"Parameter einstellen.\n" +"\n" +" * „Schreiben/Lesen“: Normalerweise wird die Verzeichnisbaumwurzel zuerst\n" +"im Nur-Lese-Modus eingehängt, um eine Dateisystem Verifikation durchführen\n" +"zu können, bevor das Betriebssystem seinen Dienst aufnimmt. Diesen Umstand\n" +"können Sie hier abstellen.\n" +"\n" +" * „NoVideo“: Sollte sich die Apple Grafik-Hardware als extrem\n" +"problematisch erweisen, können Sie diesen Parameter verwenden um im sog.\n" +"„novideo“-Modus, also im FrameBuffer-Modus zu starten.\n" +"\n" +" * „Standard“: Wählt diesen Eintrag als Standard Linux-Kern, den Sie durch\n" +"Drücken von [Enter] an der „Yaboot“ Eingabeaufforderung gestartet bekommen.\n" +"Wenn Sie die [Tab]-Taste an der Eingabeaufforderung drücken, erhalten Sie\n" +"eine Liste der verfügbaren Alternativen. Der Standardeintrag wird mit einem\n" +"Stern „*“ markiert." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/de/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" +"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n" +"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or from another\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitions must be defined.\n" +"\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" +"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" +"\n" +"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Clear all\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard\n" +"drive;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables to automatically create \"Ext2\"\n" +"and swap partitions in free space of your hard drive;\n" +"\n" +" * \"More\": gives access to additional features:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy.\n" +"Useful for later partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly\n" +"recommended to perform this step;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Restore partition table\": allows to restore a previously saved\n" +"partition table from floppy disk;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you\n" +"can try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember\n" +"that it can fail;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and loads your\n" +"initial partition table;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force\n" +"users to manually mount and unmount removable medias such as floppies and\n" +"CD-ROMs.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Wizard\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition\n" +"your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good knowledge of\n" +"partitioning;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Toggle to normal/expert mode\": allows additional actions on\n" +"partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Done\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +"save your changes back to disk.\n" +"\n" +"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n" +"partitions using [Tab] and [Up/Down] arrows.\n" +"\n" +"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected);\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition;\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point.\n" +"\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" +"read the ext2fs chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" +"\n" +"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" +"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB, which will be used by the yaboot\n" +"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" +"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" +"emergency boot situations." +msgstr "" +"Sie müssen nun entscheiden auf welche Partition(en) Ihr neues Mandrake\n" +"Linux System installiert werden soll. Falls bereits Partitionen existieren\n" +"(etwa von einer früheren Installation von GNU/Linux oder durch das Erzeugen\n" +"mit einem anderen Partitionierungswerkzeug), können Sie diese verwenden.\n" +"Anderenfalls müssen Sie Partitionen definieren.\n" +"\n" +"Um Partitionen zu erzeugen müssen Sie erst eine Festplatte wählen. Sie\n" +"können die Platte wählen in dem Sie „hda“ für die erste IDE-Platte wählen,\n" +"„sda“ für die erste SCSI-Platte, usw.\n" +"\n" +"Um die gewählte Platte zu partitionieren stehen folgende Möglichkeiten zur\n" +"Verfügung:\n" +"\n" +" * „Alles löschen“: Betätigen dieser Schaltfläche löscht alle Partitionen\n" +"auf der markierten Festplatte.\n" +"\n" +" * „Automatisches Erstellen“: Diese Schaltfläche erstellt automatisch Ext2-\n" +"und Swap-Partitionen im ungenutzten Bereich Ihrer Festplatte.\n" +"\n" +" * „Partitionstabelle retten“: Falls Ihre Partitionstabelle defekt ist,\n" +"können Sie durch Drücken dieser Schaltfläche versuchen Sie wieder\n" +"herzustellen. Seien Sie vorsichtig und denken Sie immer daran, dass dieser\n" +"Versuch misslingen kann.\n" +"\n" +" * „Rückgängig“: Mit dieser Schaltfläche können Sie alle Einstellungen\n" +"rückgängig machen.\n" +"\n" +" * „Neu laden“: Sie können durch Betätigen dieser Schaltfläche alle\n" +"Einstellungen rückgängig machen und die (noch bestehende) Partitionstabelle\n" +"neu laden.\n" +"\n" +" * „Assistent“: Falls Sie keine Ahnung haben wie Sie die Festplatte\n" +"partitionieren sollen, wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche. Sie überlassen damit\n" +"die gesamte Arbeit unserem Assistenten, der mittels „Abra Kadabra“(TM) Ihre\n" +"Platte partitioniert.\n" +"\n" +" * „Von Diskette wiederherstellen“: Falls Sie Ihre Partitionstabelle vor\n" +"Beginn auf eine Diskette gespeichert haben, können Sie sie mittels dieser\n" +"Schaltfläche wieder zurückschreiben.\n" +"\n" +" * „Auf Diskette speichern“: Falls Sie Ihre aktuelle Partitionstabelle auf\n" +"Diskette speichern wollen, falls Sie sie später wiederherstellen wollen,\n" +"können Sie das mit Hilfe dieser Schaltfläche tun.\n" +"\n" +" * „Fertig“: Nachdem Sie das Partitionieren Ihrer Festplatte beendet haben,\n" +"aktivieren Sie diese Schaltfläche, um Ihre Änderungen zu speichern.\n" +"\n" +"Information: Sie können alle Einstellungen per Tastatur vornehmen. Sie\n" +"können sich mittels [Tab] und den Pfeiltasten bewegen.\n" +"\n" +"Wenn eine Partition ausgewählt ist, können Sie mittels:\n" +"\n" +" * [Strg]-[C] - eine neue Partition erstellen (wenn Sie auf einer leeren\n" +"Partition sind)\n" +"\n" +" * [Strg]-[D] - die Partition löschen\n" +"\n" +" * [Strg]-[M] - dem Einhängpunkt festlegen\n" +"\n" +"Falls Sie die Installation auf einem PPC-Rechner vornehmen, sollten Sie\n" +"eine mindestens 1 MB große HFS Start-Partition für den\n" +"Betriebssystemstarter „Yaboot“ erstellen. Wenn Sie diese Partition etwas\n" +"größer dimensionieren, etwa 50 MB, haben Sie einen geeigneten Platz, um\n" +"einen Rettungskern samt RamDisk abzulegen, um in Notfällen starten zu\n" +"können." + diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2b76535c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot @@ -0,0 +1,1898 @@ + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"LILO (the LInux LOader) and grub are bootloaders: they are able to boot\n" +"either GNU/Linux or any other operating system present on your computer.\n" +"Normally, these other operating systems are correctly detected and\n" +"installed. If this is not the case, you can add an entry by hand in this\n" +"screen. Be careful to choose the correct parameters.\n" +"\n" +"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" +"anyone. In which case, you can delete the corresponding entries. But then,\n" +"you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other operating systems!" +msgstr "" +"LILO (el LInux LOader) y grub son cargadores de arranque: permiten arrancar\n" +"ya sea GNU/Linux como cualquier otro sistema operativo presente en su\n" +"computadora. Normalmente, estos otros sistemas operativos se detectan e\n" +"instalan correctamente. Si este no es el caso, puede añadir una entrada a\n" +"mano en esta pantalla. Tenga cuidado de elegir los parámetros correctos.\n" +"\n" +"Tambien puede no desear dar acceso a estos otros sistemas operativos a\n" +"cualquiera. En ese caso, puede borrar las entradas correspondientes. Pero\n" +"entonces, ¡necesitará un disquete de arranque para poder arrancar esos\n" +"otros sistemas operativos!" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Please choose your preferred language for installation and system usage.\n" +"\n" +"Clicking on the \"Advanced\" button will allow you to select other\n" +"languages to be installed on your workstation. Selecting other languages\n" +"will install the language-specific files for system documentation and\n" +"applications. For example, if you will host users from Spain on your\n" +"machine, select English as the main language in the tree view and in the\n" +"Advanced section click on the box corresponding to \"Spanish|Spain\".\n" +"\n" +"Note that multiple languages may be installed. Once you have selected any\n" +"additional locales, click the \"OK\" button to continue." +msgstr "" +"Por favor, elija su idioma preferido para la instalación y el uso del\n" +"sistema.\n" +"\n" +"Al hacer clic sobre el botón \"Avanzado\" podrá seleccionar otros idiomas\n" +"para instalar en su estación de trabajo. Seleccionar otros idiomas\n" +"instalará los archivos especÃficos para la documentación del sistema y las\n" +"aplicaciones. Por ejemplo, si albergará a gente de Francia en su máquina,\n" +"seleccione Español como idioma principal en la vista de árbol y en la\n" +"sección avanzada haga clic sobre la estrella gris que corresponde a\n" +"\"Frances|Francia\".\n" +"\n" +"Note que se pueden instalar múltiples idiomas. Una vez que ha seleccionado\n" +"cualquier idioma adicional haga clic sobre el botón \"Aceptar\" para\n" +"continuar." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"At this point, you need to choose where you want to install the Mandrake\n" +"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n" +"if an existing operating system is using all the available space, you will\n" +"need to partition it. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists of\n" +"logically dividing it to create space to install your new Mandrake Linux\n" +"system.\n" +"\n" +"Because the partitioning process' effects are usually irreversible,\n" +"partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if you are an inexperienced\n" +"user. Fortunately, there is a wizard which simplifies this process. Before\n" +"beginning, please consult the manual and take your time.\n" +"\n" +"If you are running the installation in Expert mode, you will enter\n" +"DiskDrake, the Mandrake Linux partitioning tool, which allows you to\n" +"fine-tune your partitions. See the DiskDrake section in the ``User Guide''.\n" +"From the installation interface, you can use the wizards as described here\n" +"by clicking the dialog's \"Wizard\" button.\n" +"\n" +"If partitions have already been defined, either from a previous\n" +"installation or from another partitioning tool, simply select those to\n" +"install your Linux system.\n" +"\n" +"If partitions are not defined, you will need to create them using the\n" +"wizard. Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are\n" +"available:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Use free space\": this option will simply lead to an automatic\n" +"partitioning of your blank drive(s). You will not be prompted further;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Use existing partition\": the wizard has detected one or more existing\n" +"Linux partitions on your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this\n" +"option;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Use the free space on the Windows; partition\": if Microsoft Windows\n" +"is installed on your hard drive and takes all the space available on it,\n" +"you have to create free space for Linux data. To do so, you can delete your\n" +"Microsoft Windows partition and data (see ``Erase entire disk'' or ``Expert\n" +"mode'' solutions) or resize your Microsoft Windows partition. Resizing can\n" +"be performed without the loss of any data, provided you previously\n" +"defragment the Windows partition. Backing up your data won't hurt either..\n" +"This solution is recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and\n" +"Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n" +"\n" +" Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n" +"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n" +"than at the present time. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n" +"Windows to store your data or to install new software;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Erase entire disk\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions\n" +"present on your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux\n" +"system, choose this option. Be careful with this solution because you will\n" +"not be able to revert your choice after you confirm;\n" +"\n" +" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" +"\n" +" * \"Remove Windows\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and\n" +"begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk\n" +"will be lost;\n" +"\n" +" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" +"\n" +" * \"Expert mode\": choose this option if you want to manually partition\n" +"your hard drive. Be careful - it is a powerful but dangerous choice. You\n" +"can very easily lose all your data. Hence, do not choose this unless you\n" +"know what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"Ahora necesita elegir el lugar de su disco rÃgido donde se instalará su\n" +"sistema operativo Mandrake Linux. Si su disco rÃgido está vacÃo o si un\n" +"sistema operativo existente está utilizando todo el espacio disponible,\n" +"necesitará particionar el disco. Básicamente, particionar un disco rÃgido\n" +"consiste en dividirlo lógicamente para crear espacio para instalar su\n" +"sistema Mandrake Linux nuevo.\n" +"\n" +"Debido a que los efectos del particionado por lo general son irreversibles,\n" +"el particionado puede ser intimidante y estresante si Usted es un usuario\n" +"inexperto. Por fortuna, hay un asistente que simplifica este proceso. Antes\n" +"de comenzar, por favor consulte el manual y tómese su tiempo.\n" +"\n" +"Si está corriendo la instalación en modo Experto, ingresará a DiskDrake, la\n" +"herramienta de particionado de Mandrake Linux, que le permite un ajuste\n" +"fino de sus particiones. Vea la sección DiskDrake en la \"GuÃa del\n" +"Usuario\". Desde la interfaz de instalación, puede utilizar los asistentes\n" +"como se describe aquà haciendo clic sobre el botón \"Asistente\" del\n" +"diálogo.\n" +"\n" +"Si ya se han definido particiones, ya sea de una instalación previa o por\n" +"medio de otra herramienta de particionado, simplemente seleccione esas para\n" +"instalar su sistema Linux.\n" +"\n" +"Si no hay particiones definidas, necesitará crearlas usando el asistente.\n" +"Dependiendo de la configuración de su disco rÃgido, están disponibles\n" +"varias opciones:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Usar espacio libre\": esta opción simplemente llevará a un\n" +"particionado automático de su(s) disco(s) vacÃo(s). No se le pedirán más\n" +"detalles ni se le formularán más preguntas.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Usar partición existente\": el asistente ha detectado una o más\n" +"particiones Linux existentes en su disco rÃgido. Si desea utilizarlas,\n" +"elija esta opción.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Usar el espacio libre en la partición Windows\": si Microsoft Windows\n" +"está instalado en su disco rÃgido y ocupa todo el espacio disponible en el\n" +"mismo, Usted tiene que liberar espacio para los datos de Linux. Para\n" +"hacerlo, puede borrar su partición y datos Microsoft Windows (vea las\n" +"soluciones \"Borrar el disco completo\" o \"Modo experto\") o cambie el\n" +"tamaño de su partición Windows. El cambio de tamaño se puede realizar sin\n" +"la perdida de datos, siempre y cuando Usted ha desfragmentado con\n" +"anterioridad la partición Windows. Tambien se recomienda hacer una copia de\n" +"respaldo de sus datos.. Se recomienda esta solución si desea utilizar tanto\n" +"Mandrake Linux como Microsoft Windows en la misma computadora.\n" +"\n" +" Antes de elegir esta opción, por favor comprenda que despues de este\n" +"procedimiento, el tamaño de su partición Microsoft Windows será más pequeño\n" +"que ahora. Tendrá menos espacio bajo Microsoft Windows para almacenar sus\n" +"datos o instalar software nuevo.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Borrar el disco entero\": si desea borrar todos los datos y todas las\n" +"particiones presentes en su disco rÃgido y reemplazarlas con su nuevo\n" +"sistema Mandrake Linux, elija esta opción. Tenga cuidado con esta solución\n" +"ya que no podrá revertir su elección despues de confirmarla.\n" +"\n" +" !! Si elige esta opción, se perderán todos los datos en su disco. !!\n" +"\n" +" * \"Quitar Windows\": simplemente esto borrará todo en el disco y\n" +"comenzará particionando todo desde cero. Se perderán todos los datos en su\n" +"disco.\n" +"\n" +" !! Si elige esta opción, se perderán todos los datos en su disco. !!\n" +"\n" +" * \"Modo experto\": elija esta opción si desea particionar manualmente su\n" +"disco rÃgido. Tenga cuidado - esta es una elección potente pero peligrosa.\n" +"Puede perder todos sus datos con facilidad. Por lo tanto, no elija esta\n" +"opción a menos que sepa lo que está haciendo." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n" +"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" +"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely. In this section, DrakX\n" +"will try to configure X automatically.\n" +"\n" +"It is extremely rare for it to fail, unless the hardware is very old (or\n" +"very new). If it succeeds, it will start X automatically with the best\n" +"resolution possible, depending on the size of the monitor. A window will\n" +"then appear and ask you if you can see it.\n" +"\n" +"If you are doing an \"Expert\" installation, you will enter the X\n" +"configuration wizard. See the corresponding section of the manual for more\n" +"information about this wizard.\n" +"\n" +"If you can see the message during the test, and answer \"Yes\", then DrakX\n" +"will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it simply\n" +"means that the configuration was wrong and the test will automatically end\n" +"after 10 seconds, restoring the screen." +msgstr "" +"X (por X Window System) es el corazón de la interfaz gráfica de GNU/Linux\n" +"en el que se apoyan todos los entornos gráficos (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" +"WindowMaker, etc.) que se incluyen con Mandrake Linux. En esta sección,\n" +"DrakX intentará configurar a X automáticamente.\n" +"\n" +"Es extremadamente raro que esto falle, a menos que el hardware sea muy\n" +"antiguo (o muy nuevo). Si no falla, arrancará X automáticamente con la\n" +"mejor resolución posible dependiendo del tamaño de su monitor. Luego\n" +"aparecerá una ventana que le pregunta si la puede ver.\n" +"\n" +"Si está haciendo una instalación en modo \"Experto\", ingresará al\n" +"asistente de configuración de X. Para más información sobre este asistente\n" +"vea la sección correspondiente del manual.\n" +"\n" +"Si puede ver el mensaje y responde \"SÃ\", entonces DrakX continuará con el\n" +"paso siguiente. Si no puede ver el mensaje, simplemente significa que la\n" +"configuración no era la correcta y la prueba terminará automáticamente\n" +"luego de 10 segundos, restaurando la pantalla." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Your new Mandrake Linux operating system is currently being installed.\n" +"Depending on the number of packages you will be installing and the speed of\n" +"your computer, this operation could take from a few minutes to a\n" +"significant amount of time.\n" +"\n" +"Please be patient." +msgstr "" +"En este momento se está instalando su sistema operativo Mandrake Linux\n" +"nuevo. Dependiendo de la cantidad de paquetes que instalará y de la\n" +"velocidad de su computadora, esta operación puede tomar desde unos pocos\n" +"minutos hasta una cantidad de tiempo significativa.\n" +"\n" +"Por favor, tenga paciencia." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on it will be lost\n" +"and will not be recoverable!" +msgstr "" +"Elija la unidad de disco que desea borrar para instalar su partición\n" +"Mandrake Linux nueva. Tenga cuidado, ¡se perderán todos los datos de la\n" +"misma y no se podrán recuperar!." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"GNU/Linux is a multiuser system, and this means that each user can have his\n" +"own preferences, his own files and so on. You can read the ``User Guide''\n" +"to learn more. But unlike \"root\", which is the administrator, the users\n" +"you will add here will not be entitled to change anything except their own\n" +"files and their own configuration. You will have to create at least one\n" +"regular user for yourself. That account is where you should log in for\n" +"routine use. Although it is very practical to log in as \"root\" everyday,\n" +"it may also be very dangerous! The slightest mistake could mean that your\n" +"system would not work any more. If you make a serious mistake as a regular\n" +"user, you may only lose some information, but not the entire system.\n" +"\n" +"First, you have to enter your real name. This is not mandatory, of course -\n" +"as you can actually enter whatever you want. DrakX will then take the first\n" +"word you have entered in the box and will bring it over to the \"User\n" +"name\". This is the name this particular user will use to log onto the\n" +"system. You can change it. You then have to enter a password here. A\n" +"non-privileged (regular) user's password is not as crucial as \"root\"' one\n" +"from a security point of view, but that is no reason to neglect it: after\n" +"all, your files are at risk.\n" +"\n" +"If you click on \"Accept user\", you can then add as many as you want. Add\n" +"a user for each one of your friends: your father or your sister, for\n" +"example. When you finish adding all the users you want, select \"Done\".\n" +"\n" +"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\"\n" +"for that user (bash by default)." +msgstr "" +"GNU/Linux es un sistema multiusuario, y esto significa que cada usuario\n" +"puede tener sus preferencias propias, sus archivos propios, y asÃ\n" +"sucesivamente. Puede leer la \"GuÃa del Usuario\" para aprender más. Pero,\n" +"a diferencia de \"root\", que es el administrador, los usuarios que agregue\n" +"aquà no podrán cambiar nada excepto su configuración y sus archivos\n" +"propios. Tendrá que crear al menos un usuario no privilegiado para Usted\n" +"mismo. Esa cuenta es donde deberÃa conectarse para el uso diario. Aunque es\n" +"muy práctico ingresar como \"root\" diariamente, ¡tambien puede ser muy\n" +"peligroso! El error más leve podrÃa significar que su sistema deje de\n" +"funcionar. Si comete un error serio como usuario no privilegiado, sólo\n" +"puede llegar a perder algo de información, pero no todo el sistema.\n" +"\n" +"Primero tendrá que ingresar su nombre real. Esto no es obligatorio, por\n" +"supuesto - ya que, en realidad, puede ingresar lo que desee. DrakX tomará\n" +"entonces la primer palabra que ingresó y la copiará al campo \"Nombre de\n" +"usuario\". Este es el nombre que este usuario en particular usará para\n" +"ingresar al sistema. Lo puede cambiar. Luego tendrá que ingresar una\n" +"contraseña aquÃ. La contraseña de un usuario no privilegiado (regular) no\n" +"es tan crucial como la de \"root\" desde el punto de vista de la seguridad,\n" +"pero esto no es razón alguna para obviarla - despues de todo, son sus\n" +"archivos los que están en riesgo.\n" +"\n" +"Si hace clic sobre \"Aceptar usuario\", entonces puede agregar tantos como\n" +"desee. Agregue un usuario para cada uno de sus amigos: por ejemplo su padre\n" +"o su hermana. Cuando haya terminado de agregar todos los usuarios que\n" +"desee, seleccione \"Hecho\".\n" +"\n" +"Hacer clic sobre el botón \"Avanzadas\" le permite cambiar el \"shell\"\n" +"predeterminado para ese usuario (bash por defecto)." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Finally, you will be asked whether you want to see the graphical interface\n" +"at boot. Note this question will be asked even if you chose not to test the\n" +"configuration. Obviously, you want to answer \"No\" if your machine is to\n" +"act as a server, or if you were not successful in getting the display\n" +"configured." +msgstr "" +"Finalmente, se le preguntará si desea ver la interfaz gráfica en el\n" +"arranque. Note que esta pregunta se le formula incluso si eligió no probar\n" +"la configuración. Obviamente, querrá responder \"No\" si su máquina va a\n" +"actuar como un servidor, o si no tuvo exito con la configuración de la\n" +"pantalla." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld MacIntosh hardware. It is able to boot\n" +"either GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX if present on your computer. Normally,\n" +"these other operating systems are correctly detected and installed. If this\n" +"is not the case, you can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to\n" +"choose the correct parameters.\n" +"\n" +"Yaboot's main options are:\n" +"\n" +" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt;\n" +"\n" +" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n" +"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n" +"to hold this information;\n" +"\n" +" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n" +"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n" +"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n" +"\n" +" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n" +"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second before your\n" +"default kernel description is selected;\n" +"\n" +" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n" +"at the first boot prompt;\n" +"\n" +" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n" +"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt;\n" +"\n" +" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" +"Firmware Delay expires." +msgstr "" +"Yaboot es un cargador de arranque para el hardware NewWorld MacIntosh. El\n" +"mismo puede arrancar o GNU/Linux, o MacOS o MacOSX si se encuentran en su\n" +"computadora. Normalmente, estos sistemas operativos se detectan e instalan\n" +"correctamente. Si este no es el caso, puede agregar una entrada a mano en\n" +"esta pantalla. Tenga cuidado de elegir los parámetros correctos.\n" +"\n" +"Las opciones principales de Yaboot son:\n" +"\n" +" * Mensaje de Init: un mensaje de texto simple que se muestra antes del\n" +"prompt de arranque.\n" +"\n" +" * Dispositivo de arranque: indica donde desea colocar la información\n" +"necesaria para arrancar en GNU/Linux. Generalmente, se configura una\n" +"partición bootstrap con anterioridad para contener esta información.\n" +"\n" +" * Demora de Open Firmware: a diferencia de LILO, hay dos demoras\n" +"disponibles con Yaboot. La primera se mide en segundos y aquà puede elegir\n" +"entre CD, arranque OF, MacOS o Linux.\n" +"\n" +" * Demora de arranque del núcleo: esta demora es similar a la demora de\n" +"arranque de LILO. Luego de seleccionar Linux, tendrá esta demora en decimas\n" +"de segundo antes que se seleccione su descripción del núcleo\n" +"predeterminada.\n" +"\n" +" * ¿Habilitar arranque desde el CD?: marcando esta opción Usted puede\n" +"elegir \"C\" para el CD en el primer prompt de arranque.\n" +"\n" +" * ¿Habilitar arranque OF?: marcando esta opción Usted puede elegir \"N\"\n" +"para Open Firmware en el primer prompt de arranque.\n" +"\n" +" * SO predeterminado: puede seleccionar que sistema operativo arrancará por\n" +"defecto cuando expira la demora de Open Firmware." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"At this point, it is time to choose the security level desired for the\n" +"machine. As a rule of thumb, the more exposed the machine is, and the more\n" +"the data stored in it is crucial, the higher the security level should be.\n" +"However, a higher security level is generally obtained at the expense of\n" +"easiness of use. Refer to the \"msec\" chapter of the ``Reference Manual''\n" +"to get more information about the meaning of these levels.\n" +"\n" +"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option." +msgstr "" +"En este punto, es tiempo de elegir el nivel de seguridad deseado para su\n" +"máquina. Como regla general, cuanto más expuesta está la máquina, y cuantos\n" +"más cruciales sean los datos que tenga almacenados el nivel de seguridad en\n" +"la misma deberá ser más alto. Sin embargo, un nivel de seguridad más alto\n" +"generalmente se obtiene a expensas de la facilidad de uso. Consulte el\n" +"capÃtulo \"msec\" del \"Manual de Referencia\" para obtener más información\n" +"sobre el significado de dichos niveles.\n" +"\n" +"Si no sabe que elegir, mantenga la opción predeterminada." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n" +"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux." +msgstr "" +"Por favor seleccione el puerto correcto. Por ejemplo, el puerto \"COM1\"\n" +"bajo Windows se denomina \"ttyS0\" bajo GNU/Linux." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Here are presented various parameters concerning your machine. Depending on\n" +"your installed hardware, you may - or not, see the following entries:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Mouse\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n" +"to change it if necessary;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Keyboard\": check the current keyboard map configuration and click on\n" +"the button to change that if necessary;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Timezone\": DrakX, by default, guesses your time zone from the\n" +"language you have chosen. But here again, as for the choice of a keyboard,\n" +"you may not be in the country for which the chosen language should\n" +"correspond. Hence, you may need to click on the \"Timezone\" button in\n" +"order to configure the clock according to the time zone you are in;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Printer\": clicking on the \"No Printer\" button will open the printer\n" +"configuration wizard;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is\n" +"displayed here. No modification possible at installation time;\n" +"\n" +" * \"TV card\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" +"here. No modification possible at installation time;\n" +"\n" +" * \"ISDN card\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it is\n" +"displayed here. You can click on the button to change the parameters\n" +"associated with it." +msgstr "" +"Aquà se le presentan varios parámetros que conciernen a su máquina.\n" +"Dependiendo de su hardware instalado, puede - o no, ver las entradas\n" +"siguientes:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Ratón\": verifique la configuración del ratón y haga clic sobre el\n" +"botón para cambiarla, si es necesario.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Teclado\": verifique la configuración de la disposición del teclado y\n" +"haga clic sobre el botón para cambiarla, si es necesario.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Huso horario\": DrakX, de manera predeterminada, adivina su huso\n" +"horario a partir del idioma que Usted ha elegido. Pero nuevamente, al igual\n" +"que con la elección del teclado, puede ocurrir que no se encuentre en el\n" +"paÃs que sugiere el idioma elegido. De ser asÃ, puede necesitar hacer clic\n" +"sobre el botón \"Huso horario\" para configurar el reloj de acuerdo al huso\n" +"horario en el que se encuentre.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Impresora\": al hacer clic sobre el botón \"Sin impresora\" se abrirá\n" +"el asistente de configuración de la impresora.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Tarjeta de sonido\": si se detecta una tarjeta de sonido en su\n" +"sistema, la misma se muestra aquÃ. Durante la instalación no es posible\n" +"modificación alguna.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Tarjeta de TV\": si se detecta una tarjeta de TV en su sistema, la\n" +"misma se muestra aquÃ. Durante la instalación no es posible modificación\n" +"alguna.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Tarjeta RDSI\": si se detecta una tarjeta RDSI en su sistema, la misma\n" +"se muestra aquÃ. Puede hacer clic sobre el botón para cambiar los\n" +"parámetros asociados a la misma." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a default (\"Recommended\")\n" +"installation or if you want to have greater control (\"Expert\"). You can\n" +"also choose to do a new install or an upgrade of an existing Mandrake Linux\n" +"system:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Install\": completely wipes out the old system. In fact, depending on\n" +"what currently holds your machine, you will be able to keep some old (Linux\n" +"or other) partitions unchanged;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows to simply update the\n" +"packages currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. It keeps the\n" +"current partitions of your hard drives as well as user configurations. All\n" +"other configuration steps remain available with respect to plain\n" +"installation;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Upgrade Packages Only\": this brand new class allows to upgrade an\n" +"existing Mandrake Linux system while keeping all system configurations\n" +"unchanged. Adding new packages to the current installation is also\n" +"possible.\n" +"\n" +"Upgrades should work fine for Mandrake Linux systems starting from \"8.1\"\n" +"release.\n" +"\n" +"Depending on your knowledge of GNU/Linux, select one of the following\n" +"choices:\n" +"\n" +" * Recommended: choose this if you have never installed a GNU/Linux\n" +"operating system. The installation will be very easy and you will only be\n" +"asked a few questions;\n" +"\n" +" * Expert: if you have a good knowledge of GNU/Linux, you can choose this\n" +"installation class. The expert installation will allow you to perform a\n" +"highly-customized installation. Answering some of the questions can be\n" +"difficult if you do not have a good knowledge of GNU/Linux, so do not\n" +"choose this unless you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"DrakX ahora necesita saber si desea realizar una instalación por defecto\n" +"(\"Recomendada\") o si desea tener un control mayor (\"Experto\"). Tambien\n" +"puede elegir realizar una instalación nueva o una actualización de un\n" +"sistema Mandrake Linux existente:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Instalar\": el sistema anterior se borrará por completo. De hecho,\n" +"dependiendo de lo que su máquina contiene actualmente, podrá mantener\n" +"algunas particiones antiguas (Linux u otras) sin cambios;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Actualización\": esta clase de instalación le permite simplemente\n" +"actualizar los paquetes que en este momento están instalados en su sistema\n" +"Mandrake Linux. La misma mantiene las particiones corrientes de sus discos\n" +"asà como tambien las configuraciones de usuarios. Todos los otros pasos de\n" +"instalación permanecen disponibles con respecto a la instalación simple;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Sólo actualizar paquetes\": esta clase completamente nueva le permite\n" +"actualizar un sistema Mandrake Linux existente a la vez que mantiene todas\n" +"las configuraciones del sistema sin cambios. Tambien es posible añadir\n" +"paquetes nuevos a la instalación corriente.\n" +"\n" +"Las actualizaciones deberÃan funcionar sin problemas para los sistemas\n" +"Mandrake Linux comenzando desde la versión \"8.1\".\n" +"\n" +"Dependiendo de su conocimiento de GNU/Linux, por favor elija una de los\n" +"opciones siguientes:\n" +"\n" +" * Recomendada: elija esta si nunca ha instalado un sistema operativo\n" +"GNU/Linux. La instalación será muy fácil y sólo se le formularán unas pocas\n" +"preguntas;\n" +"\n" +" * Experto: si tiene un conocimiento bueno de GNU/Linux, puede elegir esta\n" +"clase de instalación. La instalación experta le permitirá realizar una\n" +"instalación altamente personalizada. Contestar a algunas de las preguntas\n" +"puede ser difÃcil si no tiene un buen conocimiento de GNU/Linux, entonces\n" +"no elija esto a menos que sepa lo que está haciendo." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" +"packages have been updated since the initial release. Some bugs may have\n" +"been fixed, and security issues solved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" +"updates, you are now proposed to download them from the Internet. Choose\n" +"\"Yes\" if you have a working Internet connection, or \"No\" if you prefer\n" +"to install updated packages later.\n" +"\n" +"Choosing \"Yes\" displays a list of places from which updates can be\n" +"retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. Then a package-selection tree\n" +"appears: review the selection, and press \"Install\" to retrieve and\n" +"install the selected package(s), or \"Cancel\" to abort." +msgstr "" +"Puede ser que cuando está instalando Mandrake Linux algunos paquetes se\n" +"hayan actualizado desde la publicación inicial. Se pueden haber corregido\n" +"algunos errores, y solucionado problemas de seguridad. Para permitir que\n" +"Usted se beneficie de estas actualizaciones, ahora se le propone\n" +"transferirlas desde la Internet. Elija \"SÃ\" si tiene funcionando una\n" +"conexión con la Internet, o \"No\" si prefiere instalar los paquetes\n" +"actualizados más tarde.\n" +"\n" +"Si elije \"SÃ\" se muestra una lista de lugares desde los que se pueden\n" +"obtener las actualizaciones. Elija el más cercano a Usted. Luego aparece un\n" +"árbol de selección de paquetes: revise la selección y presione \"Instalar\"\n" +"para transferir e instalar los paquetes seleccionados, o \"Cancelar\" para\n" +"abortar." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. This stage, normally, is totally\n" +"automated. In fact, DrakX analyzes the disk boot sector and acts\n" +"accordingly, depending on what it finds here:\n" +"\n" +" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" +"boot sector. Hence, you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another\n" +"OS;\n" +"\n" +" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" +"one.\n" +"\n" +"If in doubt, DrakX will display a dialog with various options.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Bootloader to use\": you have three choices:\n" +"\n" +" * \"GRUB\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" +"\n" +" * \"LILO with graphical menu\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical\n" +"interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu\n" +"interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default\n" +"(\"/dev/hda\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the\n" +"second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"/dev/fd0\");\n" +"\n" +" * \"Delay before booting the default image\": when rebooting the computer,\n" +"this is the delay granted to the user to choose - in the bootloader menu,\n" +"another boot entry than the default one.\n" +"\n" +"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" +"\"Cancel\" here), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake\n" +"Linux system! Also, be sure you know what you do before changing any of the\n" +"options. !!\n" +"\n" +"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer many advanced\n" +"options, which are reserved to the expert user.\n" +"\n" +"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" +"boot options which will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" +"\n" +"If there is another operating system installed on your machine, it will\n" +"automatically be added to the boot menu. Here, you can choose to fine-tune\n" +"the existing options. Select an entry and click \"Modify\" to modify or\n" +"remove it; \"Add\" creates a new entry; and \"Done\" goes on to the next\n" +"installation step." +msgstr "" +"LILO y grub son cargadores de arranque para GNU/Linux. Normalmente, esta\n" +"etapa está completamente automatizada. De hecho, DrakX analiza el sector de\n" +"arranque del disco y actúa en función de lo que encuentre allÃ:\n" +"\n" +" * si encuentra un sector de arranque de Windows, lo reemplazará con un\n" +"sector de arranque de grub/LILO de forma tal que Usted pueda arrancar\n" +"GNU/Linux u otro sistema operativo;\n" +"\n" +" * si encuentra un sector de arranque de grub o LILO, lo reemplazará con\n" +"uno nuevo;\n" +"\n" +"En caso de duda, DrakX mostrará un diálogo con varias opciones.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Cargador de arranque a usar\": tiene tres opciones:\n" +"\n" +" * \"LILO con menú gráfico\": si prefiere a LILO con su interfaz\n" +"gráfica.\n" +"\n" +" * \"GRUB\": si prefiere a grub (menú de texto).\n" +"\n" +" * \"LILO con menú de texto\": si prefiere a LILO con su interfaz de\n" +"texto.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Dispositivo de arranque\": en la mayorÃa de los casos, no cambiará lo\n" +"predeterminado (\"/dev/hda\"), pero si lo prefiere, el cargador de arranque\n" +"se puede instalar en el segundo disco rÃgido (\"/dev/hdb\"), o incluso en\n" +"un disquete (\"/dev/fd0\").\n" +"\n" +" * \"Demora antes de arrancar la imagen predeterminada\": cuando vuelve a\n" +"arrancar la computadora, esta es la demora que se garantiza al usuario para\n" +"elegir - en el menú del cargador de arranque, una entrada distinta a la\n" +"predeterminada.\n" +"\n" +"!! Tenga presente que si no elige instalar un cargador de arranque\n" +"(seleccionando \"Cancelar\"), ¡Debe asegurarse que tiene una forma de\n" +"arrancar a su sistema Mandrake Linux! Tambien debe asegurarse que sabe lo\n" +"que hace antes de cambiar cualquier opción. !!\n" +"\n" +"Haciendo clic sobre el botón \"Avanzadas\" en este diálogo se le ofrecerán\n" +"muchas opciones avanzadas que están reservadas para el usuario experto.\n" +"\n" +"Luego que haya configurado los parámetros generales del cargador de\n" +"arranque se mostrará la lista de opciones de arranque que estarán\n" +"disponibles al momento de arrancar.\n" +"\n" +"Si hay otro sistema operativo instalado en su máquina, se agregará el mismo\n" +"automáticamente al menú de arranque. Aquà puede elegir ajustar las opciones\n" +"existentes. Seleccione una entrada y haga clic sobre \"Modificar\" para\n" +"cambiar los parámetros de la misma o quitarla; \"Añadir\" crea una entrada\n" +"nueva; y \"Hecho\" va al paso de instalación siguiente." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Please choose the one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n" +"\n" +"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" +"\"Capacity\".\n" +"\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard drives:\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +"\n" +"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" +"\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"disk or partition is called \"C:\")." +msgstr "" +"Se ha detectado más de una partición Microsoft Windows en su disco rÃgido.\n" +"Por favor, elija aquella a la cual desea cambiarle el tamaño para poder\n" +"instalar su sistema operativo Mandrake Linux nuevo.\n" +"\n" +"Cada partición se lista como sigue: \"Nombre Linux\", \"Nombre Windows\"\n" +"\"Capacidad\".\n" +"\n" +"\"Nombre Linux\" está estructurado: \"tipo de disco rÃgido\", \"número de\n" +"disco rÃgido\", \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"hda1\").\n" +"\n" +"\"Tipo de disco rÃgido\" es \"hd\" si su disco es un disco IDE y \"sd\" si\n" +"el mismo es un disco SCSI.\n" +"\n" +"\"Número de disco rÃgido\" siempre es una letra que sigue a \"hd\" o a\n" +"\"sd\". Para los discos IDE:\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\" significa \"disco rÃgido maestro en la controladora IDE\n" +"primaria\",\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\" significa \"disco rÃgido esclavo en la controladora IDE\n" +"primaria\",\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\" significa \"disco rÃgido maestro en la controladora IDE\n" +"secundaria\",\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" significa \"disco rÃgido esclavo en la controladora IDE\n" +"secundaria\".\n" +"\n" +"Para los discos SCSI, una \"a\" significa \"SCSI ID menor\", una \"b\"\n" +"significa \"segunda SCSI ID menor\", etc.\n" +"\n" +"\"Nombre Windows\" es la letra de su unidad de disco bajo Windows (el\n" +"primer disco o partición se denomina \"C:\")." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Here, we select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may offer\n" +"you one, but Mandrake Linux offers three.\n" +"\n" +" * \"pdq\" - which means ``print, don't queue'', is the choice if you have\n" +"a direct connection to your printer and you want to be able to panic out of\n" +"printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. It will handle only\n" +"very simple network cases and is somewhat slow for networks. Pick \"pdq\"\n" +"if this is your maiden voyage to GNU/Linux. You can change your choices\n" +"after installation by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control Center\n" +"and clicking the expert button.\n" +"\n" +" * \"CUPS\" - ``Common Unix Printing System'', is excellent at printing to\n" +"your local printer and also halfway-around the planet. It is simple and can\n" +"act as a server or a client for the ancient \"lpd\" printing system. Hence,\n" +"it is compatible with the systems that went before. It can do many tricks,\n" +"but the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need this to\n" +"emulate an \"lpd\" server, you must turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon. It has\n" +"graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer options.\n" +"\n" +" * \"lprNG\" - ``line printer daemon New Generation''. This system can do\n" +"approximately the same things the others can do, but it will print to\n" +"printers mounted on a Novell Network, because it supports the IPX protocol,\n" +"and it can print directly to shell commands. If you have need of Novell or\n" +"printing to commands without using a separate pipe construct, use lprNG.\n" +"Otherwise, CUPS is preferable as it is simpler and better at working over\n" +"networks." +msgstr "" +"Aquà seleccionamos un sistema de impresión para que use su computadora.\n" +"Otros sistemas operativos pueden ofrecerle uno, pero Mandrake Linux le\n" +"ofrece tres.\n" +"\n" +" * \"pdq\" - \"print, don't queue\" (imprimir sin poner en cola), es la\n" +"elección si Usted tiene una conexión directa a su impresora y desea evitar\n" +"el pánico de los papeles trabados, y no tiene impresora en red alguna.\n" +"Manejará sólo casos de red muy simples y es algo lento para las redes.\n" +"Elija \"pdq\" si esta es su luna de miel con GNU/Linux. Despues de la\n" +"instalación puede cambiar sus elecciones ejecutando PrinterDrake desde el\n" +"Centro de Control Mandrake y eligiendo el modo experto.\n" +"\n" +" * \"CUPS\" - \"Common Unix Printing System\" (Sistema de Impresión Común\n" +"de Unix) es excelente imprimiendo en su impresora local y tambien en la\n" +"otra punta del planeta. Es simple y puede actuar como servidor o cliente\n" +"para el sistema de impresión antiguo \"lpd\", por lo que es compatible con\n" +"los sistemas anteriores. Puede hacer muchas cosas, pero la configuración\n" +"básica es tan simple como la de \"pdq\". Si necesita que emule a un\n" +"servidor \"lpd\", debe encender el demonio \"cups-lpd\". Tiene interfaces\n" +"gráficas para imprimir o elegir las opciones de la impresora.\n" +"\n" +" * \"lprNG\" - \"line printer daemon New Generation\" (servidor de\n" +"impresora de lÃneas Nueva Generación). Este sistema puede hacer\n" +"aproximadamente las mismas cosas que los otros, pero imprimirá en\n" +"impresoras montadas sobre una red Novell, debido a que soporta el protocolo\n" +"IPX, y puede imprimir directamente a comandos del shell. Si necesita Novell\n" +"o imprimir a comandos de sin utilizar tuberÃas, utilice lprNG. De no ser\n" +"asÃ, se prefiere a CUPS ya que es más simple y es mejor al trabajar sobre\n" +"redes." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"The first time you try the X configuration, you may not be very satisfied\n" +"with its display (screen is too small, shifted left or right...). Hence,\n" +"even if X starts up correctly, DrakX then asks you if the configuration\n" +"suits you. It will also propose to change it by displaying a list of valid\n" +"modes it could find, asking you to select one.\n" +"\n" +"As a last resort, if you still cannot get X to work, choose \"Change\n" +"graphics card\", select \"Unlisted card\", and when prompted on which\n" +"server, choose \"FBDev\". This is a failsafe option which works with any\n" +"modern graphics card. Then choose \"Test again\" to be sure." +msgstr "" +"La primera vez que intenta la configuración de X Usted puede no estar muy\n" +"satisfecho con el resultado (la pantalla es muy pequeña, está corrida hacia\n" +"la izquierda o hacia la derecha...). Es por esto que, incluso si X arranca\n" +"correctamente, DrakX le preguntará si la configuración le conviene. Tambien\n" +"propondrá cambiarla mostrando una lista de modos válidos que pudo\n" +"encontrar, y le pedirá que seleccione alguno.\n" +"\n" +"Como último recurso, si todavÃa no puede hacer que X funcione, elija\n" +"\"Cambiar la tarjeta gráfica\", seleccione \"Tarjeta no listada\", y cuando\n" +"se le pregunte acerca de que servidor desea elija \"FBDev\". Esta es una\n" +"opción a prueba de fallos que funciona con cualquier tarjeta gráfica\n" +"moderna. Luego elija \"Probar nuevamente\" para estar seguro que funciona." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"DrakX generally detects the number of buttons your mouse has. If not, it\n" +"assumes you have a two-button mouse and will set it up for third-button\n" +"emulation. DrakX will automatically know whether it is a PS/2, serial or\n" +"USB mouse.\n" +"\n" +"If you wish to specify a different type of mouse select the appropriate\n" +"type from the provided list.\n" +"\n" +"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n" +"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n" +"correct. If the mouse is not working well, press the space bar or [Return]\n" +"to \"Cancel\" and choose again." +msgstr "" +"DrakX generalmente detecta la cantidad de botones que tiene su ratón. Si\n" +"no, asume que Usted tiene un ratón de dos botones y lo configurará para que\n" +"emule el tercer botón. DrakX sabrá automáticamente si es un ratón PS/2,\n" +"serie o USB.\n" +"\n" +"Si desea especificar un tipo de ratón diferente, seleccione el tipo\n" +"apropiado de la lista que se proporciona.\n" +"\n" +"Si elije un ratón distinto al predeterminado, se le presentará una pantalla\n" +"de prueba. Use los botones y la rueda para verificar que la configuración\n" +"es correcta. Si el ratón no está funcionando correctamente, presione la\n" +"barra espaciadora o [Intro] para \"Cancelar\" y vuelva a elegir." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"You are now proposed to set up your Internet/network connection. If you\n" +"wish to connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click\n" +"\"OK\". The autodetection of network devices and modem will be launched. If\n" +"this detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box next time. You\n" +"may also choose not to configure the network, or do it later; in that case,\n" +"simply click the \"Cancel\" button.\n" +"\n" +"Available connections are: traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n" +"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" +"\n" +"Here, we will not detail each configuration. Simply make sure that you have\n" +"all the parameters from your Internet Service Provider or system\n" +"administrator.\n" +"\n" +"You can consult the ``User Guide'' chapter about Internet connections for\n" +"details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n" +"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection.\n" +"\n" +"If you wish to configure the network later after installation, or if you\n" +"are finished configuring your network connection, click \"Cancel\"." +msgstr "" +"Ahora se le propone configurar su conexión de red/Internet. Si desea\n" +"conectar su computadora a la Internet o a una red de área local, haga clic\n" +"sobre \"Aceptar\". Se lanzará la detección automática de dispositivos de\n" +"red y módems. Si esta detección falla, quite la marca de la casilla \"Usar\n" +"detección automática\" la próxima vez. Tambien puede elegir no configurar\n" +"la red, o hacerlo más tarde; en ese caso simplemente haga clic sobre el\n" +"botón \"Cancelar\".\n" +"\n" +"Los tipos de conexión disponibles son: módem tradicional, módem RDSI\n" +"(ISDN), conexión ADSL, cable módem, y finalmente una simple conexión LAN\n" +"(Ethernet).\n" +"\n" +"Aquà no entraremos en detalle en cada configuración. Simplemente debe\n" +"asegurarse que su Proveedor de Servicios de Internet o su administrador del\n" +"sistema le proporcionaron todos los parámetros de configuración.\n" +"\n" +"Puede consultar el capÃtulo de \"GuÃa del Usuario\" sobre las conexiones a\n" +"la Internet para detalles acerca de la configuración, o simplemente esperar\n" +"hasta que su sistema este instalado y usar el programa que se describe aquÃ\n" +"para configurar su conexión.\n" +"\n" +"Si desea configurar la red más tarde, luego de la instalación, o si ha\n" +"finalizado de configurar su conexión de red, haga clic sobre \"Cancelar\"." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"You may now choose which services you wish to start at boot time.\n" +"\n" +"Here are presented all the services available with the current\n" +"installation. Review them carefully and uncheck those which are not always\n" +"needed at boot time.\n" +"\n" +"You can get a short explanatory text about a service by selecting a\n" +"specific service. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful\n" +"or not, it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" +"\n" +"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n" +"server: you will probably not want to start any services which you do not\n" +"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n" +"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n" +"!!" +msgstr "" +"Ahora puede elegir los servicios que desea iniciar durante el arranque.\n" +"\n" +"Aquà se presentan todos los servicios disponibles con la instalación\n" +"corriente. Debe revisarlos con cuidado y quitar la marca de aquellos que no\n" +"siempre son necesarios al arrancar.\n" +"\n" +"Puede obtener un pequeño texto explicativo acerca de un servicio\n" +"seleccionando un servicio especÃfico. Sin embargo, si no está seguro si un\n" +"servicio es útil o no, es más seguro dejar el comportamiento\n" +"predeterminado.\n" +"\n" +"!! Tenga mucho cuidado en esta etapa si pretende usar su máquina como un\n" +"servidor: probablemente no deseará arrancar servicios que no necesita. Por\n" +"favor recuerde que varios servicios pueden ser peligrosos si se habilitan\n" +"en un servidor. En general, seleccione sólo aquellos servicios que\n" +"realmente necesita. !!" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n" +"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n" +"you are not supposed to know them all by heart.\n" +"\n" +"If you are performing a standard installation from a CD-ROM, you will first\n" +"be asked to specify the CDs you currently have (in Expert mode only). Check\n" +"the CD labels and highlight the boxes corresponding to the CDs you have\n" +"available for installation. Click \"OK\" when you are ready to continue.\n" +"\n" +"Packages are sorted in groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" +"machine. The groups themselves are sorted into four sections:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Workstation\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation,\n" +"select one or more of the corresponding groups;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Development\": if your machine is to be used for programming, choose\n" +"the desired group(s);\n" +"\n" +" * \"Server\": if your machine is intended to be a server, you will be able\n" +"to select which of the most common services you wish to install on your\n" +"machine;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Graphical Environment\": finally, this is where you will choose your\n" +"preferred graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want\n" +"to have a graphical workstation!\n" +"\n" +"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" +"text about that group. If you deselect all groups when performing a regular\n" +"installation (by opposition to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" +"different options for a minimal installation:\n" +"\n" +" * \"With X\": install the fewer packages possible to have a working\n" +"graphical desktop;\n" +"\n" +" * \"With basic documentation\": installs the base system plus basic\n" +"utilities and their documentation. This installation is suitable for\n" +"setting up a server;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Truly minimal install\": will install the strict minimum necessary to\n" +"get a working Linux system, in command line only. This installation is\n" +"about 65Mb large.\n" +"\n" +"You can check the \"Individual package selection\" box, which is useful if\n" +"you are familiar with the packages being offered or if you want to have\n" +"total control over what will be installed.\n" +"\n" +"If you started the installation in \"Upgrade\" mode, you can unselect all\n" +"groups to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" +"updating an existing system." +msgstr "" +"Ahora es el momento de especificar los programas que desea instalar en su\n" +"sistema. Hay miles de paquetes disponibles para Mandrake Linux, y no se\n" +"supone que los conozca a todos de memoria.\n" +"\n" +"Si está realizando una instalación estándar desde un CD-ROM, primero se le\n" +"pedirá que especifique los CDs que tiene (sólo en modo Experto). Verifique\n" +"las etiquetas de los CDs y marque las casillas que corresponden a los que\n" +"tiene disponibles para la instalación. Haga clic sobre \"Aceptar\" cuando\n" +"este listo para continuar.\n" +"\n" +"Los paquetes se ordenan en grupos que corresponden a un uso particular de\n" +"su máquina. Los grupos en sà mismos están clasificados en cuatro secciones:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Estación de trabajo\": si planea utilizar su máquina como una estación\n" +"de trabajo, seleccione uno o más grupos correspondientes.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Desarrollo\": si la máquina se utilizará para programación, elija\n" +"el(los) grupo(s) deseado(s).\n" +"\n" +" * \"Servidor\": finalmente, si se pretende usar la máquina como un\n" +"servidor aquà puede seleccionar los servicios más comunes que desea que se\n" +"instalen en la misma.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Entorno gráfico\": seleccione aquà su entorno gráfico preferido. Si\n" +"desea tener una estación de trabajo gráfica, ¡seleccione al menos uno!\n" +"\n" +"Si mueve el cursor del ratón sobre el nombre de un grupo se mostrará un\n" +"pequeño texto explicativo acerca de ese grupo. Si deselecciona todos los\n" +"grupos cuando está realizando una instalación regular (es decir, no una\n" +"actualización), aparecerá un diálogo que propone opciones diferentes para\n" +"una instalación mÃnima:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Con X\": instala la menor cantidad de paquetes posible para tener un\n" +"escritorio gráfico que funcione;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Con documentación básica\": instala el sistema base más algunos\n" +"utilitarios básicos y la documentación de los mismos. Esta instalación es\n" +"adecuada para configurar un servidor;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Instalación realmente mÃnima\": instalará el mÃnimo necesario estricto\n" +"para obtener un sistema Linux que funciona, sólo en lÃnea de comandos. Esta\n" +"instalación ocupa alrededor de 65Mb.\n" +"\n" +"Puede marcar la opción \"Selección por paquetes individuales\" que es útil\n" +"si está familiarizado con los paquetes que se ofrecen o si desea tener un\n" +"control total sobre lo que se instalará.\n" +"\n" +"Si inició la instalación en el modo \"Actualización\", puede deseleccionar\n" +"todos los grupos para evitar instalar cualquier paquete nuevo. Esto es útil\n" +"para reparar o actualizar un sistema existente." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Please be patient. This operation can take several minutes." +msgstr "" +"Por favor, tenga paciencia. Esta operación puede tomar varios minutos." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it in\n" +"local time according to the time zone you selected. It is however possible\n" +"to deactivate this by deselecting \"Hardware clock set to GMT\" so that the\n" +"hardware clock is the same as the system clock. This is useful when the\n" +"machine is hosting another operating system like Windows.\n" +"\n" +"The \"Automatic time synchronization\" option will automatically regulate\n" +"the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. In the\n" +"list that is presented, choose a server located near you. Of course you\n" +"must have a working Internet connection for this feature to work. It will\n" +"actually install on your machine a time server which can be optionally used\n" +"by other machines on your local network." +msgstr "" +"GNU/Linux administra la hora en GMT (\"Greenwich Mean Time\", Hora del\n" +"Meridiano de Greenwich) y la traduce a la hora local de acuerdo al huso\n" +"horario que Usted seleccionó. Sin embargo, es posible desactivar esto\n" +"quitando la marca de la casilla \"Reloj interno puesto a GMT\" de forma tal\n" +"que el reloj de hardware es el mismo que el del sistema. Esto es útil\n" +"cuando la máquina alberga otro sistema operativo como Windows.\n" +"\n" +"La opción \"Sincronización automática de hora (usando NTP)\" regulará\n" +"automáticamente el reloj conectándose a un servidor remoto de la hora en la\n" +"Internet. Elija un servidor ubicado cerca suyo en la lista que se presenta.\n" +"Por supuesto debe tener una conexión con la Internet funcionando para que\n" +"esta caracterÃstica funcione. La misma instalará en su máquina un servidor\n" +"de la hora que, opcionalmente, puede ser utilizado por otras máquinas en su\n" +"red local." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"The Mandrake Linux installation is spread out over several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n" +"knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM and will eject the\n" +"current CD and ask you to insert a different one as required." +msgstr "" +"La instalación Mandrake Linux se divide en varios CD-ROMs. DrakX sabe si un\n" +"paquete seleccionado se encuentra en otro CD y expulsará el CD corriente y\n" +"le pedirá que inserte uno diferente cuando sea necesario." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n" +"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"root\" is the system\n" +"administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add users,\n" +"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n" +"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n" +"guess - DrakX will tell you if it is too easy. As you can see, you can\n" +"choose not to enter a password, but we strongly advise you against this if\n" +"only for one reason: do not think that because you booted GNU/Linux that\n" +"your other operating systems are safe from mistakes. Since \"root\" can\n" +"overcome all limitations and unintentionally erase all data on partitions\n" +"by carelessly accessing the partitions themselves, it is important for it\n" +"to be difficult to become \"root\".\n" +"\n" +"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n" +"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password - it makes it too\n" +"easy to compromise a system.\n" +"\n" +"However, please do not make the password too long or complicated because\n" +"you must be able to remember it without too much effort.\n" +"\n" +"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. Hence, you\n" +"will have to type the password twice to reduce the chance of a typing\n" +"error. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n" +"``incorrect'' password will have to be used the first time you connect.\n" +"\n" +"In Expert mode, you will be asked if you will be connecting to an\n" +"authentication server, like NIS or LDAP.\n" +"\n" +"If your network uses the LDAP (or NIS) protocol for authentication, select\n" +"\"LDAP\" (or \"NIS\") as authentication. If you do not know, ask your\n" +"network administrator.\n" +"\n" +"If your computer is not connected to any administrated network, you will\n" +"want to choose \"Local files\" for authentication." +msgstr "" +"Este es el punto de decisión más crucial para la seguridad de su sistema\n" +"GNU/Linux: tendrá que ingresar la contraseña de \"root\". \"root\" es el\n" +"administrador del sistema y es el único autorizado a hacer actualizaciones,\n" +"agregar usuarios, cambiar la configuración general del sistema, etc.\n" +"Resumiendo, ¡\"root\" puede hacer de todo!. Es por esto que deberá elegir\n" +"una contraseña que sea difÃcil de adivinar - DrakX le dirá si la que eligió\n" +"es demasiado fácil. Como puede ver, puede optar por no ingresar una\n" +"contraseña, pero le recomendamos encarecidamente que ingrese una, aunque\n" +"sea sólo por una razón: no piense que debido a que Usted arrancó GNU/Linux,\n" +"sus otros sistemas operativos están seguros contra los errores. Eso no es\n" +"cierto debido a que \"root\" puede sobrepasar todas las limitaciones y\n" +"borrar, sin intención, todos los datos que se encuentran en las particiones\n" +"accediendo a las mismas sin el cuidado suficiente. Es por esto que es\n" +"importante que sea difÃcil convertirse en \"root\".\n" +"\n" +"La contraseña deberÃa ser una mezcla de caracteres alfanumericos y tener al\n" +"menos una longitud de 8 caracteres. Nunca escriba la contraseña de \"root\"\n" +"- eso hace que sea muy fácil comprometer a un sistema.\n" +"\n" +"Sin embargo, por favor no haga la contraseña muy larga o complicada debido\n" +"a que Usted debe poder recordarla sin realizar mucho esfuerzo.\n" +"\n" +"La contraseña no se mostrará en la pantalla a medida que Usted la teclee.\n" +"Por lo tanto, tendrá que teclear la contraseña dos veces para reducir la\n" +"posibilidad de un error de tecleo. Si ocurre que Usted comete dos veces el\n" +"mismo error de tecleo, tendrá que utilizar esta contraseña \"incorrecta\"\n" +"la primera vez que se conecte.\n" +"\n" +"En modo experto, se le preguntará si se conectará a un servidor de\n" +"autenticación, por ejemplo NIS o LDAP.\n" +"\n" +"Si su red usa el protocolo LDAP (o NIS) para la autenticación, seleccione\n" +"\"LDAP\" (o \"NIS\") como autenticación. Si no sabe, pregunte al\n" +"administrador de su red.\n" +"\n" +"Si su computadora no está conectada a alguna red administrada, querrá\n" +"elegir \"Archivos locales\" para la autenticación." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Before continuing, you should read carefully the terms of the license. It\n" +"covers the whole Mandrake Linux distribution, and if you do not agree with\n" +"all the terms in it, click on the \"Refuse\" button which will immediately\n" +"terminate the installation. To continue with the installation, click on the\n" +"\"Accept\" button." +msgstr "" +"Antes de continuar, deberÃa leer cuidadosamente los terminos de la\n" +"licencia. Los mismos cubren a toda la distribución Mandrake Linux, y si\n" +"Usted no está de acuerdo con todos los terminos en la misma, haga clic\n" +"sobre el botón \"Rechazar\". Esto terminará la instalación inmediatamente.\n" +"Para continuar con la instalación, haga clic sobre el botón \"Aceptar\"." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Listed above are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, they are good for most common\n" +"installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a root\n" +"partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not be\n" +"able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n" +"separate partition, you will also need to create a partition for \"/home\"\n" +"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n" +"\n" +"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" +"\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard drives:\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +"\n" +"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." +msgstr "" +"Arriba se listan las particiones Linux existentes que se detectaron en su\n" +"disco rÃgido. Puede mantener las elecciones hechas por el asistente, las\n" +"mismas son buenas para las instalaciones más comunes. Si hace cambios, al\n" +"menos debe definir una partición raÃz (\"/\"). No elija una partición muy\n" +"pequeña o no podrá instalar software suficiente. Si desea almacenar sus\n" +"datos en una partición separada, tambien puede necesitar crear una\n" +"partición para \"/home\" (sólo es posible si tiene más de una partición\n" +"Linux disponible).\n" +"\n" +"Cada partición se lista como sigue: \"Nombre\", \"Capacidad\".\n" +"\n" +"\"Nombre\" está estructurado: \"tipo de disco rÃgido\", \"número de disco\n" +"rÃgido\", \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"hda1\").\n" +"\n" +"\"Tipo de disco rÃgido\" es \"hd\" si su disco es un disco IDE y \"sd\" si\n" +"el mismo es un disco SCSI.\n" +"\n" +"\"Número de disco rÃgido\" siempre es una letra que sigue a \"hd\" o a\n" +"\"sd\". Para los discos IDE:\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\" significa \"disco rÃgido maestro en la controladora IDE\n" +"primaria\",\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\" significa \"disco rÃgido esclavo en la controladora IDE\n" +"primaria\",\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\" significa \"disco rÃgido maestro en la controladora IDE\n" +"secundaria\",\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" significa \"disco rÃgido esclavo en la controladora IDE\n" +"secundaria\".\n" +"\n" +"Para los discos SCSI, una \"a\" significa \"SCSI ID menor\", una \"b\"\n" +"significa \"segunda SCSI ID menor\", etc." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Click on \"OK\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" +"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"OK\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"any Windows data.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"Cancel\" to cancel this operation without losing any data and\n" +"partitions present on this hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic sobre \"Aceptar\" si desea borrar todos los datos y particiones\n" +"presentes en esta unidad de disco. Tenga cuidado, luego de hacer clic sobre\n" +"\"Aceptar\", no podrá recuperar los datos y las particiones presentes en\n" +"esta unidad de disco, incluyendo los datos de Windows.\n" +"\n" +"Haga clic sobre \"Cancelar\" para cancelar esta operación sin perder los\n" +"datos y las particiones presentes en esta unidad de disco." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by\n" +"booting from the CD-ROM, press the >>F1<< key at boot and type >>rescue<<\n" +"at the prompt. But in case your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, you\n" +"should come back to this step for help in at least two situations:\n" +"\n" +" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (MBR)\n" +"of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you\n" +"to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have Windows in\n" +"your system). If you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft install\n" +"process will rewrite the boot sector, and then you will not be able to\n" +"start GNU/Linux!\n" +"\n" +" * if a problem arises and you cannot start up GNU/Linux from the hard\n" +"disk, this floppy disk will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It\n" +"contains a fair number of system tools for restoring a system, which has\n" +"crashed due to a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a typo in a\n" +"password, or any other reason.\n" +"\n" +"When you click on this step, you will be asked to enter a disk inside the\n" +"drive. The floppy disk you will insert must be empty or contain data which\n" +"you do not need. You will not have to format it since DrakX will rewrite\n" +"the whole disk." +msgstr "" +"El CD-ROM de Mandrake Linux tiene un modo de rescate incorporado. Usted\n" +"puede acceder al mismo arrancando desde el CD-ROM, presionando la tecla\n" +">>F1<< durante el arranque y tecleando >>rescue<< en el prompt. Pero en\n" +"caso que su computadora no pueda arrancar desde el CD-ROM, Usted deberÃa\n" +"recurrir a este paso al menos en dos situaciones:\n" +"\n" +" * cuando instala el cargador de arranque, DrakX sobreescribirá el sector\n" +"de arranque (MBR) de su disco principal (a menos que este utilizando otro\n" +"administrador de arranque) de forma tal que pueda iniciar o bien Windows o\n" +"bien GNU/Linux (asumiendo que tiene Windows en su sistema). Si necesita\n" +"volver a instalar Windows, el proceso de instalación de Microsoft\n" +"sobreescribirá el sector de arranque, y entonces ¡Usted no podrá iniciar\n" +"GNU/Linux!\n" +"\n" +" * si surge un problema y Usted no puede iniciar GNU/Linux desde el disco\n" +"rÃgido, este disquete será la única manera de iniciar GNU/Linux. El mismo\n" +"contiene una buena cantidad de herramientas del sistema para restaurar un\n" +"sistema que colapsó debido a una falla de energÃa, un error de tecleo\n" +"infortunado, un error en una contraseña, o cualquier otro motivo.\n" +"\n" +"Cuando haga clic sobre este paso se le pedirá que inserte un disquete\n" +"dentro de la disquetera. El disquete que insertará debe estar vacÃo o\n" +"contener datos que no necesite. No tendrá que formatearlo ya que DrakX\n" +"sobreescribirá el disquete por completo." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Finally, depending on whether or not you selected individual packages, you\n" +"will be presented a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n" +"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n" +"subgroups, or individual packages.\n" +"\n" +"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n" +"right. When your selection is finished, click the \"Install\" button which\n" +"will then launch the installation process. Depending on the speed of your\n" +"hardware and the number of packages that need to be installed, it may take\n" +"a while to complete the process. An estimate of the time it will take to\n" +"install everything is displayed on the screen, to help you gauge if there\n" +"is sufficient time to enjoy a cup of coffee.\n" +"\n" +"!! If a server package has been selected, either intentionally or because\n" +"it was part of a whole group, you will be asked to confirm that you really\n" +"want those servers to be installed. Under Mandrake Linux, any installed\n" +"servers are started by default at boot time. Even if they are safe and have\n" +"no known issues at the time the distribution was shipped, it may happen\n" +"that security holes are discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" +"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" +"or why it is being installed, then click \"No\". Clicking \"Yes\" will\n" +"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n" +"default. !!\n" +"\n" +"The \"Automatic dependencies\" option simply disables the warning dialog\n" +"which appears whenever the installer automatically selects a package. This\n" +"occurs because it has determined that it needs to satisfy a dependency with\n" +"another package in order to successfully complete the installation.\n" +"\n" +"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows to load the\n" +"package list chosen during a previous installation. Clicking on this icon\n" +"will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the end of\n" +"another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to create such\n" +"a floppy." +msgstr "" +"Finalmente, dependiendo de si Usted elige seleccionar los paquetes\n" +"individuales o no, se le presentará un árbol que contiene todos los\n" +"paquetes clasificados por grupos y sub-grupos. Mientras navega por el\n" +"árbol, puede seleccionar grupos enteros, sub-grupos, o simplemente\n" +"paquetes.\n" +"\n" +"Tan pronto como selecciona un paquete en el árbol, aparece una descripción\n" +"del mismo sobre la derecha. Cuando ha finalizado con su selección, haga\n" +"clic sobre el botón \"Instalar\" que lanzará el proceso de instalación.\n" +"Dependiendo de la velocidad de su hardware y de la cantidad de paquetes que\n" +"se deben instalar, el proceso puede tardar un rato en completarse. En la\n" +"pantalla se muestra una estimación del tiempo necesario para completar la\n" +"instalación para ayudarlo a considerar si tiene tiempo suficiente par\n" +"disfrutar una taza de cafe.\n" +"\n" +"!! Si ha sido seleccionado un paquete de servidor ya sea intencionalmente o\n" +"porque era parte de un grupo completo, se le pedirá que confirme que\n" +"realmente desea que se instalen esos servidores. Bajo Mandrake Linux,\n" +"cualquier servidor instalado se inicia de manera predeterminada al momento\n" +"del arranque. Aunque estos son seguros y no tienen problemas conocidos al\n" +"momento en que se publicó la distribución, puede ocurrir que más tarde se\n" +"descubran vulnerabilidades en la seguridad. En particular, si no sabe que\n" +"es lo que se supone que hace un servicio o la razón por la cual se está\n" +"instalando, entonces haga clic sobre \"No\". Si hace clic sobre \"SÃ\" se\n" +"instalarán todos los servicios listados y de manera predeterminada los\n" +"mismos arrancarán automáticamente. !!\n" +"\n" +"La opción \"Dependencias automáticas\" simplemente deshabilita el diálogo\n" +"de advertencia cuando el instalador selecciona automáticamente un paquete.\n" +"Esto ocurre porque se determina que es necesario para satisfacer una\n" +"dependencia con otro paquete para poder completar la instalación\n" +"satisfactoriamente.\n" +"\n" +"El pequeño icono del disquete al final de la lista le permite cargar la\n" +"lista de paquetes elegida durante una instalación previa. Haga clic sobre\n" +"este icono y se le pedirá que inserte un disquete creado con anterioridad\n" +"al final de otra instalación. Vea el segundo consejo del último paso para\n" +"información sobre como crear dicho disquete." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" +"(formatting means creating a filesystem).\n" +"\n" +"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" +"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" +"partitions as well.\n" +"\n" +"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" +"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" +"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n" +"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n" +"\"/home\").\n" +"\n" +"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n" +"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" +"any of it.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"OK\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"Cancel\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"Advanced\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked\n" +"for bad blocks on the disk." +msgstr "" +"Se debe formatear cualquier partición nueva que ha sido definida para que\n" +"se pueda utilizar (formatear significa crear un sistema de archivos).\n" +"\n" +"Puede desear volver a formatear algunas particiones ya existentes para\n" +"borrar cualquier dato que pudieran contener. Si asà lo desea, por favor\n" +"seleccione tambien dichas particiones.\n" +"\n" +"Por favor note que no es necesario volver a formatear todas las particiones\n" +"pre-existentes. Debe volver a formatear las particiones que contienen el\n" +"sistema operativo (tales como \"/\", \"/usr\" o \"/var\") pero no tiene que\n" +"volver a formatear particiones que contienen datos que desea preservar\n" +"(tÃpicamente \"/home\").\n" +"\n" +"Tenga sumo cuidado cuando selecciona las particiones. Despues de formatear,\n" +"se borrarán todos los datos en las particiones seleccionadas y no podrá\n" +"recuperarlos en absoluto.\n" +"\n" +"Haga clic sobre \"Aceptar\" cuando este listo para formatear las\n" +"particiones.\n" +"\n" +"Haga clic sobre \"Cancelar\" si desea elegir otra partición para la\n" +"instalación de su sistema operativo Mandrake Linux nuevo.\n" +"\n" +"Haga clic sobre \"Avanzado\" si desea seleccionar las particiones en las\n" +"que se buscarán bloques defectuosos en el disco." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Normally, DrakX selects the right keyboard for you (depending on the\n" +"language you have chosen) and you won't even see this step. However, you\n" +"might not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language: for\n" +"example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may still want\n" +"your keyboard to be a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are\n" +"located in Quebec, you may find yourself in the same situation. In both\n" +"cases, you will have to go back to this installation step and select an\n" +"appropriate keyboard from the list.\n" +"\n" +"Click on the \"More\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" +"supported keyboards." +msgstr "" +"Normalmente, DrakX selecciona el teclado adecuado para Usted (dependiendo\n" +"del idioma que eligió) y Usted ni siquiera verá este paso. Sin embargo,\n" +"podrÃa no tener un teclado que se corresponde exactamente con su idioma:\n" +"por ejemplo, si Usted es una persona hispano-parlante que está en Argentina\n" +"o Mejico, su teclado será un teclado Latinoamericano, pero si está en\n" +"España será uno Español. En ambos casos, Usted tendrá que volver a este\n" +"paso de la instalación y elegir un teclado apropiado de la lista.\n" +"\n" +"Haga clic sobre el botón \"Más\" para que se le presente la lista completa\n" +"de los teclados soportados." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"You must indicate where you wish to place the information required to boot\n" +"to GNU/Linux.\n" +"\n" +"Unless you know exactly what you are doing, choose \"First sector of drive\n" +"(MBR)\"." +msgstr "" +"Debe indicar donde desea colocar la información necesaria para arrancar en\n" +"GNU/Linux.\n" +"\n" +"A menos que sepa exactamente lo que está haciendo, elija \"Primer sector\n" +"del disco (MBR)\"." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n" +"ready to use. Just click \"OK\" to reboot the system. You can start\n" +"GNU/Linux or Windows, whichever you prefer (if you are dual-booting), as\n" +"soon as the computer has booted up again.\n" +"\n" +"The \"Advanced\" button (in Expert mode only) shows two more buttons to:\n" +"\n" +" * \"generate auto-install floppy\": to create an installation floppy disk\n" +"which will automatically perform a whole installation without the help of\n" +"an operator, similar to the installation you just configured.\n" +"\n" +" Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation as the\n" +"partitioning step (and only this one) remains interactive;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Automated\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is\n" +"completely rewritten, all data is lost.\n" +"\n" +" This feature is very handy when installing a great number of similar\n" +"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Save packages selection\"(*): saves the package selection as done\n" +"previously. Then, when doing another installation, insert the floppy inside\n" +"the drive and run the installation going to the help screen by pressing on\n" +"the [F1] key, and by issuing >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n" +"\n" +"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n" +"\"mformat a:\")" +msgstr "" +"Aquà tiene. Ahora la instalación está completa y su sistema GNU/Linux está\n" +"listo para ser utilizado. Simplemente haga clic sobre \"Aceptar\" para\n" +"volver a arrancar el sistema. Puede iniciar GNU/Linux o Windows, cualquiera\n" +"que prefiera (si está usando el arranque dual) tan pronto como su máquina\n" +"haya vuelto a arrancar.\n" +"\n" +"El botón \"Avanzadas\" (sólo en modo Experto) le muestra dos botones más\n" +"para:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Generar un disquete de instalación automática\": para crear un\n" +"disquete de instalación que realizará una instalación completa sin la\n" +"asistencia de un operador, similar a la instalación que ha configurado\n" +"recien.\n" +"\n" +" Note que hay dos opciones diferentes disponibles despues de hacer clic\n" +"sobre el botón:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Reproducir\" . Esta es una instalación parcialmente automatizada ya\n" +"que la etapa de particionado (y sólo esta etapa) permanece interactiva.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Automatizada\" . Instalación completamente automatizada: el disco\n" +"rÃgido se sobreescribe por completo, y se pierden todos los datos.\n" +"\n" +" Esta caracterÃstica es muy útil cuando se instala una cantidad grande de\n" +"máquinas similares. Vea la sección Auto install (en ingles) en nuestro\n" +"sitio web.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Guardar selección de paquetes\"(*): guarda la selección de paquetes\n" +"como se hizo con anterioridad. Luego, cuando haga otra instalación, inserte\n" +"el disquete en la disquetera y ejecute la instalación yendo a la pantalla\n" +"de ayuda con [F1], e ingrese >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n" +"\n" +"(*) Necesita un disquete formateado con FAT (para crear uno bajo GNU/Linux\n" +"teclee \"mformat a:\")" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"DrakX now detects any IDE device present in your computer. It will also\n" +"scan for one or more PCI SCSI card(s) on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" +"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" +"\n" +"Because hardware detection does not always detect a piece of hardware,\n" +"DrakX will ask you to confirm if a PCI SCSI card is present. Click \"Yes\"\n" +"if you know that there is a SCSI card installed in your machine. You will\n" +"be presented a list of SCSI cards to choose from. Click \"No\" if you have\n" +"no SCSI hardware. If you are unsure, you can check the list of hardware\n" +"detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info\" and clicking\n" +"\"OK\". Examine the list of hardware and then click on the \"OK\" button to\n" +"return to the SCSI interface question.\n" +"\n" +"If you have to manually specify your adapter, DrakX will ask if you want to\n" +"specify options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the hardware for\n" +"the card-specific options which the hardware needs to initialize. This\n" +"usually works well.\n" +"\n" +"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options which need to be passed, you\n" +"will need to provide options to the driver manually. Please review the\n" +"``User Guide'' (chapter 3, in the ``Collecting Information on Your\n" +"Hardware'' section) for hints on retrieving the parameters required from\n" +"hardware documentation, from the manufacturer's web site (if you have\n" +"Internet access) or from Microsoft Windows (if you used this hardware with\n" +"Windows on your system)." +msgstr "" +"DrakX ahora detecta cualquier dispositivo IDE presente en su computadora.\n" +"Tambien buscará una o más tarjetas SCSI PCI en su sistema. Si se encuentra\n" +"una tarjeta SCSI DrakX instalará el controlador apropiado automáticamente.\n" +"\n" +"Debido a que la detección de hardware a veces no detectará alguna pieza de\n" +"hardware DrakX le pedirá que confirme si tiene una tarjeta SCSI PCI. Haga\n" +"clic sobre \"SÃ\" si sabe que hay una tarjeta SCSI instalada en su máquina.\n" +"Se le presentará una lista de tarjetas SCSI de la cual elegir. Haga clic\n" +"sobre \"No\" si no tiene hardware SCSI. Si no está seguro puede verificar\n" +"la lista de hardware detectado en su máquina seleccionando \"Ver\n" +"información sobre el hardware\" y haciendo clic sobre \"Aceptar\". Examine\n" +"la lista de hardware y luego haga clic sobre el botón \"Aceptar\" para\n" +"volver a la pregunta sobre la interfaz SCSI.\n" +"\n" +"Si tiene que seleccionar su adaptador manualmente, DrakX le preguntará si\n" +"desea especificar opciones para el mismo. DeberÃa permitir que DrakX sondee\n" +"el hardware buscando las opciones especÃficas que necesita el hardware para\n" +"inicializarse. Por lo general esto funciona bien.\n" +"\n" +"Si DrakX no puede sondear las opciones que deben pasarse, necesitará\n" +"proporcionar manualmente las opciones al controlador. Por favor revise la\n" +"\"GuÃa del Usuario\" (capÃtulo 3, sección \"Recopilando información acerca\n" +"de su hardware\") en busca de consejos para recopilar los parámetros\n" +"necesarios a partir de la documentación del hardware, desde el sitio web\n" +"del fabricante (si tiene acceso a la Internet) o desde Microsoft Windows\n" +"(si utilizaba este hardware con Windows en su sistema)." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"You can add additional entries for yaboot, either for other operating\n" +"systems, alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" +"\n" +"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n" +"partition.\n" +"\n" +"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n" +"\n" +" * Label: this is simply the name you will have to type at the yaboot\n" +"prompt to select this boot option;\n" +"\n" +" * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux\n" +"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension;\n" +"\n" +" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation;\n" +"\n" +" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is used quite often\n" +"to assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse\n" +"button emulation for the often lacking 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock\n" +"Apple mouse. The following are some examples:\n" +"\n" +" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +"hda=autotune\n" +"\n" +" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +"\n" +" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules, before\n" +"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n" +"boot situation;\n" +"\n" +" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4,096 bytes. If you\n" +"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used;\n" +"\n" +" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially brought up in\n" +"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n" +"Here, you can override this option;\n" +"\n" +" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n" +"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n" +"native frame buffer support;\n" +"\n" +" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n" +"selectable by just pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will\n" +"also be highlighted with a ``*'', if you press [Tab] to see the boot\n" +"selections." +msgstr "" +"Puede agregar entradas adicionales para Yaboot, ya sea para otros sistemas\n" +"operativos, núcleos alternativos, o para una imagen de arranque de\n" +"emergencia.\n" +"\n" +"Para otros sistemas operativos, la entrada consiste sólo de una etiqueta y\n" +"la partición raÃz.\n" +"\n" +"Para Linux, hay algunas opciones posibles:\n" +"\n" +" * Etiqueta: esta es simplemente el nombre que deberá teclear en el prompt\n" +"de yaboot para seleccionar esta opción de arranque.\n" +"\n" +" * Imagen: esta deberÃa ser el nombre del núcleo a arrancar. TÃpicamente,\n" +"vmlinux o una variación de vmlinux con una extensión.\n" +"\n" +" * RaÃz: el dispositivo \"root\" o \"/\" para su instalación Linux.\n" +"\n" +" * Añadir: la opción de añadir al núcleo se usa bastante sobre el hardware\n" +"Apple para asistir en la inicialización del hardware de vÃdeo, o para\n" +"habilitar la emulación de los botones del ratón con el teclado para los\n" +"botones 2do y 3ro del ratón que por lo general no tienen los ratones\n" +"estándar de Apple. Algunos ejemplos son los siguientes:\n" +"\n" +" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +"hda=autotune\n" +"\n" +" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +"\n" +" * Initrd: esta opción se puede usar o bien para cargar los módulos\n" +"iniciales, antes que este disponible el dispositivo de arranque, o bien\n" +"cargar una imagen de ramdisk para una situación de arranque de emergencia.\n" +"\n" +" * Tamaño de Initrd: generalmente el tamaño por defecto del ramdisk es 4096\n" +"bytes. Puede usar esta opción si necesita asignar un ramdisk mayor.\n" +"\n" +" * Lectura-Escritura: normalmente la partición \"root\" se levanta en modo\n" +"de sólo lectura, para permitir una verificación del sistema de archivos\n" +"antes que el sistema se levante por completo. Aquà puede cambiar esta\n" +"opción.\n" +"\n" +" * NoVideo: en caso que el hardware de vÃdeo de Apple sea excepcionalmente\n" +"problemático, puede seleccionar esta opción para arrancar en el modo\n" +"\"novideo\", con soporte nativo para el frame-buffer.\n" +"\n" +" * Predeterminada: selecciona a esta entrada como la opción Linux por\n" +"defecto, que se puede elegir simplemente presionando [Intro] en el prompt\n" +"de Yaboot. Esta entrada tambien se marcará con un \"*\", si presiona [Tab]\n" +"para ver las selecciones del arranque." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/es/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" +"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n" +"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or from another\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitions must be defined.\n" +"\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" +"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" +"\n" +"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Clear all\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard\n" +"drive;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables to automatically create \"Ext2\"\n" +"and swap partitions in free space of your hard drive;\n" +"\n" +" * \"More\": gives access to additional features:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy.\n" +"Useful for later partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly\n" +"recommended to perform this step;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Restore partition table\": allows to restore a previously saved\n" +"partition table from floppy disk;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you\n" +"can try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember\n" +"that it can fail;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and loads your\n" +"initial partition table;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force\n" +"users to manually mount and unmount removable medias such as floppies and\n" +"CD-ROMs.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Wizard\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition\n" +"your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good knowledge of\n" +"partitioning;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Toggle to normal/expert mode\": allows additional actions on\n" +"partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Done\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +"save your changes back to disk.\n" +"\n" +"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n" +"partitions using [Tab] and [Up/Down] arrows.\n" +"\n" +"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected);\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition;\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point.\n" +"\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" +"read the ext2fs chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" +"\n" +"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" +"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB, which will be used by the yaboot\n" +"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" +"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" +"emergency boot situations." +msgstr "" +"Ahora necesita elegir que particiones se utilizarán para la instalación de\n" +"su sistema Mandrake Linux. Si las particiones ya han sido definidas, ya sea\n" +"por una instalación previa de GNU/Linux o con otra herramienta de\n" +"particionado, puede utilizarlas. En caso contrario se deben definir\n" +"particiones en el disco rÃgido.\n" +"\n" +"Para crear particiones, primero debe seleccionar un disco rÃgido. Puede\n" +"seleccionar el disco a particionar haciendo clic sobre \"hda\" para el\n" +"primer disco IDE, \"hdb\" para el segundo, \"sda\" para el primer disco\n" +"SCSI y asà sucesivamente.\n" +"\n" +"Para particionar el disco rÃgido seleccionado, puede utilizar estas\n" +"opciones:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Borrar todo\": esta opción borra todas las particiones sobre el disco\n" +"seleccionado.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Asignación automática\": esta opción le permite crear particiones\n" +"\"Ext2\" y swap automáticamente en el espacio libre de su disco rÃgido.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Rescatar tabla de particiones\": si su tabla de particiones está\n" +"dañada, puede intentar recuperarla usando esta opción. Por favor, tenga\n" +"cuidado y recuerde que puede fallar.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Más\": le da acceso a caracterÃsticas adicionales:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Guardar tabla de particiones\": guarda la tabla de particiones en\n" +"un disquete. Útil para recuperar la tabla de particiones más adelante en\n" +"caso que sea necesario. Es altamente recomendable realizar este paso.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Recuperar tabla de particiones\": esta opción le permitirá\n" +"restaurar una tabla de particiones guardada previamente en un disquete.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Rescatar tabla de particiones\": si su tabla de particiones está\n" +"dañada puede intentar recuperarla utilizando esta opción. Por favor, tenga\n" +"cuidado y recuerde que puede fallar.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Volver a cargar\": descarta todos los cambios y carga su tabla de\n" +"particiones inicial.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Montaje automático de soportes removibles\": si desmarca esta\n" +"opción los usuarios estarán forzados a montar y desmontar manualmente los\n" +"soportes removibles como los disquetes y los CD-ROMs.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Asistente\": use esta opción si desea utilizar un asistente para\n" +"particionar su disco rÃgido. Se recomienda esto si no tiene un buen\n" +"conocimiento del particionado.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Deshacer\": use esta opción para cancelar sus cambios.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Cambiar a modo normal/experto\": permite realizar acciones adicionales\n" +"sobre las particiones (tipo, opciones, formatear) y brinda más información.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Hecho\": cuando ha terminado de particionar su disco rÃgido, esto\n" +"guardará sus cambios en el disco.\n" +"\n" +"Nota: todas las opciones son accesibles por medio del teclado. Navegue a\n" +"traves de las particiones usando [Tab] y las flechas [Arriba/Abajo].\n" +"\n" +"Cuando se selecciona una partición, puede utilizar:\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-c para crear una partición nueva (cuando está seleccionada una\n" +"partición vacÃa);\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-d para borrar una partición;\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-m para configurar el punto de montaje.\n" +"\n" +"Para obtener información sobre los distintos tipos de sistemas de archivos\n" +"disponibles, por favor lea el capÃtulo acerca de ext2fs del \"Manual de\n" +"Referencia\".\n" +"\n" +"Si está instalando en una máquina PPC, querrá crear una pequeña partición\n" +"HFS de \"bootstrap\" de al menos 1MB que será utilizada por el cargador de\n" +"arranque yaboot. Si opta por hacer la partición un poco más grande, digamos\n" +"50 MB, puede ver que es un lugar útil para almacenar un núcleo y ramdisk\n" +"alternativos para arrancar en situaciones de emergencia." + diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-eu.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-eu.pot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df47ab675 --- /dev/null +++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-eu.pot @@ -0,0 +1,1846 @@ + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"LILO (the LInux LOader) and grub are bootloaders: they are able to boot\n" +"either GNU/Linux or any other operating system present on your computer.\n" +"Normally, these other operating systems are correctly detected and\n" +"installed. If this is not the case, you can add an entry by hand in this\n" +"screen. Be careful to choose the correct parameters.\n" +"\n" +"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" +"anyone. In which case, you can delete the corresponding entries. But then,\n" +"you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other operating systems!" +msgstr "" +"LILO (LInux LOader) eta grub abioko kargatzaileak dira: GNU/Linux edo\n" +"ordenagailuan dagoen beste edozein sistema eragile abiaraz dezakete.\n" +"Normalean, beste sistema eragile horiek ongi detektatu eta instalatzen\n" +"dira. Horrela ez bada, pantaila honetan sarrera bat eskuz gehi dezakezu.\n" +"Kontuz ibili parametroak aukeratzean okerrik ez egiteko.\n" +"\n" +"Beharbada, ez duzu nahiko beste sistema eragile horietan inor sartzerik.\n" +"Horrela bada, sistema eragile horien sarrerak ezaba ditzakezu. Baina gero,\n" +"abioko disko bat beharko duzu beste sistema eragile horiek abiarazteko!" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Please choose your preferred language for installation and system usage.\n" +"\n" +"Clicking on the \"Advanced\" button will allow you to select other\n" +"languages to be installed on your workstation. Selecting other languages\n" +"will install the language-specific files for system documentation and\n" +"applications. For example, if you will host users from Spain on your\n" +"machine, select English as the main language in the tree view and in the\n" +"Advanced section click on the box corresponding to \"Spanish|Spain\".\n" +"\n" +"Note that multiple languages may be installed. Once you have selected any\n" +"additional locales, click the \"OK\" button to continue." +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu instalaziorako eta sisteman erabiltzeko nahi duzun hizkuntza.\n" +"\n" +"\"Aurreratua\" botoian klik eginez, lan-estazioan instalatzeko beste\n" +"hizkuntza batzuk hautatu ahal izango dituzu. Beste hizkuntzaren bat\n" +"hautatzean, sistemaren dokumentaziorako eta aplikazioetarako fitxategi\n" +"espezifikoak instalatuko dira. Adibidez, zure ordenagailuan Espainiako\n" +"erabiltzaileei ostatu eman behar badiezu, zuhaitz-ikuspegian hautatu\n" +"euskara hizkuntza nagusi gisa, eta Aurreratua atalean, egin klik\n" +"\"Spanish|Spain\"ri dagokion laukian.\n" +"\n" +"Kontuan hartu hizkuntza bat baino gehiago instala daitezkeela. Hizkuntza\n" +"gehigarriak aukeratutakoan, egin klik \"Ados\" botoian jarraitzeko." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"At this point, you need to choose where you want to install the Mandrake\n" +"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n" +"if an existing operating system is using all the available space, you will\n" +"need to partition it. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists of\n" +"logically dividing it to create space to install your new Mandrake Linux\n" +"system.\n" +"\n" +"Because the partitioning process' effects are usually irreversible,\n" +"partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if you are an inexperienced\n" +"user. Fortunately, there is a wizard which simplifies this process. Before\n" +"beginning, please consult the manual and take your time.\n" +"\n" +"If you are running the installation in Expert mode, you will enter\n" +"DiskDrake, the Mandrake Linux partitioning tool, which allows you to\n" +"fine-tune your partitions. See the DiskDrake section in the ``User Guide''.\n" +"From the installation interface, you can use the wizards as described here\n" +"by clicking the dialog's \"Wizard\" button.\n" +"\n" +"If partitions have already been defined, either from a previous\n" +"installation or from another partitioning tool, simply select those to\n" +"install your Linux system.\n" +"\n" +"If partitions are not defined, you will need to create them using the\n" +"wizard. Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are\n" +"available:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Use free space\": this option will simply lead to an automatic\n" +"partitioning of your blank drive(s). You will not be prompted further;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Use existing partition\": the wizard has detected one or more existing\n" +"Linux partitions on your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this\n" +"option;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Use the free space on the Windows; partition\": if Microsoft Windows\n" +"is installed on your hard drive and takes all the space available on it,\n" +"you have to create free space for Linux data. To do so, you can delete your\n" +"Microsoft Windows partition and data (see ``Erase entire disk'' or ``Expert\n" +"mode'' solutions) or resize your Microsoft Windows partition. Resizing can\n" +"be performed without the loss of any data, provided you previously\n" +"defragment the Windows partition. Backing up your data won't hurt either..\n" +"This solution is recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and\n" +"Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n" +"\n" +" Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n" +"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n" +"than at the present time. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n" +"Windows to store your data or to install new software;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Erase entire disk\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions\n" +"present on your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux\n" +"system, choose this option. Be careful with this solution because you will\n" +"not be able to revert your choice after you confirm;\n" +"\n" +" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" +"\n" +" * \"Remove Windows\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and\n" +"begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk\n" +"will be lost;\n" +"\n" +" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" +"\n" +" * \"Expert mode\": choose this option if you want to manually partition\n" +"your hard drive. Be careful - it is a powerful but dangerous choice. You\n" +"can very easily lose all your data. Hence, do not choose this unless you\n" +"know what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"Hona iritsita, Mandrake Linux sistema eragilea disko gogorrean non\n" +"instalatu aukeratu beharko duzu. Disko gogorra hutsik badago edo lehendik\n" +"dagoen sistema eragile batek leku erabilgarri guztia betetzen badu,\n" +"partizioa egin beharko duzu. Funtsean, disko gogorrean partizioa egitea\n" +"diskoa logikoki zatitzea da, Mandrake Linux sistema berria instalatzeko\n" +"lekua sortzeko.\n" +"\n" +"Partizio-prozesuaren ondorioak itzulbiderik gabekoak izan ohi direnez,\n" +"partizioa egitea korapilatsua eta deserosoa izan daiteke esperientziarik\n" +"gabeko erabiltzailea bazara. Zorionez, badago prozesu hau errazten duen\n" +"morroi bat. Hasi aurretik, kontsultatu eskuliburua eta hartu behar duzun\n" +"denbora.\n" +"\n" +"Instalazioa Aditu moduan exekutatzen baduzu, DiskDrake, Mandrake Linux-en\n" +"partizio-tresnan sartuko zara partizioak doitzeko. Ikus DiskDrake atala,\n" +"``Erabiltzailearen gida''n. Instalazio-interfazean, hemen azaldutako\n" +"morroiak erabil ditzakezu elkarrizketa-koadroko \"Morroia\" botoian klik\n" +"eginda.\n" +"\n" +"Partizioak jadanik definitu badira, lehendik dagoen instalazio batean nahiz\n" +"beste partizio-tresna baten bidez, hautatu zure Linux sistema instalatzeko\n" +"partizioak.\n" +"\n" +"Partizioak definitu gabe badaude, morroiaren bidez sortu beharko dituzu.\n" +"Disko gogorraren konfigurazioaren arabera, hainbat aukera daude:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Erabili leku librea\": aukera honek automatikoki egingo ditu\n" +"partizioak hutsik dagoen unitatean. Ez zaizu beste galderarik egingo;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Lehendik dagoen partizioa erabili\": morroiak Linux partizio bat edo\n" +"gehiago detektatu du zure disko gogorrean. Erabili nahi badituzu, hautatu\n" +"aukera hau;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Erabili Windows-en partizioko leku librea\": Microsoft Windows\n" +"instalatuta badago disko gogorrean eta bertako leku erabilgarri guztia\n" +"hartzen badu, Linux-en datuentzat lekua sortu beharko duzu. Horretarako,\n" +"Microsoft Windows partizioa eta datuak ezaba ditzakezu (ikus ``Ezabatu\n" +"disko osoa'' edo ``Aditu modua'') edo Microsoft Windows partizioari tamaina\n" +"aldatu. Tamaina-aldaketa daturik galdu gabe egin daiteke, baldin eta\n" +"Windows partizioa desfragmentatzen baduzu lehenik. Datuen babeskopia\n" +"egiteak ere ez du kalterik egingo. Irtenbide hau da gomendagarriena zure\n" +"ordenagailuan Mandrake Linux eta Microsoft Windows erabili nahi badituzu.\n" +"\n" +" Aukera hau hautatu aurretik, kontuan izan prozedura honen ondoren\n" +"Microsoft Windows-en partizioa orain baino txikiagoa izango dela. Leku\n" +"gutxiago izango duzu, beraz, Microsoft Windows-eko datuak gordetzeko edo\n" +"software berria instalatzeko;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Ezabatu disko osoa\": disko gogorreko datu eta partizio guztiak\n" +"ezabatu eta Mandrake Linux sistema berriarekin ordeztu nahi badituzu,\n" +"hautatu aukera hau. Kontuz ibili irtenbide honekin, ezin izango baituzu\n" +"aukeran atzera egin berretsi ondoren;\n" +"\n" +" !! Aukera hau hautatzen baduzu, diskoko datu guztiak galduko dituzu. !!\n" +"\n" +" * \"Kendu Windows\": unitatean dagoen guztia ezabatuko du eta berriro\n" +"hasiko da, hutsetik abiatuta partizioak egiten. Diskoko datu guztiak\n" +"galduko dira.\n" +"\n" +" !! Aukera hau hautatzen baduzu, diskoko datu guztiak galduko dituzu. !!\n" +"\n" +" * \"Aditu modua\": hautatu aukera hau disko gogorreko partizioa eskuz egin\n" +"nahi baduzu. Kontuz - aukera ahaltsua, baina arriskutsua da. Datu guztiak\n" +"oso erraz gal ditzakezu. Beraz, ez aukeratu hau baldin eta ez badakizu zer\n" +"egiten ari zaren." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n" +"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" +"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely. In this section, DrakX\n" +"will try to configure X automatically.\n" +"\n" +"It is extremely rare for it to fail, unless the hardware is very old (or\n" +"very new). If it succeeds, it will start X automatically with the best\n" +"resolution possible, depending on the size of the monitor. A window will\n" +"then appear and ask you if you can see it.\n" +"\n" +"If you are doing an \"Expert\" installation, you will enter the X\n" +"configuration wizard. See the corresponding section of the manual for more\n" +"information about this wizard.\n" +"\n" +"If you can see the message during the test, and answer \"Yes\", then DrakX\n" +"will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it simply\n" +"means that the configuration was wrong and the test will automatically end\n" +"after 10 seconds, restoring the screen." +msgstr "" +"X (X Window sistema) GNU/Linux-en interfaze grafikoaren bihotza da, eta\n" +"Mandrake Linux-en dauden ingurune grafiko guztiak (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" +"WindowMaker, etab.) horren araberakoak dira. Atal honetan,Xautomatikoki\n" +"konfiguratzen saiatuko da DrakX.\n" +"\n" +"Oso gutxitan huts egiten du, baldin eta hardwarea ez bada oso zaharra (edo\n" +"oso berria). Ongi badoa, X automatikoki abiaraziko du ahalik eta\n" +"bereizmenik onenarekin, monitorearen tamainaren arabera. Orduan leiho bat\n" +"agertuko da eta ikus dezakezun galdetuko dizu.\n" +"\n" +"\"Aditu\" instalazioa egiten ari bazara, X konfiguratzeko morroian sartuko\n" +"zara. Ikus eskuliburuan dagokion atala morroi honi buruzko informazio\n" +"gehiago lortzeko.\n" +"\n" +"Mezua ikus badezakezu eta \"Bai\" erantzun baduzu, DrakX hurrengo urratsera\n" +"joango da. Mezua ezin baduzu ikusi, konfigurazioa okerra dela esan nahi du,\n" +"eta proba automatikoki bukatuko da 10 segundo igarota; pantaila leheneratu\n" +"egingo da." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Your new Mandrake Linux operating system is currently being installed.\n" +"Depending on the number of packages you will be installing and the speed of\n" +"your computer, this operation could take from a few minutes to a\n" +"significant amount of time.\n" +"\n" +"Please be patient." +msgstr "" +"Mandrake Linux sistema eragile berria instalatzen ari da orain. Instalatu\n" +"beharreko paketeen eta ordenagailuaren abiaduraren arabera, eragiketa honek\n" +"minutu batzuk edo denbora dezente beharko du.\n" +"\n" +"Izan pazientzia." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on it will be lost\n" +"and will not be recoverable!" +msgstr "" +"Aukeratu Mandrake Linux-en partizio berria instalatzeko ezabatu nahi duzun\n" +"disko gogorra. Kontuz ibili, bertako datu guztiak galduko dira eta ezin\n" +"izango dira berreskuratu!" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"GNU/Linux is a multiuser system, and this means that each user can have his\n" +"own preferences, his own files and so on. You can read the ``User Guide''\n" +"to learn more. But unlike \"root\", which is the administrator, the users\n" +"you will add here will not be entitled to change anything except their own\n" +"files and their own configuration. You will have to create at least one\n" +"regular user for yourself. That account is where you should log in for\n" +"routine use. Although it is very practical to log in as \"root\" everyday,\n" +"it may also be very dangerous! The slightest mistake could mean that your\n" +"system would not work any more. If you make a serious mistake as a regular\n" +"user, you may only lose some information, but not the entire system.\n" +"\n" +"First, you have to enter your real name. This is not mandatory, of course -\n" +"as you can actually enter whatever you want. DrakX will then take the first\n" +"word you have entered in the box and will bring it over to the \"User\n" +"name\". This is the name this particular user will use to log onto the\n" +"system. You can change it. You then have to enter a password here. A\n" +"non-privileged (regular) user's password is not as crucial as \"root\"' one\n" +"from a security point of view, but that is no reason to neglect it: after\n" +"all, your files are at risk.\n" +"\n" +"If you click on \"Accept user\", you can then add as many as you want. Add\n" +"a user for each one of your friends: your father or your sister, for\n" +"example. When you finish adding all the users you want, select \"Done\".\n" +"\n" +"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\"\n" +"for that user (bash by default)." +msgstr "" +"GNU/Linux erabiltzaile anitzeko sistema da, eta horrek esan nahi du\n" +"erabiltzaile bakoitzak bere hobespenak eta bere fitxategiak eduki\n" +"ditzakeela. Gehiago jakiteko, irakurri ``Erabiltzailearen gida''. Baina\n" +"administratzailea den \"root\"-ak ez bezala, hemen gehitutako\n" +"erabiltzaileek debekatuta izango dute ezer aldatzea euren fitxategiak eta\n" +"konfigurazioa izan ezik. Zuretzat erabiltzaile arrunt bat behintzat sortu\n" +"beharko duzu. Eta kontu hori erabili beharko zenuke eguneroko lanak\n" +"egiteko. Egunero \"root\" gisa saioa hastea oso erosoa den arren, oso\n" +"arriskutsua ere izan daiteke! Hutsegiterik txikienak sistema funtzionatu\n" +"ezinda utz dezake. Erabiltzaile arrunt gisa hutsegite larri bat egiten\n" +"baduzu, informazioren bat gal dezakezu, baina ez sistema osoa.\n" +"\n" +"Lehendabizi, zure benetako izena idatzi behar duzu. Hori ez da\n" +"derrigorrezkoa noski - berez, nahi duzun izena eman baitezakezu. DrakXk\n" +"gero zuk koadroan idatzitako lehen hitza hartuko du eta hori izango da\n" +"\"Erabiltzaile-izena\". Hori izango da erabiltzaile jakin horrek sisteman\n" +"saioa hasteko erabiliko duen izena. Alda dezakezu. Gero pasahitz bat sartu\n" +"behar duzu hemen. Pribilegio gabeko erabiltzailearen (erabiltzaile\n" +"arruntaren) pasahitza ez da \"root\"-arena bezain funtsezkoa segurtasunaren\n" +"aldetik, baina ez da horregatik arduragabekeriaz jokatu behar: izan ere,\n" +"zure fitxategiak baitaude arriskuan.\n" +"\n" +"\"Onartu erabiltzailea\"n klik eginez gero, nahi adina erabiltzaile gehi\n" +"ditzakezu. Gehitu erabiltzaile bat zure lagun bakoitzeko: zure ama edo\n" +"anaia, esate baterako. Nahi dituzun erabiltzaile guztiak gehitu ondoren,\n" +"hautatu \"Eginda\".\n" +"\n" +"\"Aurreratua\" botoian klik egitean, erabiltzaile horrentzat lehenetsitako\n" +"\"shell\"-a aldatu ahal izango duzu (bash da lehenetsia)." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Finally, you will be asked whether you want to see the graphical interface\n" +"at boot. Note this question will be asked even if you chose not to test the\n" +"configuration. Obviously, you want to answer \"No\" if your machine is to\n" +"act as a server, or if you were not successful in getting the display\n" +"configured." +msgstr "" +"Azkenik, abioan interfaze grafikoa ikusi nahi duzun galdetuko zaizu.\n" +"Kontuan izan galdera hori konfigurazioa ez probatzea aukeratu baduzu ere\n" +"egingo zaizula. Jakina, \"Ez\" erantzun nahi izango duzu zure ordenagailuak\n" +"zerbitzari gisa jokatu behar badu, edo bistaratzea konfiguratzea lortzen ez\n" +"baduzu." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld MacIntosh hardware. It is able to boot\n" +"either GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX if present on your computer. Normally,\n" +"these other operating systems are correctly detected and installed. If this\n" +"is not the case, you can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to\n" +"choose the correct parameters.\n" +"\n" +"Yaboot's main options are:\n" +"\n" +" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt;\n" +"\n" +" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n" +"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n" +"to hold this information;\n" +"\n" +" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n" +"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n" +"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n" +"\n" +" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n" +"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second before your\n" +"default kernel description is selected;\n" +"\n" +" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n" +"at the first boot prompt;\n" +"\n" +" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n" +"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt;\n" +"\n" +" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" +"Firmware Delay expires." +msgstr "" +"Yaboot NewWorld MacIntosh hardwarerako abioko kargatzaile bat da.\n" +"GNU/Linux, MacOS, edo MacOSX abiaraz dezake, ordenagailuan egonez gero.\n" +"Normalean, beste sistema eragile horiek ongi detektatzen eta instalatzen\n" +"dira. Horrela ez bada, pantaila honetan sarrera bat eskuz gehi dezakezu.\n" +"Kontuz ibili parametroak aukeratzean okerrik ez egiteko.\n" +"\n" +"Yaboot-en aukera nagusiak hauek dira:\n" +"\n" +" * Hasierako mezua: abioko gonbitaren aurretik agertzen den testu-mezu soil\n" +"bat;\n" +"\n" +" * Abioko gailua: GNU/Linux-ekin abiarazteko behar den informazioa non\n" +"kokatu nahi duzun adierazten du. Normalean, lehenago bootstrap partizio bat\n" +"konfiguratuko duzu informazio hori edukitzeko.\n" +"\n" +" * Open Firmware-ren atzerapena: LILOrekin ez bezala, bi atzerapen daude\n" +"erabilgarri yaboot-ekin. Lehen atzerapena segundotan neurtzen da, eta hemen\n" +"CD, OF abioa MacOS edo Linux aukera dezakezu;\n" +"\n" +" * Nukleoaren abioaren denbora-muga: denbora-muga hau LILOren abioko\n" +"atzerapenaren antzekoa da. Linux hautatu ondoren, 0,1 segundoko atzerapena\n" +"izango duzu lehenetsitako nukleo-deskribapena hautatu aurretik;\n" +"\n" +" * Gaitu CDtik abiaraztea?: aukera hau hautatzen baduzu, ``C'' aukeratu\n" +"ahal izango duzu CDarentzat abioko lehen gonbitean;\n" +"\n" +" * Gaitu OF abiaraztea?: aukera hau hautatzen baduzu, ``N'' aukeratu ahal\n" +"izango duzu Open Firmware-rentzat abioko lehen gonbitean;\n" +"\n" +" * SE lehenetsia: lehenespenez zein SE abiaraziko den hauta dezakezu Open\n" +"Firmware Atzerapena igarotzen denean." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"At this point, it is time to choose the security level desired for the\n" +"machine. As a rule of thumb, the more exposed the machine is, and the more\n" +"the data stored in it is crucial, the higher the security level should be.\n" +"However, a higher security level is generally obtained at the expense of\n" +"easiness of use. Refer to the \"msec\" chapter of the ``Reference Manual''\n" +"to get more information about the meaning of these levels.\n" +"\n" +"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option." +msgstr "" +"Honaino iritsita, ordenagailuarentzat nahi duzun segurtasun-maila\n" +"aukeratzeko garaia da. Oro har, makina zenbat eta babesgabeago egon eta\n" +"zenbat eta funtsezko datu gehiago eduki biltegiratuta, orduan eta\n" +"segurtasun-maila handiagoa behar da. Bestalde, segurtasun-maila handia,\n" +"erabiltzeko erraztasunaren kalterako izan ohi da. Ikus ``Erreferentziako\n" +"eskuliburua''ren \"msec\" atala maila horien esanahiari buruzko informazio\n" +"gehiago lortzeko.\n" +"\n" +"Zer aukeratu ez badakizu, eutsi aukera lehenetsiari." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n" +"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux." +msgstr "" +"Hautatu ataka egokia. Adibidez Windows-eko \"COM1\" atakak \"ttyS0\" du\n" +"izena GNU/Linux-en." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Here are presented various parameters concerning your machine. Depending on\n" +"your installed hardware, you may - or not, see the following entries:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Mouse\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n" +"to change it if necessary;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Keyboard\": check the current keyboard map configuration and click on\n" +"the button to change that if necessary;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Timezone\": DrakX, by default, guesses your time zone from the\n" +"language you have chosen. But here again, as for the choice of a keyboard,\n" +"you may not be in the country for which the chosen language should\n" +"correspond. Hence, you may need to click on the \"Timezone\" button in\n" +"order to configure the clock according to the time zone you are in;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Printer\": clicking on the \"No Printer\" button will open the printer\n" +"configuration wizard;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is\n" +"displayed here. No modification possible at installation time;\n" +"\n" +" * \"TV card\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" +"here. No modification possible at installation time;\n" +"\n" +" * \"ISDN card\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it is\n" +"displayed here. You can click on the button to change the parameters\n" +"associated with it." +msgstr "" +"Hemen zure ordenagailuari dagozkion parametroak aurkezten dira.\n" +"Instalatutako hardwarearen arabera, ondoko sarrerak ikusiko dituzu - edo\n" +"ez:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Sagua\": egiaztatu uneko sagu-konfigurazioa eta, behar izanez gero,\n" +"egin klik botoian, aldatzeko;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Teklatua\": egiaztatu uneko teklatuaren konfigurazioa eta, behar\n" +"izanez gero, egin klik botoian aldatzeko;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Ordu-zona\": DrakXk, lehenespenez, aukeratutako hizkuntzatik asmatzen\n" +"du zure ordu-zona. Baina hemen ere, teklatua aukeratzean bezala, baliteke\n" +"aukeratutako hizkuntzari dagokion herrialdean ez egotea zu. Horregatik,\n" +"\"Ordu-zona\" botoian klik egin beharko duzu erlojua zu zauden ordu-zonaren\n" +"arabera konfiguratzeko;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Inprimagailua\": \"Inprimagailurik ez\" botoian klik eginez,\n" +"inprimagailuaren konfigurazio-morroia irekiko da;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Soinu-txartela\": zure sisteman soinu-txartel bat detektatzen bada,\n" +"hemen bistaratuko da. Instalazio-garaian ezin da aldaketarik egin;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Telebista-txartela\": zure sisteman telebista-txartel bat detektatzen\n" +"bada, hemen bistaratuko da. Instalazio-garaian ezin da aldaketarik egin;\n" +"\n" +" * \"ISDN txartela\": zure sisteman ISDN txartel bat detektatzen bada,\n" +"hemen bistaratuko da. Egin klik botoian txartelaren parametroak aldatzeko." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a default (\"Recommended\")\n" +"installation or if you want to have greater control (\"Expert\"). You can\n" +"also choose to do a new install or an upgrade of an existing Mandrake Linux\n" +"system:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Install\": completely wipes out the old system. In fact, depending on\n" +"what currently holds your machine, you will be able to keep some old (Linux\n" +"or other) partitions unchanged;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows to simply update the\n" +"packages currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. It keeps the\n" +"current partitions of your hard drives as well as user configurations. All\n" +"other configuration steps remain available with respect to plain\n" +"installation;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Upgrade Packages Only\": this brand new class allows to upgrade an\n" +"existing Mandrake Linux system while keeping all system configurations\n" +"unchanged. Adding new packages to the current installation is also\n" +"possible.\n" +"\n" +"Upgrades should work fine for Mandrake Linux systems starting from \"8.1\"\n" +"release.\n" +"\n" +"Depending on your knowledge of GNU/Linux, select one of the following\n" +"choices:\n" +"\n" +" * Recommended: choose this if you have never installed a GNU/Linux\n" +"operating system. The installation will be very easy and you will only be\n" +"asked a few questions;\n" +"\n" +" * Expert: if you have a good knowledge of GNU/Linux, you can choose this\n" +"installation class. The expert installation will allow you to perform a\n" +"highly-customized installation. Answering some of the questions can be\n" +"difficult if you do not have a good knowledge of GNU/Linux, so do not\n" +"choose this unless you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"DrakXk lehenetsitako instalazioa (\"Gomendatua\") egin nahi duzun edo\n" +"kontrol handiagoa eduki nahi duzun (\"Aditua\") jakin behar du orain.\n" +"Gainera, instalazio berri bat egin dezakezu edo lehendik dagoen Mandrake\n" +"Linux sistema eguneratu dezakezu.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Instalatu\": sistema zaharra erabat garbituko da. Makinan daukazunaren\n" +"arabera, partizio zahar batzuk (Linux-enak edo beste batzuenak) aldatu gabe\n" +"mantendu ahal izango dituzu.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Bertsio-berritu\": instalazio-klase honekin lehendik Mandrake Linux\n" +"sisteman instalatuta dauzkazun paketeak eguneratuko dira, besterik gabe.\n" +"Disko gogorretako partizioak eta erabiltzaileen konfigurazioak mantenduko\n" +"ditu. Gainerako konfigurazio-urratsak erabilgarri egongo dira instalazio\n" +"arrunterako;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Paketeak bakarrik bertsio-berritu\": klase berri honekin lehendik\n" +"daukazun Mandrake Linux sistema bertsio-berrituko duzu\n" +"sistema-konfigurazioa batere aldatu gabe. Uneko instalazioan pakete berriak\n" +"ere gehitu ahal izango dituzu.\n" +"\n" +"Bertsio-berritzeek ongi funtzionatuko dute \"8.1\" bertsiotik aurrerako\n" +"Mandrake Linux sistemetan.\n" +"\n" +"GNU/Linux zenbateraino ezagutzen duzun kontuan hartuta, hautatu aukera\n" +"hauetako bat:\n" +"\n" +" * Gomendatua: aukeratu hau GNU/Linuxsistema eragilea inoiz instalatu ez\n" +"baduzu. Instalazioa oso erraza izango da eta galdera batzuk besterik ez\n" +"zaizkizu egingo;\n" +"\n" +" * Aditua GNU/Linux ongi ezagutzen baduzu, instalazio-klase hau aukera\n" +"dezakezu. Instalazio adituak oso instalazio pertsonalizatua egiteko aukera\n" +"emango dizu. Galdera batzuei erantzutea zaila izan daiteke GNU/Linux ongi\n" +"ezagutzen ez baduzu, beraz ez ezazu aukeratu baldin eta zer egiten ari\n" +"zaren ez badakizu." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" +"packages have been updated since the initial release. Some bugs may have\n" +"been fixed, and security issues solved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" +"updates, you are now proposed to download them from the Internet. Choose\n" +"\"Yes\" if you have a working Internet connection, or \"No\" if you prefer\n" +"to install updated packages later.\n" +"\n" +"Choosing \"Yes\" displays a list of places from which updates can be\n" +"retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. Then a package-selection tree\n" +"appears: review the selection, and press \"Install\" to retrieve and\n" +"install the selected package(s), or \"Cancel\" to abort." +msgstr "" +"Mandrake Linux instalatzen duzunean, litekeena da pakete batzuk aldatu\n" +"izana hasierako argitalpenetik. Beharbada akats batzuk konponduko ziren,\n" +"eta segurtasun-arazoak gaindituko ziren. Eguneratzeez baliatu ahal izan\n" +"zaitezen, Internetik deskargatzea gomendatzen dizugu. Aukeratu \"Bai\"\n" +"Interneteko konexioa martxan badaukazu, edo \"Ez\" pakete eguneratuak\n" +"geroago instalatu nahi badituzu.\n" +"\n" +"\"Bai\" aukeratzen baduzu, eguneratzeak eskaintzen dituzten lekuen zerrenda\n" +"azalduko da. Aukeratu zuregandik hurbilen dagoena. Paketeak hautatzeko\n" +"zuhaitza agertuko da orduan: egin hautapena eta sakatu \"Instalatu\"\n" +"hautatutako paketeak hartu eta instalatzeko, edo \"Utzi\" abortatzeko." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. This stage, normally, is totally\n" +"automated. In fact, DrakX analyzes the disk boot sector and acts\n" +"accordingly, depending on what it finds here:\n" +"\n" +" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" +"boot sector. Hence, you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another\n" +"OS;\n" +"\n" +" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" +"one.\n" +"\n" +"If in doubt, DrakX will display a dialog with various options.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Bootloader to use\": you have three choices:\n" +"\n" +" * \"GRUB\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" +"\n" +" * \"LILO with graphical menu\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical\n" +"interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu\n" +"interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default\n" +"(\"/dev/hda\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the\n" +"second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"/dev/fd0\");\n" +"\n" +" * \"Delay before booting the default image\": when rebooting the computer,\n" +"this is the delay granted to the user to choose - in the bootloader menu,\n" +"another boot entry than the default one.\n" +"\n" +"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" +"\"Cancel\" here), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake\n" +"Linux system! Also, be sure you know what you do before changing any of the\n" +"options. !!\n" +"\n" +"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer many advanced\n" +"options, which are reserved to the expert user.\n" +"\n" +"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" +"boot options which will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" +"\n" +"If there is another operating system installed on your machine, it will\n" +"automatically be added to the boot menu. Here, you can choose to fine-tune\n" +"the existing options. Select an entry and click \"Modify\" to modify or\n" +"remove it; \"Add\" creates a new entry; and \"Done\" goes on to the next\n" +"installation step." +msgstr "" +"LILO eta grub abioko kargatzaileak dira. Etapa hau erabat automatizatuta\n" +"izaten da normalean. Izan ere, DrakXk diskoaren abioko sektorea aztertzen\n" +"du eta bertan aurkitzen duenaren arabera jokatzen du:\n" +"\n" +" * Windows-en abioko sektore bat aurkitzen badu, grub abioko sektorearekin\n" +"ordeztuko du. Horrela, GNU/Linux edo beste SE bat kargatu ahal izango duzu;\n" +"\n" +" * grub edo LILO abioko sektore bat aurkitzen badu, berri batekin ordeztuko\n" +"du.\n" +"\n" +"Zalantzarik izanez gero, DrakXk hainbat aukera proposatuko ditu.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Erabili beharreko abioko kargatzailea\": hiru aukera dituzu:\n" +"\n" +" * \"GRUB\": grub nahiago baduzu (testu-menua).\n" +"\n" +" * \"LILO menu grafikoarekin\": LILO bere interfaze grafikoarekin\n" +"nahiago baduzu.\n" +"\n" +" * \"LILO testu-menuarekin\": LILOen testu-menuaren interfazea nahiago\n" +"baduzu.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Abioko gailua\": gehienetan, ez duzu disko lehenetsia (\"/dev/hda\")\n" +"aldatuko, baina nahiago baduzu, abioko kargatzailea bigarren disko\n" +"gogorrean (\"/dev/hdb\") edo diskete batean (\"/dev/fd0\") ere instala\n" +"daiteke;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Imajina lehenetsia abiarazi arteko atzerapena\": ordenagailua\n" +"berrabiaraztean, hau da erabiltzaileari ematen zaion denbora, abioko\n" +"kargatzailearen menuan lehenetsia ez den abioko sarrera bat aukeratzeko.\n" +"\n" +"!! Kontuan izan abioko kargatzaile bat ez instalatzea aukeratzen baduzu\n" +"(hemen \"Utzi\" hautatuz), Mandrake Linux sistema abiarazteko bideren bat\n" +"beharko duzula! Halaber, edozein aukera aldatu aurretik, ziurtatu\n" +"badakizula zer egiten duzun. !!\n" +"\n" +"Elkarrizketa-koadro honetako \"Aurreratua\" botoian klik eginda aukera\n" +"aurreratu ugari lortuko dituzu, erabiltzaile adituentzat erreserbatuak.\n" +"\n" +"Abioko kargatzailearen parametro orokorrak konfiguratutakoan, abioan\n" +"erabilgarri egongo diren aukeren zerrenda bistaratuko da.\n" +"\n" +"Ordenagailuan beste sistema eragile bat instalatuta baduzu, automatikoki\n" +"gehituko zaio abioko menuari. Hemen, lehendik dauden aukerak gehiago\n" +"zehaztea hauta dezakezu. Hautatu sarrera bat eta egin klik \"Aldatu\"n\n" +"aldaketak egiteko edo kentzeko; \"Gehitu\"k sarrera berria sortzen du eta\n" +"\"Eginda\" hautatuz gero instalazioaren hurrengo urratsera joaten da." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Please choose the one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n" +"\n" +"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" +"\"Capacity\".\n" +"\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard drives:\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +"\n" +"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" +"\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"disk or partition is called \"C:\")." +msgstr "" +"Microsoft partizio bat baino gehiago detektatu da zure disko gogorrean.\n" +"Aukeratu Mandrake Linux sistema eragile berria instalatzeko tamainaz aldatu\n" +"nahi duzuna.\n" +"\n" +"Partizio bakoitza honela zerrendatzen da: \"Linux izena\", \"Windows\n" +"izena\" \"Edukiera\".\n" +"\n" +"\"Linux izena\" honela egituratzen da: \"disko gogorraren mota\", \"disko\n" +"gogorraren zenbakia\", \"partizio-zenbakia\" (adibidez, \"hda1\").\n" +"\n" +"\"Disko gogorraren mota\" \"hd\" izango da disko gogorra IDE disko gogorra\n" +"bada, eta \"sd\", SCSI unitatea bada.\n" +"\n" +"\"Disko gogorraren zenbakia\" beti \\"hd\\" edo \\"sd\\"ren ondoko letra\n" +"bat izaten da. IDE disko gogorretan:\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\"k \"IDE kontroladore primarioko disko gogor nagusia\" esan nahi du;\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\"k \"IDE kontroladore primarioko mendeko disko gogorra\" esan nahi\n" +"du;\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\"k \"IDE kontroladore sekundarioko disko gogor nagusia\" esan nahi\n" +"du;\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\"k \"IDE kontroladore sekundarioko mendeko disko gogorra\" esan nahi\n" +"du;\n" +"\n" +"SCSI disko gogorretan, \"a\" letrak \"SCSI ID baxuena\" esan nahi du, \"b\"\n" +"letrak \"bigarren SCSI ID baxuena\", etab.\n" +"\n" +"\"Windows izena\" Windows-en disko gogorraren letra da (lehen diskoak edo\n" +"partizioak \"C:\" du izena)." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Here, we select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may offer\n" +"you one, but Mandrake Linux offers three.\n" +"\n" +" * \"pdq\" - which means ``print, don't queue'', is the choice if you have\n" +"a direct connection to your printer and you want to be able to panic out of\n" +"printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. It will handle only\n" +"very simple network cases and is somewhat slow for networks. Pick \"pdq\"\n" +"if this is your maiden voyage to GNU/Linux. You can change your choices\n" +"after installation by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control Center\n" +"and clicking the expert button.\n" +"\n" +" * \"CUPS\" - ``Common Unix Printing System'', is excellent at printing to\n" +"your local printer and also halfway-around the planet. It is simple and can\n" +"act as a server or a client for the ancient \"lpd\" printing system. Hence,\n" +"it is compatible with the systems that went before. It can do many tricks,\n" +"but the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need this to\n" +"emulate an \"lpd\" server, you must turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon. It has\n" +"graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer options.\n" +"\n" +" * \"lprNG\" - ``line printer daemon New Generation''. This system can do\n" +"approximately the same things the others can do, but it will print to\n" +"printers mounted on a Novell Network, because it supports the IPX protocol,\n" +"and it can print directly to shell commands. If you have need of Novell or\n" +"printing to commands without using a separate pipe construct, use lprNG.\n" +"Otherwise, CUPS is preferable as it is simpler and better at working over\n" +"networks." +msgstr "" +"Hemen zure ordenagailuaren inprimatzeko sistema hautatuko dugu. Beste SE\n" +"batzuek bakarra eskainiko dute beharbada, baina Mandrake Linux-ek hiru\n" +"eskaintzen ditu.\n" +"\n" +" * \"pdq\" - ``print, don't queue'' esan nahi du, hau da, ``inprimatu, ez\n" +"egon ilaran''. Aukera egokia da inprimagailua zuzenean konektatuta baduzu,\n" +"papera trabatzen denean ohartu nahi baduzu eta sareko inprimagailurik ez\n" +"baduzu. Sareko oso kasu sinpleak maneiatuko ditu eta mantso samarra da\n" +"sarerako. Aukeratu \"pdq\" GNU/Linux-eko zure lehen bidaia bada.\n" +"Instalazioa egin ondoren aukerak aldatu nahi badituzu, exekutatu\n" +"Mandrake-ren kontrol-zentroko PrinterDrake eta egin klik adituaren botoian.\n" +"\n" +" * \"CUPS\" - ``Common Unix Printing System'' oso ona da zure inprimagailu\n" +"lokalean inprimatzeko eta baita munduaren beste aldean ere. Sinplea da eta\n" +"\"lpd\" inprimatze-sistema zaharretako bezero nahiz zerbitzari gisa jardun\n" +"dezake. Lehengo sistemekin bateragarria da, beraz. Gauza asko egin ditzake,\n" +"baina oinarrizko konfigurazioa \"pdq\" bezain erraza da. \"lpd\" zerbitzari\n" +"bat emulatzeko behar baduzu, \"cups-lpd\" daemon-a aktibatu behar duzu.\n" +"Inprimagailuaren aukerak hautatzeko edo inprimatzeko interfaze grafikoak\n" +"ditu.\n" +"\n" +" * \"lprNG\" - ``line printer daemon New Generation''. Sistema honek\n" +"besteek egin ditzaketen gauza bertsuak egin ditzake, baina Novell sarean\n" +"muntatutako inprimagailuetan inprimatuko du, IPX protokoloa onartzen\n" +"duelako, eta shell komandoetan zuzenean inprima dezakeelako. Novell behar\n" +"baduzu edo kanalizaziorik erabili gabe komandoetan inprimatu behar baduzu,\n" +"erabili lprNG. Bestela, hobe da CUPS, sareetan lan egiteko sinpleagoa eta\n" +"hobea delako." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"The first time you try the X configuration, you may not be very satisfied\n" +"with its display (screen is too small, shifted left or right...). Hence,\n" +"even if X starts up correctly, DrakX then asks you if the configuration\n" +"suits you. It will also propose to change it by displaying a list of valid\n" +"modes it could find, asking you to select one.\n" +"\n" +"As a last resort, if you still cannot get X to work, choose \"Change\n" +"graphics card\", select \"Unlisted card\", and when prompted on which\n" +"server, choose \"FBDev\". This is a failsafe option which works with any\n" +"modern graphics card. Then choose \"Test again\" to be sure." +msgstr "" +"X konfigurazioa probatzen duzun lehen aldian, baliteke oso pozik ez\n" +"geratzea ikusten denarekin (pantaila txikiegia, ezkerrera edo eskuinera\n" +"lerratua...). Beraz, X ongi abiarazten bada ere, konfigurazioa zuretzat\n" +"egokia den galdetuko dizu DrakXk gero. Aldatzea ere proposatuko dizu aurki\n" +"ditzakeen baliozko moduen zerrenda bistaratuz eta bat hautatzeko eskatuz.\n" +"\n" +"Azken baliabide gisa, Xk funtzionatzea lortzen ez baduzu, aukeratu \"Aldatu\n" +"txartel grafikoa\", hautatu \"Zerrendatu gabeko txartela\", eta zein\n" +"zerbitzari nahi duzun galdetzean, aukeratu \"FBDev\". Hau aukera segurua\n" +"da, edozein txartel grafiko modernorekin funtzionatzen duena. Gero aukeratu\n" +"\"Probatu berriro\" ziur egoteko." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"DrakX generally detects the number of buttons your mouse has. If not, it\n" +"assumes you have a two-button mouse and will set it up for third-button\n" +"emulation. DrakX will automatically know whether it is a PS/2, serial or\n" +"USB mouse.\n" +"\n" +"If you wish to specify a different type of mouse select the appropriate\n" +"type from the provided list.\n" +"\n" +"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n" +"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n" +"correct. If the mouse is not working well, press the space bar or [Return]\n" +"to \"Cancel\" and choose again." +msgstr "" +"DrakXk normalean detektatzen du saguak zenbat botoi dituen. Detektatu ezin\n" +"badu, bi botoiko sagua duzula suposatuko du, eta hirugarren botoia emula\n" +"dezan konfiguratuko du. DrakXk automatikoki jakingo du sagua PS/2, seriekoa\n" +"edo USB motakoa den.\n" +"\n" +"Beste mota bateko sagua zehaztu nahi baduzu, hautatu dagokion mota\n" +"zerrendan.\n" +"\n" +"Lehenetsitakoa ez den sagu aukeratzen baduzu, probako pantaila bat azalduko\n" +"da. Erabili botoiak eta gurpila ezarpenak egokiak direla egiaztatzeko.\n" +"Saguak ez badu behar bezala funtzionatzen, sakatu zuriune-barra edo\n" +"[Itzuli], bertan behera \"Utzi\" eta berriro aukeratzeko." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"You are now proposed to set up your Internet/network connection. If you\n" +"wish to connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click\n" +"\"OK\". The autodetection of network devices and modem will be launched. If\n" +"this detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box next time. You\n" +"may also choose not to configure the network, or do it later; in that case,\n" +"simply click the \"Cancel\" button.\n" +"\n" +"Available connections are: traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n" +"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" +"\n" +"Here, we will not detail each configuration. Simply make sure that you have\n" +"all the parameters from your Internet Service Provider or system\n" +"administrator.\n" +"\n" +"You can consult the ``User Guide'' chapter about Internet connections for\n" +"details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n" +"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection.\n" +"\n" +"If you wish to configure the network later after installation, or if you\n" +"are finished configuring your network connection, click \"Cancel\"." +msgstr "" +"Interneteko/sareko konexioa konfiguratzea proposatzen dizugu orain. Zure\n" +"ordenagailua Internetera edo sare lokal batera konektatu nahi baduzu, egin\n" +"klik \"Ados\" botoian. Sareko gailuak eta modemak automatikoki detektatzeko\n" +"prozesua abiaraziko da. Detekzioak huts egiten badu, desautatu \"Erabili\n" +"auto-detekzioa\" hurrengoan. Sarea ez konfiguratzea edo geroago\n" +"konfiguratzea ere aukera dezakezu; horrela bada, egin klik \"Utzi\"\n" +"botoian.\n" +"\n" +"Konexio erabilgarriak: modem tradizionala, ISDN modema, ADSL konexioa,\n" +"kable bidezko modema, eta azkenik sare lokaleko konexioa (Ethernet).\n" +"\n" +"Hemen ez dugu konfigurazio bakoitza zehaztuko. Ziurtatu Interneteko\n" +"zerbitzu-hornitzaileak edo sistema-administratzaileak eman dizkizula\n" +"parametro guztiak.\n" +"\n" +"``Erabiltzailearen gida''n Interneteko konexioei buruzko kapitulua\n" +"kontsulta dezakezu konfigurazioaren xehetasunak ezagutzeko, edo bestela,\n" +"itxaron sistema instalatu arte, eta erabili zure konexioa konfiguratzeko\n" +"bertan azaltzen zaizun programa.\n" +"\n" +"Sarea geroago, instalazioa egin ondoren, konfiguratu nahi baduzu, edo\n" +"sare-konexioa konfiguratzen bukatu baduzu, sakatu \"Utzi\"." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"You may now choose which services you wish to start at boot time.\n" +"\n" +"Here are presented all the services available with the current\n" +"installation. Review them carefully and uncheck those which are not always\n" +"needed at boot time.\n" +"\n" +"You can get a short explanatory text about a service by selecting a\n" +"specific service. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful\n" +"or not, it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" +"\n" +"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n" +"server: you will probably not want to start any services which you do not\n" +"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n" +"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n" +"!!" +msgstr "" +"Orain abioan zein zerbitzu abiaraztea nahi duzun aukera dezakezu.\n" +"\n" +"Hemen uneko instalazioan erabilgarri dauden zerbitzu guztiak ageri dira.\n" +"Azter itzazu arretaz eta kendu hautatze-marka abiaraztean beti behar ez\n" +"direnei.\n" +"\n" +"Zerbitzu jakin bat hautatuz, zerbitzu horri buruzko azalpen-testu labur bat\n" +"eskuratuko duzu. Hala ere, zerbitzu bat erabilgarria den ala ez ziur ez\n" +"bazaude, seguruagoa da jokabide lehenetsia uztea.\n" +"\n" +"!! Etapa honetan, oso kontuz ibili zure makina zerbitzari gisa erabiltzeko\n" +"asmoa baduzu: seguru asko ez duzu behar ez duzun zerbitzurik abiarazi nahi\n" +"izango. Gogoan izan zerbitzu batzuk arriskutsuak izan daitezkeela\n" +"zerbitzari batean gaitzen badira. Oro har, benetan behar dituzun zerbitzuak\n" +"soilik hautatu. !!" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n" +"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n" +"you are not supposed to know them all by heart.\n" +"\n" +"If you are performing a standard installation from a CD-ROM, you will first\n" +"be asked to specify the CDs you currently have (in Expert mode only). Check\n" +"the CD labels and highlight the boxes corresponding to the CDs you have\n" +"available for installation. Click \"OK\" when you are ready to continue.\n" +"\n" +"Packages are sorted in groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" +"machine. The groups themselves are sorted into four sections:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Workstation\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation,\n" +"select one or more of the corresponding groups;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Development\": if your machine is to be used for programming, choose\n" +"the desired group(s);\n" +"\n" +" * \"Server\": if your machine is intended to be a server, you will be able\n" +"to select which of the most common services you wish to install on your\n" +"machine;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Graphical Environment\": finally, this is where you will choose your\n" +"preferred graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want\n" +"to have a graphical workstation!\n" +"\n" +"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" +"text about that group. If you deselect all groups when performing a regular\n" +"installation (by opposition to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" +"different options for a minimal installation:\n" +"\n" +" * \"With X\": install the fewer packages possible to have a working\n" +"graphical desktop;\n" +"\n" +" * \"With basic documentation\": installs the base system plus basic\n" +"utilities and their documentation. This installation is suitable for\n" +"setting up a server;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Truly minimal install\": will install the strict minimum necessary to\n" +"get a working Linux system, in command line only. This installation is\n" +"about 65Mb large.\n" +"\n" +"You can check the \"Individual package selection\" box, which is useful if\n" +"you are familiar with the packages being offered or if you want to have\n" +"total control over what will be installed.\n" +"\n" +"If you started the installation in \"Upgrade\" mode, you can unselect all\n" +"groups to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" +"updating an existing system." +msgstr "" +"Sisteman zein programa instalatu nahi dituzun zehazteko garaia da. Milaka\n" +"pakete daude Mandrake Linux-entzat erabilgarri, eta ez duzu denak buruz\n" +"jakin beharrik.\n" +"\n" +"CD-ROMetik instalazio estandarra egiten ari bazara, lehendabizi orain\n" +"dituzun CDak zehazteko eskatuko zaizu (Aditu moduan soilik). Begiratu CDen\n" +"etiketei eta nabarmendu instalaziorako erabilgarri dituzun CDei dagozkien\n" +"laukiak. Jarraitzeko prest zaudenean, egin klik \"Ados\" botoian.\n" +"\n" +"Paketeak taldeka antolatuta daude, ordenagailuaren erabilera zehatzen\n" +"arabera. Taldeak lau ataletan sailkatzen dira:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Laneko estazioa\": makina lan-estazio gisa erabiltzeko asmoa baduzu,\n" +"hautatu hauetako talde bat edo gehiago;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Garapena\": ordenagailua programatzeko erabili behar baduzu, aukeratu\n" +"nahi dituzun taldeak;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Zerbitzaria\": makina zerbitzari moduan erabili nahi baduzu, hemen\n" +"hauta ditzakezu instalatu nahi dituzun zerbitzu ohikoenak;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Ingurune grafikoa\": azkenik, hemen hautatuko duzu zure ingurune\n" +"grafiko gogokoena. Gutxienez bat hautatu behar duzu, lan-estazio grafikoa\n" +"eduki nahi baduzu!\n" +"\n" +"Saguaren kurtsorea talde-izen baten gainera eramanez, talde horri buruzko\n" +"azalpen-testu labur bat bistaratuko da. Instalazio arrunta egitean (hau da,\n" +"bertsio-berritzea ez denean) talde guztiak desautatzen badituzu,\n" +"elkarrizketa-koadro bat agertuko da instalazio minimoa egiteko aukerak\n" +"proposatuz:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Xrekin\": ahalik eta pakete gutxien instalatu, mahaigain grafikoa\n" +"edukitzeko behar direnak bakarrik;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Oinarrizko dokumentazioarekin\": oinarrizko sistema eta oinarrizko\n" +"utilitateak eta horien dokumentazioa instalatzen du. Instalazio hau egokia\n" +"da zerbitzaria konfiguratzeko;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Instalazio minimo-minimoa\": Linux sistema eragileak\n" +"komando-lerroarekin soilik funtziona dezan bene-benetan beharrezkoa dena\n" +"bakarrik instalatzen du. Instalazio honek 65 Mb inguru hartzen ditu.\n" +"\n" +"\"Pakete indibidualen hautapena\" laukia hauta dezakezu; oso erabilgarria\n" +"izango zaizu eskaintzen diren paketeak ezagutzen badituzu, edo instalatuko\n" +"den guztia erabat kontrolatu nahi baduzu.\n" +"\n" +"Instalazioa \"Bertsio-berritze\" moduan hasi baduzu, talde guztiak desauta\n" +"ditzakezu beste paketerik instala ez dadin. Erabilgarria da lehendik dagoen\n" +"sistema bat konpontzeko edo eguneratzeko." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Please be patient. This operation can take several minutes." +msgstr "" +"Izan pazientzia. Eragiketa honek minutu batzuk beharko ditu." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it in\n" +"local time according to the time zone you selected. It is however possible\n" +"to deactivate this by deselecting \"Hardware clock set to GMT\" so that the\n" +"hardware clock is the same as the system clock. This is useful when the\n" +"machine is hosting another operating system like Windows.\n" +"\n" +"The \"Automatic time synchronization\" option will automatically regulate\n" +"the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. In the\n" +"list that is presented, choose a server located near you. Of course you\n" +"must have a working Internet connection for this feature to work. It will\n" +"actually install on your machine a time server which can be optionally used\n" +"by other machines on your local network." +msgstr "" +"GNU/Linux-ek GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) ordua erabiltzen du eta tokian\n" +"tokiko ordura aldatzen du, hautatutako ordu-zonaren arabera. Desaktibatu\n" +"nahi baduzu, desautatu \"Hardwarearen ordua GMTn ezarria\", hardwarearen\n" +"ordua eta sistemaren ordua berdinak izan daitezen. Erosoa da makinan beste\n" +"sistema eragile bat dagoenerako, esate baterako, Windows.\n" +"\n" +"\"Ordu-sinkronizazio automatikoa\" aukerak automatikoki doituko du erlojua\n" +"Interneteko urruneko ordu-zerbitzari batekin konektatuz. Aukera ezazu\n" +"zuregandik hurbil dagoen zerbitzari bat. Eginbide hau erabili ahal izateko\n" +"Interneteko konexioa beharko duzu, noski. Zure makinan ordu-zerbitzari bat\n" +"instalatuko du eta zure sare lokaleko beste makina batzuetatik ere erabili\n" +"ahal izango duzu, nahi izanez gero." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"The Mandrake Linux installation is spread out over several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n" +"knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM and will eject the\n" +"current CD and ask you to insert a different one as required." +msgstr "" +"Mandrake Linux instalazioa hainbat CD-ROMetan banatuta dago. DrakXk badaki\n" +"hautatako pakete bat beste CD-ROM batean kokatuta dagoen edo ez, eta uneko\n" +"CDa atera eta beste bat sartzeko eskatuko dizu behar izan ahala." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n" +"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"root\" is the system\n" +"administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add users,\n" +"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n" +"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n" +"guess - DrakX will tell you if it is too easy. As you can see, you can\n" +"choose not to enter a password, but we strongly advise you against this if\n" +"only for one reason: do not think that because you booted GNU/Linux that\n" +"your other operating systems are safe from mistakes. Since \"root\" can\n" +"overcome all limitations and unintentionally erase all data on partitions\n" +"by carelessly accessing the partitions themselves, it is important for it\n" +"to be difficult to become \"root\".\n" +"\n" +"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n" +"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password - it makes it too\n" +"easy to compromise a system.\n" +"\n" +"However, please do not make the password too long or complicated because\n" +"you must be able to remember it without too much effort.\n" +"\n" +"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. Hence, you\n" +"will have to type the password twice to reduce the chance of a typing\n" +"error. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n" +"``incorrect'' password will have to be used the first time you connect.\n" +"\n" +"In Expert mode, you will be asked if you will be connecting to an\n" +"authentication server, like NIS or LDAP.\n" +"\n" +"If your network uses the LDAP (or NIS) protocol for authentication, select\n" +"\"LDAP\" (or \"NIS\") as authentication. If you do not know, ask your\n" +"network administrator.\n" +"\n" +"If your computer is not connected to any administrated network, you will\n" +"want to choose \"Local files\" for authentication." +msgstr "" +"Hau da erabakigunerik funtsezkoena GNU/Linux sistemaren segurtasunerako:\n" +"\"root\"-aren pasahitza adierazi behar duzu. \"root\"\n" +"sistema-administratzailea da eta berak bakarrik dauka sistema eguneratzeko,\n" +"erabiltzaileak gehitzeko, konfigurazio orokorra aldatzeko eta abar egiteko\n" +"baimena. Labur esanda, \"root\"-ak edozer egin dezake! Horregatik, asmatzen\n" +"zaila den pasahitza aukeratu behar duzu - errazegia bada, DrakXk abisatuko\n" +"dizu. Ikus dezakezunez, pasahitzik ez sartzea aukera dezakezu, baina\n" +"horrelakorik ez egiteko aholkua ematen dizugu, arrazoi batengatik: ez\n" +"pentsa GNU/Linux-ekin abiarazi duzulako zure beste sistema eragileek\n" +"akatsik eduki ezin dutenik. \"root\"-ak muga guztiak gaindi ditzakeenez,\n" +"eta partizioetan arduragabeki sartuz partizioetako datu guztiak nahi gabe\n" +"ezaba ditzakeenez, garrantzitsua da \"root\" bilakatzea zaila izatea.\n" +"\n" +"Pasahitzak gutxienez 8 karaktere izatea komeni da, letrak eta zenbakiak\n" +"nahasian. Ez inoiz idatzi \"root\"-aren pasahitza paperean - sistema\n" +"errazegi konprometituko bailuke.\n" +"\n" +"Dena den, ez egin pasahitz luzeegia edo konplikatuegia, ahalegin handirik\n" +"gabe gogoratzeko gai izan behar duzulako.\n" +"\n" +"Pasahitza ez da idatzi ahala pantailan bistaratuko. Horregatik, pasahitza\n" +"bi aldiz idatzi beharko duzu, akats tipografikoen aukera murrizteko. Akats\n" +"tipografiko bera bi aldiz egiten baduzu, pasahitz ``oker'' hori erabili\n" +"beharko duzu konektatzen zaren lehen aldian.\n" +"\n" +"Aditu moduan, NIS edo LDAP moduko autentifikazio-zerbitzari batekin\n" +"konektatuko zaren galdetuko zaizu.\n" +"\n" +"Zure sareak LDAP (edo NIS) protokoloa erabiltzen badu autentifikatzeko,\n" +"hautatu \"LDAP\" (edo \"NIS\") autentifikazio gisa. Ez badakizu, galdetu\n" +"sare-administratzaileari.\n" +"\n" +"Zure ordenagailua administratutako sare batekin konektatuta ez badago,\n" +"beharbada \"Fitxategi lokalak\" aukeratu nahi izango dituzu\n" +"autentifikaziorako." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Before continuing, you should read carefully the terms of the license. It\n" +"covers the whole Mandrake Linux distribution, and if you do not agree with\n" +"all the terms in it, click on the \"Refuse\" button which will immediately\n" +"terminate the installation. To continue with the installation, click on the\n" +"\"Accept\" button." +msgstr "" +"Aurrera jarraitu aurretik, arretaz irakurri lizentziaren baldintzak.\n" +"Mandrake Linux banaketa osoari dagozkio eta baldintza guztiekin ados ez\n" +"bazaude, egin klik \"Ezetsi\" botoian; horrela berehala amaituko da\n" +"instalazioa. Instalazioarekin aurrera jarraitzeko, egin klik \"Onartu\"\n" +"botoian." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Listed above are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, they are good for most common\n" +"installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a root\n" +"partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not be\n" +"able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n" +"separate partition, you will also need to create a partition for \"/home\"\n" +"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n" +"\n" +"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" +"\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard drives:\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +"\n" +"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." +msgstr "" +"Goiko zerrendan zure disko gogorrean detektatutako Linux partizioak daude.\n" +"Morroiak egindako aukerak manten ditzakezu, egokiak dira instalazio\n" +"ohikoenetarako. Aldaketarik egiten baduzu, gutxienez erroko partizio bat\n" +"(\"/\") definitu behar duzu. Ez aukeratu partizio txikiegirik edo ezin\n" +"izango duzu nahikoa software instalatu. Datuak beste partizio batean\n" +"biltegiratu nahi badituzu, \"/home\"-rentzako partizio bat ere sortu\n" +"beharko duzu (Linux partizio bat baino gehiago baduzu soilik da posible).\n" +"\n" +"Partizio bakoitza honela zerrendatzen da: \"Izena\", \"Edukiera\".\n" +"\n" +"\"Izena\" honela egituratzen da: \"disko gogorraren mota\", \"disko\n" +"gogorraren zenbakia\", \"partizio-zenbakia\" (adibidez, \"hda1\").\n" +"\n" +"\"Disko gogorraren mota\" \"hd\" izango da disko gogorra IDE disko gogorra\n" +"bada, eta \"sd\", SCSI unitatea bada.\n" +"\n" +"\"Disko gogorraren zenbakia\" beti \\"hd\\" edo \\"sd\\"ren ondoko letra\n" +"bat izaten da. IDE disko gogorretan:\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\"k \"IDE kontroladore primarioko disko gogor nagusia\" esan nahi du;\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\"k \"IDE kontroladore primarioko mendeko disko gogorra\" esan nahi\n" +"du;\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\"k \"IDE kontroladore sekundarioko disko gogor nagusia\" esan nahi\n" +"du;\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\"k \"IDE kontroladore sekundarioko mendeko disko gogorra\" esan nahi\n" +"du;\n" +"\n" +"SCSI disko gogorretan, \"a\" letrak \"SCSI ID baxuena\" esan nahi du, \"b\"\n" +"letrak \"bigarren SCSI ID baxuena\", etab." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Click on \"OK\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" +"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"OK\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"any Windows data.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"Cancel\" to cancel this operation without losing any data and\n" +"partitions present on this hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Egin klik \"Ados\" botoian disko gogor honetako datu eta partizio guztiak\n" +"ezabatu nahi badituzu. Kontuz ibili, \"Ados\" sakatu ondoren, ezin izango\n" +"duzu disko gogor honetako daturik eta partiziorik berreskuratu, Windows-eko\n" +"datuak barne.\n" +"\n" +"Egin klik \"Utzi\" botoian disko gogor honetako daturik eta partiziorik\n" +"galdu gabe eragiketa hau bertan behera uzteko." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by\n" +"booting from the CD-ROM, press the >>F1<< key at boot and type >>rescue<<\n" +"at the prompt. But in case your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, you\n" +"should come back to this step for help in at least two situations:\n" +"\n" +" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (MBR)\n" +"of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you\n" +"to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have Windows in\n" +"your system). If you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft install\n" +"process will rewrite the boot sector, and then you will not be able to\n" +"start GNU/Linux!\n" +"\n" +" * if a problem arises and you cannot start up GNU/Linux from the hard\n" +"disk, this floppy disk will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It\n" +"contains a fair number of system tools for restoring a system, which has\n" +"crashed due to a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a typo in a\n" +"password, or any other reason.\n" +"\n" +"When you click on this step, you will be asked to enter a disk inside the\n" +"drive. The floppy disk you will insert must be empty or contain data which\n" +"you do not need. You will not have to format it since DrakX will rewrite\n" +"the whole disk." +msgstr "" +"Mandrake Linux-en CD-ROMak inkorporatutako berreskuratze-modua dauka.\n" +"Honela egin behar duzu: abiarazi CD-ROMetik, sakatu >>F1<< tekla abioan\n" +"eta, gonbitean, idatzi >>rescue<< (berreskuratu). Baina zure ordenagailua\n" +"CD-ROMetik ezin bada abiarazi, urrats honetara itzuli beharko duzu\n" +"gutxienez bi egoeratan laguntzeko:\n" +"\n" +" * abioko kargatzailea instalatzean, DrakXk disko nagusiko abioko sektorea\n" +"(MBR) berridatziko du (baldin eta ez baduzu beste abioko kudeatzaile bat\n" +"erabiltzen), Windows-ekin nahiz GNU/Linux-ekin hasi ahal izan zaitezen\n" +"(zure sisteman Windows baduzu). Windows berrinstalatzen baduzu,\n" +"Microsoft-en instalazio-prozesuak abioko sektorea berridatziko du, eta gero\n" +"ezin izango duzu GNU/Linux abiarazi!\n" +"\n" +" * arazoren bat sortzen bada eta GNU/Linux ezin baduzu abiarazi disko\n" +"gogorretik, diskete hau izango da GNU/Linux abiarazteko bide bakarra.\n" +"Sistema leheneratzeko makina bat sistema-tresna ditu, eta oso erabilgarria\n" +"da sistemak huts egiten duenean, argindarra joan delako, idazketa-akats bat\n" +"egin delako, pasahitzean akats tipografiko bat egin delako edo beste\n" +"zerbait gertatu delako.\n" +"\n" +"Urrats honetan klik egitean, unitatean disko bat sartzeko eskatuko zaizu.\n" +"Diskete huts bat sartu behar duzu, edo garrantzirik gabeko datuak dituen\n" +"bat. Ez duzu formateatu beharrik DrakXk disko osoa berridatziko baitu." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Finally, depending on whether or not you selected individual packages, you\n" +"will be presented a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n" +"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n" +"subgroups, or individual packages.\n" +"\n" +"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n" +"right. When your selection is finished, click the \"Install\" button which\n" +"will then launch the installation process. Depending on the speed of your\n" +"hardware and the number of packages that need to be installed, it may take\n" +"a while to complete the process. An estimate of the time it will take to\n" +"install everything is displayed on the screen, to help you gauge if there\n" +"is sufficient time to enjoy a cup of coffee.\n" +"\n" +"!! If a server package has been selected, either intentionally or because\n" +"it was part of a whole group, you will be asked to confirm that you really\n" +"want those servers to be installed. Under Mandrake Linux, any installed\n" +"servers are started by default at boot time. Even if they are safe and have\n" +"no known issues at the time the distribution was shipped, it may happen\n" +"that security holes are discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" +"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" +"or why it is being installed, then click \"No\". Clicking \"Yes\" will\n" +"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n" +"default. !!\n" +"\n" +"The \"Automatic dependencies\" option simply disables the warning dialog\n" +"which appears whenever the installer automatically selects a package. This\n" +"occurs because it has determined that it needs to satisfy a dependency with\n" +"another package in order to successfully complete the installation.\n" +"\n" +"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows to load the\n" +"package list chosen during a previous installation. Clicking on this icon\n" +"will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the end of\n" +"another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to create such\n" +"a floppy." +msgstr "" +"Azkenik, pakete indibidualak hautatu ala ez aukeraren arabera, pakete\n" +"guztiak taldetan eta azpitaldetan sailkatuta dituen zuhaitz bat aurkeztuko\n" +"zaizu. Zuhaitza arakatuz, talde osoak, azpitaldeak nahiz pakete\n" +"indibidualak hautatu ahal izango dituzu.\n" +"\n" +"Zuhaitzean pakete bat hautatzen duzun bakoitzean, azalpen bat agertuko da\n" +"eskuinean. Hautapena amaitutakoan, egin klik \"Instalatu\" botoian, eta\n" +"instalazio-prozesua abiaraziko da. Zure hardwarearen abiaduraren arabera\n" +"eta instalatu behar diren paketeen kopuruaren arabera, denbora beharko da\n" +"prozesua burutzeko. Dena instalatzeko behar duen denboraren estimazioa\n" +"pantailan bistaratzen da, kafetxo bat hartzeko astirik ote duzun jakin\n" +"dezazun.\n" +"\n" +"!! Zerbitzari-pakete bat hautatu baduzu, nahita edo talde oso baten zati\n" +"zelako, zerbitzari horiek benetan instalatu nahi dituzun berresteko\n" +"eskatuko zaizu. Mandrake Linux-en, instalatutako zerbitzari oro\n" +"lehenespenez abiarazten da abioan. Seguruak diren arren eta banaketa\n" +"argitaratu zen unean arazorik sortu ez bazuten ere, gerta liteke\n" +"segurtasun-hutsuneak aurkitzea Mandrake Linux-en bertsio hau bukatu\n" +"ondoren. Zerbitzu jakin batek zer egin behar duen edo zergatik instalatzen\n" +"den ez badakizu, hautatu \"Ez\". \"Bai\" sakatzean zerrendatutako\n" +"zerbitzuak instalatuko dira, eta lehenespen gisa automatikoki abiaraziko\n" +"dira. !!\n" +"\n" +"\"Mendekotasun automatikoak\" aukerak, instalatzaileak pakete bat\n" +"automatikoki hautatzen duenean agertzen den abisu-elkarrizketa desgaitzen\n" +"du. Hori gertatzen da instalazioa behar bezala osatzeko, beste pakete\n" +"batekiko mendekotasuna bete behar duela erabaki duelako instalatzaileak.\n" +"\n" +"Zerrendaren beheko aldean dagoen disketearen ikono txikiak aurreko\n" +"instalazio batean aukeratutako pakete-zerrenda kargatzeko aukera ematen du.\n" +"Ikono horretan klik egitean, beste instalazio baten bukaeran sortu zenuen\n" +"diskete bat sartzeko eskatuko zaizu. Ikus diskete hori sortzeko moduari\n" +"buruzko azken urratsaren bigarren iradokizuna." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" +"(formatting means creating a filesystem).\n" +"\n" +"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" +"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" +"partitions as well.\n" +"\n" +"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" +"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" +"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n" +"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n" +"\"/home\").\n" +"\n" +"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n" +"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" +"any of it.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"OK\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"Cancel\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"Advanced\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked\n" +"for bad blocks on the disk." +msgstr "" +"Partizio definitu berriak formateatu egin behar dira erabili ahal izateko\n" +"(formateatzeak fitxategi-sistema sortzea esan nahi du).\n" +"\n" +"Une honetan, lehendik dauden partizio batzuei berriro formatua eman nahi\n" +"izango diezu beharbada, dauzkaten datuak ezabatzeko. Hori egin nahi baduzu,\n" +"hauta itzazu partizio horiek ere.\n" +"\n" +"Kontuan izan ez dela beharrezkoa lehendik dauden partizio guztiei berriro\n" +"formatua ematea. Sistema eragilea daukaten partizioak berriro formateatu\n" +"behar dituzu (esaterako \"/\", \"/usr\" edo \"/var\"), baina ez mantendu\n" +"nahi dituzun datuak dituztenak (adibide tipikoa \"/home\" da).\n" +"\n" +"Kontuz ibili partizioak hautatzean. Formateatu ondoren, hautatutako\n" +"partizioetako datu guztiak ezabatu egingo dira eta ezin izango duzu bat ere\n" +"berreskuratu.\n" +"\n" +"Sakatu \"Ados\" partizioak formateatzeko prest zaudenean.\n" +"\n" +"Sakatu \"Utzi\" Mandrake Linux sistema eragile berria instalatzeko beste\n" +"partizio bat aukeratu nahi baduzu.\n" +"\n" +"Sakatu \"Aurreratua\" partizio batzuk aztertu nahi badituzu hondatutako\n" +"blokerik duten ikusteko." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Normally, DrakX selects the right keyboard for you (depending on the\n" +"language you have chosen) and you won't even see this step. However, you\n" +"might not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language: for\n" +"example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may still want\n" +"your keyboard to be a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are\n" +"located in Quebec, you may find yourself in the same situation. In both\n" +"cases, you will have to go back to this installation step and select an\n" +"appropriate keyboard from the list.\n" +"\n" +"Click on the \"More\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" +"supported keyboards." +msgstr "" +"Normalean, DrakXk teklatu egokia hautatuko dizu (aukeratutako hizkuntzaren\n" +"arabera) eta urrats hau ikusi ere ez duzu egingo. Dena den, baliteke zure\n" +"hizkuntzari zehazki dagokion teklatua ez edukitzea: adibidez, ingelesez\n" +"dakien suitzarra bazara, hizkuntza ingelesa hautatu arren Suitzako teklatua\n" +"nahi izango duzu seguru asko. Edo ingeles hiztuna bazara baina Quebec-en\n" +"bazaude, egoera berean egon zintezke. Bi kasuetan, instalazio-urrats\n" +"honetan atzera jo eta teklatu egokia hautatu beharko duzu zerrendan.\n" +"\n" +"Egin klik \"Gehiago\" botoian onartzen diren teklatuen zerrenda osoa\n" +"ikusteko." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"You must indicate where you wish to place the information required to boot\n" +"to GNU/Linux.\n" +"\n" +"Unless you know exactly what you are doing, choose \"First sector of drive\n" +"(MBR)\"." +msgstr "" +"GNU/Linux-ekin abiarazteko behar den informazioa non kokatu nahi duzun\n" +"adierazi behar duzu.\n" +"\n" +"Zer egiten ari zaren oso ongi ez badakizu, aukeratu \"Unitateko lehen\n" +"sektorea (MBR)\"." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n" +"ready to use. Just click \"OK\" to reboot the system. You can start\n" +"GNU/Linux or Windows, whichever you prefer (if you are dual-booting), as\n" +"soon as the computer has booted up again.\n" +"\n" +"The \"Advanced\" button (in Expert mode only) shows two more buttons to:\n" +"\n" +" * \"generate auto-install floppy\": to create an installation floppy disk\n" +"which will automatically perform a whole installation without the help of\n" +"an operator, similar to the installation you just configured.\n" +"\n" +" Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation as the\n" +"partitioning step (and only this one) remains interactive;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Automated\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is\n" +"completely rewritten, all data is lost.\n" +"\n" +" This feature is very handy when installing a great number of similar\n" +"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Save packages selection\"(*): saves the package selection as done\n" +"previously. Then, when doing another installation, insert the floppy inside\n" +"the drive and run the installation going to the help screen by pressing on\n" +"the [F1] key, and by issuing >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n" +"\n" +"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n" +"\"mformat a:\")" +msgstr "" +"Hortxe duzu. Instalazioa osatu da eta GNU/Linux sistema prest duzu\n" +"erabiltzeko. Sakatu \"Ados\" sistema berrabiarazteko. GNU/Linux edo\n" +"GNU/Linux abiaraz dezakezu, nahiago duzuna (abio bikoitza izanez gero),\n" +"ordenagailua berrabiarazi bezain laster.\n" +"\n" +"\"Aurreratua\" botoiak (Aditu moduan soilik) beste bi botoi erakusten ditu:\n" +"\n" +" * \"sortu auto-instalazioko disketea\": instalazio oso bat, oraintxe\n" +"konfiguratu duzuna bezalakoa, operadore baten laguntzarik gabe automatikoki\n" +"egingo duen instalazio-diskete bat sortzeko.\n" +"\n" +" Kontuan izan beste bi aukera daudela erabilgarri botoian klik egitean:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Errepikatu\". Hau partzialki automatizatutako instalazioa da,\n" +"partizio-urratsa (eta hau soilik) interaktiboa izango baita.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Automatizatua\". Erabat automatizatutako instalazioa: disko gogorra\n" +"erabat berridatziko da, eta datu guztiak galduko dira.\n" +"\n" +" Eginbide hau oso praktikoa da antzeko ordenagailu asko instalatzen\n" +"direnerako. Ikus Auto-instalazioa atala gure web gunean;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Gorde pakete-hautapena\"(*): lehen egindako pakete-hautapena gordetzen\n" +"du. Gero, beste instalazio bat egitean, sartu disketea unitatean eta\n" +"instalazioa exekutatzeko, joan laguntza-pantailara [F1] tekla sakatuz eta\n" +"idatzi >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n" +"\n" +"(*) FAT formatudun disketea behar duzu (GNU/Linux-en horrelako diskete bat\n" +"sortzeko, idatzi \"mformat a:\")" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"DrakX now detects any IDE device present in your computer. It will also\n" +"scan for one or more PCI SCSI card(s) on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" +"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" +"\n" +"Because hardware detection does not always detect a piece of hardware,\n" +"DrakX will ask you to confirm if a PCI SCSI card is present. Click \"Yes\"\n" +"if you know that there is a SCSI card installed in your machine. You will\n" +"be presented a list of SCSI cards to choose from. Click \"No\" if you have\n" +"no SCSI hardware. If you are unsure, you can check the list of hardware\n" +"detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info\" and clicking\n" +"\"OK\". Examine the list of hardware and then click on the \"OK\" button to\n" +"return to the SCSI interface question.\n" +"\n" +"If you have to manually specify your adapter, DrakX will ask if you want to\n" +"specify options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the hardware for\n" +"the card-specific options which the hardware needs to initialize. This\n" +"usually works well.\n" +"\n" +"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options which need to be passed, you\n" +"will need to provide options to the driver manually. Please review the\n" +"``User Guide'' (chapter 3, in the ``Collecting Information on Your\n" +"Hardware'' section) for hints on retrieving the parameters required from\n" +"hardware documentation, from the manufacturer's web site (if you have\n" +"Internet access) or from Microsoft Windows (if you used this hardware with\n" +"Windows on your system)." +msgstr "" +"DrakXk zure ordenagailuan dagoen edozein IDE gailu detektatzen du orain.\n" +"Zure sisteman PCI SCSI txartel bat edo gehiago dagoen ikusteko ere\n" +"eskaneatuko du. SCSI txartel bat aurkitzen badu, DrakXk automatikoki\n" +"instalatuko du kontrolatzaile egokia.\n" +"\n" +"Hardwarearen detekzioak batzuetan hardwareren bat ezingo duenez detektatu,\n" +"DrakXk PCI SCSI txartelik ote dagoen berresteko eskatuko dizu. Sakatu\n" +"\"Bai\" zure makinan SCSI txartel bat instalatuta dagoela badakizu. SCSI\n" +"txartelen zerrenda bat aurkeztuko zaizu, bertan aukeratzeko. Sakatu \"Ez\"\n" +"SCSI hardwarerik ez baduzu. Ziur ez bazaude, zure ordenagailuan\n" +"detektatutako hardware-zerrenda ikus dezakezu \"Ikus hardwareari buruzko\n" +"informazioa\" hautatuz eta \"Ados\" sakatuz. Aztertu hardware-zerrenda eta\n" +"egin klik \"Ados\" botoian SCSI interfazearen galderara itzultzeko.\n" +"\n" +"Moldagailua eskuz zehaztu behar baduzu, DrakXk haren aukerak zehaztu nahi\n" +"dituzun galdetuko dizu. Hardwareak hasieratzeko behar dituen aukera\n" +"zehatzak bila ditzan, hardwarea aztertzen utzi beharko zenioke DrakXri.\n" +"Horrek ondo funtzionatu ohi du.\n" +"\n" +"DrakXk pasatu behar diren aukerak egiaztatu ezin baditu, aukerak eskuz eman\n" +"beharko dizkiozu kontrolatzaileari. Eskatutako parametroak\n" +"fabrikatzailearen web orritik (Interneteko sarbidea baduzu) edo Microsoft\n" +"Windows-etik (hardware hau zure sisteman Windows-ekin erabili baduzu)\n" +"eskuratzeko aholkuak lortzeko, ikus ``Erabiltzailearen gida'' (3.\n" +"kapituluan, ``Zure hardwareari buruzko informazioa bildu'' atalean)." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"You can add additional entries for yaboot, either for other operating\n" +"systems, alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" +"\n" +"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n" +"partition.\n" +"\n" +"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n" +"\n" +" * Label: this is simply the name you will have to type at the yaboot\n" +"prompt to select this boot option;\n" +"\n" +" * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux\n" +"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension;\n" +"\n" +" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation;\n" +"\n" +" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is used quite often\n" +"to assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse\n" +"button emulation for the often lacking 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock\n" +"Apple mouse. The following are some examples:\n" +"\n" +" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +"hda=autotune\n" +"\n" +" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +"\n" +" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules, before\n" +"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n" +"boot situation;\n" +"\n" +" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4,096 bytes. If you\n" +"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used;\n" +"\n" +" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially brought up in\n" +"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n" +"Here, you can override this option;\n" +"\n" +" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n" +"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n" +"native frame buffer support;\n" +"\n" +" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n" +"selectable by just pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will\n" +"also be highlighted with a ``*'', if you press [Tab] to see the boot\n" +"selections." +msgstr "" +"Sarrera gehiago erants ditzakezu yaboot-entzat, beste sistema eragile\n" +"batzuk, nukleo alternatiboak edo emergentziazko abioko imajina gehitzeko.\n" +"\n" +"Beste SEentzat, etiketa eta \"erroko\" partizioa soilik da sarrera.\n" +"\n" +"Linux-entzat, hainbat aukera daude:\n" +"\n" +" * Etiketa: yaboot-en gonbitean idatzi beharko duzun izena da, abioko\n" +"aukera hau hautatzeko;\n" +"\n" +" * Imajina: abiarazi beharreko nukleoaren izena izango da. Normalean,\n" +"vmlinux edo vmlinux-en aldaera bat, luzapen batekin;\n" +"\n" +" * Errokoa: Linux instalazioaren \"erroko\" gailua edo ``/'';\n" +"\n" +" * Erantsi: Apple hardwarean, nukleoa eransteko aukera bideo-hardwarea\n" +"hasieratzen laguntzeko erabiltzen da askotan, edo ohiko Apple saguetan\n" +"gehienetan falta izaten diren 2. eta 3. botoien emulazioa gaitzeko\n" +"teklatuan. Hona hemen adibide batzuk:\n" +"\n" +" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +"hda=autotune\n" +"\n" +" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +"\n" +" * Initrd: aukera hau hasierako moduluak kargatzeko erabil daiteke, abioko\n" +"gailua erabilgarri egon aurretik, edo ramdisk imajina bat kargatzeko\n" +"emergentziazko abioa egin behar denean;\n" +"\n" +" * Initrd-tamaina: ramdisk-tamaina lehenetsia 4.096 bytekoa izan ohi da.\n" +"Ramdisk handi bat esleitu behar baduzu, aukera hau erabil dezakezu;\n" +"\n" +" * Irakurri/idatzi: normalean \"erroko\" partizioa irakurtzeko soilik\n" +"agertzen da hasieran, fitxategi-sistemak egiaztatu ahal izateko, sistema\n" +"``aktibo'' egin aurretik. Hemen, aukera hori gaindidatz dezakezu;\n" +"\n" +" * BideorikEz: Apple bideoaren hardwarea bereziki problematikoa bada,\n" +"aukera hau hauta dezakezu ``bideorikez'' moduan abiarazteko, jatorrizko\n" +"frame buffer euskarriarekin;\n" +"\n" +" * Lehenetsia: sarrera hau hautatzen du Linux-en hautapen lehenetsi gisa,\n" +"eta yaboot-en gonbitean SARTU sakatuz hauta daiteke. Sarrera hau ``*''\n" +"batez nabarmenduko da, [Tab] sakatzen baduzu abioko hautapenak ikusteko." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/eu/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" +"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n" +"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or from another\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitions must be defined.\n" +"\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" +"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" +"\n" +"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Clear all\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard\n" +"drive;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables to automatically create \"Ext2\"\n" +"and swap partitions in free space of your hard drive;\n" +"\n" +" * \"More\": gives access to additional features:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy.\n" +"Useful for later partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly\n" +"recommended to perform this step;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Restore partition table\": allows to restore a previously saved\n" +"partition table from floppy disk;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you\n" +"can try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember\n" +"that it can fail;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and loads your\n" +"initial partition table;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force\n" +"users to manually mount and unmount removable medias such as floppies and\n" +"CD-ROMs.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Wizard\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition\n" +"your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good knowledge of\n" +"partitioning;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Toggle to normal/expert mode\": allows additional actions on\n" +"partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Done\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +"save your changes back to disk.\n" +"\n" +"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n" +"partitions using [Tab] and [Up/Down] arrows.\n" +"\n" +"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected);\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition;\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point.\n" +"\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" +"read the ext2fs chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" +"\n" +"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" +"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB, which will be used by the yaboot\n" +"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" +"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" +"emergency boot situations." +msgstr "" +"Orain, Mandrake Linux sistema instalatzeko zein partizio erabiliko d(ir)en\n" +"aukeratu behar duzu. Partizioak jadanik definituta badaude, (GNU/Linux-en\n" +"aurreko instalazio batek edo beste partizio-tresna batek definituta),\n" +"lehendik dauden partizioak erabil ditzakezu. Bestela, disko gogorreko\n" +"partizioak definitu behar dira.\n" +"\n" +"Partizioak sortzeko, lehendabizi disko gogor bat hautatu behar duzu.\n" +"Partizioa egiteko diskoa hautatzeko, sakatu ``hda'' lehen IDE unitaterako,\n" +"``hdb'' bigarrenerako, ``sda'' lehen SCSI unitaterako eta abar.\n" +"\n" +"Hautatutako disko gogorraren partizioa egiteko, aukera hauek erabil\n" +"ditzakezu:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Garbitu dena\": aukera honek hautatutako disko gogorreko partizio\n" +"guztiak ezabatuko ditu;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Auto-esleitu\": aukera honekin automatikoki sor ditzakezu \"Ext2\" eta\n" +"swap partizioak disko gogorreko leku librean;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Gehiago\": eginbide gehiago aukeran izateko:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Gorde partizio-taula\": partizio-taula diskete batean gordetzen du.\n" +"Baliagarria de geroago partizio-taula berreskuratzeko, behar izanez gero.\n" +"Oso gomendagarria da urrats hau egitea;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Leheneratu partizio-taula\": lehen gordetako partizio-taula\n" +"disketetik berreskuratzeko erabil daiteke;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Berreskuratu partizio-taula\": partizio-taula hondatuta badago,\n" +"berreskuratzen saia zaitezke aukera hau erabiliz. Kontuz ibili eta gogoan\n" +"izan huts egin dezakeela;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Birkargatu partizio-taula\": aldaketa guztiak desegin eta hasierako\n" +"partizio-taula kargatzen du;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Euskarri aldagarrien automuntatzea\": aukera hau desgaitzen baduzu,\n" +"euskarri aldagarriak (disketeak, CD-ROMak eta horrelakoak) eskuz muntatu\n" +"eta desmuntatzera behartuko dituzu erabiltzaileak.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Morroia\": erabili aukera hau disko gogorreko partizioa egiteko\n" +"morroia erabili nahi baduzu. Partizioak egiten ongi ez badakizu, morroia\n" +"erabiltzea gomendatzen dizugu;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Desegin\": aukera hau aldaketak bertan behera uzteko erabil dezakezu;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Aldatu modu normalera/aditu modura\": partizioekin gauza gehiago\n" +"egiteko aukera ematen du (mota, aukerak, formatua) eta informazio gehiago\n" +"ematen du;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Eginda\": disko gogorrean partizioak egiten bukatutakoan, aldaketak\n" +"berriro diskoan gordeko ditu.\n" +"\n" +"Oharra: edozein aukera eskura dezakezu teklatuaren bidez. Partizio batetik\n" +"bestera joateko, [Tab] eta [Gora/Behera] geziak erabil ditzakezu.\n" +"\n" +"Partizio bat hautatuta dagoenean, aukera hauek dituzu:\n" +"\n" +" * Ktrl-c beste partizio bat sortzeko (partizio huts bat hautatuta\n" +"dagoenean);\n" +"\n" +" * Ktrl-d partizioa ezabatzeko;\n" +"\n" +" * Ktrl-m muntatze-puntua ezartzeko.\n" +"\n" +"Erabil daitezkeen fitxategi-sistema desberdinei buruzko informazioa nahi\n" +"baduzu, irakurri ext2fs kapitulua ``Erreferentzia-eskuliburua''n.\n" +"\n" +"PPC makina batean instalatu behar baduzu, gutxienez 1 MBko HFS\n" +"``bootstrap'' partizio txiki bat sortzea komeniko zaizu, yaboot abioko\n" +"kargatzaileak erabil dezan. Partizioa zertxobait handiagoa egitea hautatzen\n" +"baduzu, adibidez 50 MBkoa, leku egokia izan daiteke ordezko nukleo bat eta\n" +"ramdisk imajinak biltegiratzeko emergentziazko abioa egin ahal izateko." + diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee17d2e5b --- /dev/null +++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot @@ -0,0 +1,1797 @@ + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"LILO (the LInux LOader) and grub are bootloaders: they are able to boot\n" +"either GNU/Linux or any other operating system present on your computer.\n" +"Normally, these other operating systems are correctly detected and\n" +"installed. If this is not the case, you can add an entry by hand in this\n" +"screen. Be careful to choose the correct parameters.\n" +"\n" +"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" +"anyone. In which case, you can delete the corresponding entries. But then,\n" +"you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other operating systems!" +msgstr "" +"LILO (the LInux LOader) and GRUB are boot loaders: they are able to boot\n" +"either GNU/Linux or any other operating system present on your computer.\n" +"Normally, these other operating systems are correctly detected and\n" +"installed. If this is not the case, you can add an entry by hand in this\n" +"screen. Be careful to choose the correct parameters.\n" +"\n" +"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" +"anyone. In which case, you can delete the corresponding entries. But then,\n" +"you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other operating systems!" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Please choose your preferred language for installation and system usage.\n" +"\n" +"Clicking on the \"Advanced\" button will allow you to select other\n" +"languages to be installed on your workstation. Selecting other languages\n" +"will install the language-specific files for system documentation and\n" +"applications. For example, if you will host users from Spain on your\n" +"machine, select English as the main language in the tree view and in the\n" +"Advanced section click on the box corresponding to \"Spanish|Spain\".\n" +"\n" +"Note that multiple languages may be installed. Once you have selected any\n" +"additional locales, click the \"OK\" button to continue." +msgstr "" +"Veuillez choisir votre langue de communication. Celle-ci sera utilisee\n" +"durant le processus d'installation, ainsi que durant les mises à jour de\n" +"votre système.\n" +"\n" +"En cliquant sur « Avance », le programme vous proposera egalement d'autres\n" +"langues pouvant être installees sur votre station de travail. En\n" +"choisissant d'autres langues, le programme vous installera toute la\n" +"documentation et les applications necessaires à l'utilisation de cette\n" +"autre langue. Par exemple, si vous prevoyez d'accueillir des utilisateurs\n" +"d'Espagne sur votre serveur, choisissez l'anglais comme langue principale,\n" +"et, dans la section avancee, cliquez sur l'etoile grise correspondant à\n" +"Spanish|Spain.\n" +"\n" +"Sachez que plusieurs langues peuvent être installees. Une fois votre\n" +"selection complète terminee, cliquez sur « OK » pour continuer." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"At this point, you need to choose where you want to install the Mandrake\n" +"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n" +"if an existing operating system is using all the available space, you will\n" +"need to partition it. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists of\n" +"logically dividing it to create space to install your new Mandrake Linux\n" +"system.\n" +"\n" +"Because the partitioning process' effects are usually irreversible,\n" +"partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if you are an inexperienced\n" +"user. Fortunately, there is a wizard which simplifies this process. Before\n" +"beginning, please consult the manual and take your time.\n" +"\n" +"If you are running the installation in Expert mode, you will enter\n" +"DiskDrake, the Mandrake Linux partitioning tool, which allows you to\n" +"fine-tune your partitions. See the DiskDrake section in the ``User Guide''.\n" +"From the installation interface, you can use the wizards as described here\n" +"by clicking the dialog's \"Wizard\" button.\n" +"\n" +"If partitions have already been defined, either from a previous\n" +"installation or from another partitioning tool, simply select those to\n" +"install your Linux system.\n" +"\n" +"If partitions are not defined, you will need to create them using the\n" +"wizard. Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are\n" +"available:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Use free space\": this option will simply lead to an automatic\n" +"partitioning of your blank drive(s). You will not be prompted further;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Use existing partition\": the wizard has detected one or more existing\n" +"Linux partitions on your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this\n" +"option;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Use the free space on the Windows; partition\": if Microsoft Windows\n" +"is installed on your hard drive and takes all the space available on it,\n" +"you have to create free space for Linux data. To do so, you can delete your\n" +"Microsoft Windows partition and data (see ``Erase entire disk'' or ``Expert\n" +"mode'' solutions) or resize your Microsoft Windows partition. Resizing can\n" +"be performed without the loss of any data, provided you previously\n" +"defragment the Windows partition. Backing up your data won't hurt either..\n" +"This solution is recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and\n" +"Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n" +"\n" +" Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n" +"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n" +"than at the present time. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n" +"Windows to store your data or to install new software;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Erase entire disk\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions\n" +"present on your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux\n" +"system, choose this option. Be careful with this solution because you will\n" +"not be able to revert your choice after you confirm;\n" +"\n" +" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" +"\n" +" * \"Remove Windows\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and\n" +"begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk\n" +"will be lost;\n" +"\n" +" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" +"\n" +" * \"Expert mode\": choose this option if you want to manually partition\n" +"your hard drive. Be careful - it is a powerful but dangerous choice. You\n" +"can very easily lose all your data. Hence, do not choose this unless you\n" +"know what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"Cette etape vous permet de determiner precisement l'emplacement de votre\n" +"installation de Mandrake Linux. Si votre disque est vide ou utilise par un\n" +"autre système d'exploitation, vous devrez repartitionner votre disque.\n" +"Partitionner un disque signifie de le diviser precisement afin de creer un\n" +"espace pour votre installation.\n" +"\n" +"Comme les effets du partition sont irreversibles (l'ensemble du disque est\n" +"efface), le partitionnement est generalement intimidant et stressant pour\n" +"un utilisateur inexperimente. Heureusement, une interface a ete prevue à\n" +"cet effet. Avant de commencer, revisez vos manuels et surtout, prenez votre\n" +"temps.\n" +"\n" +"Si vous êtes en mode expert, l'application DiskDrake, l'outil de\n" +"partitionnement de Mandrake Linux, vous permettra de determiner precisement\n" +"l'emplacement de chacune de vos partitions. À partir de l'interface\n" +"d'installation, vous pouvez lancer les assistants en cliquant sur\n" +"« Assistant ».\n" +"\n" +"Si des partitions ont dejà ete definies, peu importe qu'elles proviennent\n" +"d'une autre installation ou d'un autre outil de partitionnement, il vous\n" +"suffit de simplement choisir sur quelle partition vous voulez installer\n" +"Mandrake.\n" +"\n" +"Si vos partitions ne sont pas definies, vous devrez les creer en utilisant\n" +"l'assistant. Selon la configuration de votre disque, plusieurs options sont\n" +"disponibles :\n" +"\n" +" * « Utilisez l'espace disponible » : cette option tentera simplement de\n" +"partitionner automatiquement l'espace inutilise sur votre disque. Il n'y\n" +"aura pas d'autre question.\n" +"\n" +" * « Utiliser les partitions existantes » : l' assistant a detecte une ou\n" +"plusieurs partitions existants sur votre disque. Si vous voulez les\n" +"utiliser, choisissez cette option.\n" +"\n" +" * « Utilisez l'espace libre sur une partition Windows » : si Microsoft\n" +"Windows est installe sur votre disque et prend l'ensemble de l'espace vous\n" +"devez creer une place pour votre installation Mandrake. Pour ce faire, vous\n" +"pouvez tout effacer (voir « effacer tout le disque » ou « Mode expert ») ou\n" +"vous pouvez redimensionner l'espace utilise par Windows. Le\n" +"redimensionnement peut être effectue sans pertes de donnees, à condition\n" +"que vous ayez prealablement defragmente la partition Windows. Une\n" +"sauvegarde de Vos donnees ne fera pas de mal non plus. Cette seconde option\n" +"peut être accomplie sans perte de donnees. Cette solution est recommandee\n" +"pour faire cohabiter Linux et Windows sur le même ordinateur.\n" +"\n" +" Avant de choisir cette option, il faut comprendre qu'après cette\n" +"procedure l'espace disponible pour Windows sera reduit. Vous aurez moins\n" +"d'espace pour installer des logiciels ou sauvegarder de l'information avec\n" +"Windows.\n" +"\n" +" * « Effacer tout le disque »: si vous voulez effacer toutes les donnees et\n" +"les applications installees sur votre système et les remplacer par votre\n" +"nouveau système Mandrake Linux, choisissez cette option. Soyez prudent, car\n" +"ce choix est irreversible et permanent. Il vous sera impossible de\n" +"retrouver vos donnees effacees.\n" +"\n" +" !! En choisissant cette option, l'ensemble du contenu de votre disque\n" +"sera detruit. !!\n" +"\n" +" * « Supprimer Microsoft Windows »: ce choix effacera tout simplement ce\n" +"que contient le disque et recommencera à zero. Toutes les donnees et les\n" +"programmes presents sur le disque seront effaces.\n" +"\n" +" !! En choisissant cette option, l'ensemble de votre disque sera efface.\n" +"!!\n" +"\n" +" * « Mode expert »: permet de partitionner manuellement votre disque. Soyez\n" +"prudent, parce que bien que plus puissante, cette option est dangereuse.\n" +"Vous pouvez facilement perdre l'ensemble du contenu d'un disque. Donc, ne\n" +"choisissez pas cette option si vous ne savez pas exactement ce que vous\n" +"devez faire." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n" +"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" +"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely. In this section, DrakX\n" +"will try to configure X automatically.\n" +"\n" +"It is extremely rare for it to fail, unless the hardware is very old (or\n" +"very new). If it succeeds, it will start X automatically with the best\n" +"resolution possible, depending on the size of the monitor. A window will\n" +"then appear and ask you if you can see it.\n" +"\n" +"If you are doing an \"Expert\" installation, you will enter the X\n" +"configuration wizard. See the corresponding section of the manual for more\n" +"information about this wizard.\n" +"\n" +"If you can see the message during the test, and answer \"Yes\", then DrakX\n" +"will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it simply\n" +"means that the configuration was wrong and the test will automatically end\n" +"after 10 seconds, restoring the screen." +msgstr "" +"X (pour le X Window system) est le coeur de votre interface graphique sous\n" +"GNU/Linux. Tous les environnements graphiques (Gnome, KDE, Afterstep, ...)\n" +"presents sur Mandrake Linux dependent de X. A cette etape, DrakX, va tenter\n" +"de le configurer automatiquement.\n" +"\n" +"Il est très rare que cette etape echoue, à moins d'avoir un equipement\n" +"obsolète (ou trop recent). Si le processus reussit, il va demarrer X\n" +"automatiquement avec la meilleure resolution d'ecran possible, en fonction\n" +"de la taille du moniteur. Une fenêtre apparaît alors vous demandant si\n" +"cette configuration vous convient.\n" +"\n" +"Si vous faites une installation « Expert », vous entrerez dans\n" +"l'information de configuration de X. Voir les sections correspondantes du\n" +"manuel pour plus d'information.\n" +"\n" +"Si vous pouvez voir le message et cliquez sur oui, DrakX continuera à la\n" +"prochaine etape. Si vous ne pouvez voir la fenêtre, ceci signifie que le\n" +"test a echoue et vous serez ramene à l'ecran precedant en 10 secondes." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Your new Mandrake Linux operating system is currently being installed.\n" +"Depending on the number of packages you will be installing and the speed of\n" +"your computer, this operation could take from a few minutes to a\n" +"significant amount of time.\n" +"\n" +"Please be patient." +msgstr "" +"Votre nouveau système Mandrake Linux est maintenant en cours\n" +"d'installation. Selon le nombre de paquetages à installer et la puissance\n" +"de votre ordinateur, cette operation peut prendre de quelques minutes à\n" +"quelques heures." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on it will be lost\n" +"and will not be recoverable!" +msgstr "" +"Choose the hard drive you want to erase to install your new Mandrake Linux\n" +"partition. Be careful, all data present on it will be lost and will not be\n" +"recoverable!" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"GNU/Linux is a multiuser system, and this means that each user can have his\n" +"own preferences, his own files and so on. You can read the ``User Guide''\n" +"to learn more. But unlike \"root\", which is the administrator, the users\n" +"you will add here will not be entitled to change anything except their own\n" +"files and their own configuration. You will have to create at least one\n" +"regular user for yourself. That account is where you should log in for\n" +"routine use. Although it is very practical to log in as \"root\" everyday,\n" +"it may also be very dangerous! The slightest mistake could mean that your\n" +"system would not work any more. If you make a serious mistake as a regular\n" +"user, you may only lose some information, but not the entire system.\n" +"\n" +"First, you have to enter your real name. This is not mandatory, of course -\n" +"as you can actually enter whatever you want. DrakX will then take the first\n" +"word you have entered in the box and will bring it over to the \"User\n" +"name\". This is the name this particular user will use to log onto the\n" +"system. You can change it. You then have to enter a password here. A\n" +"non-privileged (regular) user's password is not as crucial as \"root\"' one\n" +"from a security point of view, but that is no reason to neglect it: after\n" +"all, your files are at risk.\n" +"\n" +"If you click on \"Accept user\", you can then add as many as you want. Add\n" +"a user for each one of your friends: your father or your sister, for\n" +"example. When you finish adding all the users you want, select \"Done\".\n" +"\n" +"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\"\n" +"for that user (bash by default)." +msgstr "" +"GNU/Linux est un système multi-utilisateurs, ce qui signifie generalement\n" +"que chaque utilisateur peut avoir des preferences differences, ses propres\n" +"fichiers, etc. Pour plus d'informations, consultez le manuel d'utilisation.\n" +"Contrairement à « root » qui a tous les droits, les utilisateurs que vous\n" +"ajouterez ici n'auront que des permissions pour agir sur leurs propres\n" +"fichiers exclusivement.\n" +"\n" +"L'utilisateur/administrateur devrait egalement se creer un compte\n" +"« normal ». C'est à travers cet utilisateur que celui-ci devrait se\n" +"connecter pour accomplir ses tâches quotidiennes. Car, bien qu'il soit\n" +"pratique d'avoir tous les accès, cette situation peut egalement engendrer\n" +"des situations desastreuses si un fichier est detruit par inadvertance. Un\n" +"utilisateur normal n'ayant pas accès aux fichiers sensibles, ne peut causer\n" +"de dommages majeurs.\n" +"\n" +"Il faut d'abord entrer le vrai nom de la personne. Évidemment, vous pouvez\n" +"y inscrire n'importe quoi. DrakX prendra le premier mot insere et le\n" +"transposera comme « Nom de login ». C'est le nom qui sera utilise pour se\n" +"connecter au système. Vous pouvez le modifier. Il faut maintenant entrer un\n" +"mot de passe. Celui-ci n'est pas aussi crucial que le mot de passe de\n" +"« root », mais ce n'est pas une raison pour rentrer 123456. Après tout,\n" +"ceci mettrait vos fichiers en peril.\n" +"\n" +"Si vous cliquez « Accepter », il vous sera possible d'ajouter d'autres\n" +"utilisateurs. Creez un utilisateur different pour chaque personne devant\n" +"utiliser votre ordinateur. Une fois chaque utilisateur defini, cliquez sur\n" +"« Terminer ».\n" +"\n" +"En cliquant sur « Avance », vous pourrez selectionner un « shell »\n" +"different pour cet utilisateur (bash est assigne par defaut)." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Finally, you will be asked whether you want to see the graphical interface\n" +"at boot. Note this question will be asked even if you chose not to test the\n" +"configuration. Obviously, you want to answer \"No\" if your machine is to\n" +"act as a server, or if you were not successful in getting the display\n" +"configured." +msgstr "" +"Finalement, il vous sera demande si vous souhaitez obtenir l'interface\n" +"graphique dès le demarrage ou non. Notez que cette question sera posee même\n" +"si vous choisissez de ne pas tester la configuration. Il est evidemment\n" +"souhaitable de repondre « Non » si cette machine est un serveur sur\n" +"laquelle personne n'est censee travailler en mode graphique." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld MacIntosh hardware. It is able to boot\n" +"either GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX if present on your computer. Normally,\n" +"these other operating systems are correctly detected and installed. If this\n" +"is not the case, you can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to\n" +"choose the correct parameters.\n" +"\n" +"Yaboot's main options are:\n" +"\n" +" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt;\n" +"\n" +" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n" +"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n" +"to hold this information;\n" +"\n" +" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n" +"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n" +"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n" +"\n" +" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n" +"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second before your\n" +"default kernel description is selected;\n" +"\n" +" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n" +"at the first boot prompt;\n" +"\n" +" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n" +"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt;\n" +"\n" +" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" +"Firmware Delay expires." +msgstr "" +"Yaboot is a boot loader for NewWorld MacIntosh hardware. It is able to boot\n" +"either GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX if present on your computer. Normally,\n" +"these other operating systems are correctly detected and installed. If this\n" +"is not the case, you can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful as\n" +"to choose the correct parameters.\n" +"\n" +"Yaboot's main options are:\n" +"\n" +" * Init Message: a simple text message that is displayed before the boot\n" +"prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Boot Device: indicate where you want to place the information required\n" +"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you setup a bootstrap partition earlier to\n" +"hold this information.\n" +"\n" +" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n" +"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n" +"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux.\n" +"\n" +" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n" +"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second before your\n" +"default kernel description is selected.\n" +"\n" +" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose \"C\" for CD\n" +"at the first boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose \"N\" for\n" +"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" +"Firmware Delay expires." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"At this point, it is time to choose the security level desired for the\n" +"machine. As a rule of thumb, the more exposed the machine is, and the more\n" +"the data stored in it is crucial, the higher the security level should be.\n" +"However, a higher security level is generally obtained at the expense of\n" +"easiness of use. Refer to the \"msec\" chapter of the ``Reference Manual''\n" +"to get more information about the meaning of these levels.\n" +"\n" +"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option." +msgstr "" +"À cette etape, vous devrez determiner le niveau de securite requis par\n" +"votre système. Le niveau de securite requis se determine en fonction de\n" +"l'exposition du système à d'autres utilisateurs (s'il est connecte\n" +"directement sur Internet par exemple) et selon le niveau de sensibilite de\n" +"l'information contenu dans le système (des numeros de carte de credit par\n" +"exemple). Sachez que, de manière generale, plus la securite d'un système\n" +"est elevee, plus il est complexe à operer. Referez-vous au chapitre\n" +"« msec » du « Manuel de reference » pour obtenir plus d'informations sur\n" +"les niveaux de securite.\n" +"\n" +"Si vous ne savez pas quel niveau choisir, gardez la selection par defaut." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n" +"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux." +msgstr "" +"Please select the correct port. For example, the COM1 port under MS Windows\n" +"is named ttyS0 under GNU/Linux." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Here are presented various parameters concerning your machine. Depending on\n" +"your installed hardware, you may - or not, see the following entries:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Mouse\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n" +"to change it if necessary;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Keyboard\": check the current keyboard map configuration and click on\n" +"the button to change that if necessary;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Timezone\": DrakX, by default, guesses your time zone from the\n" +"language you have chosen. But here again, as for the choice of a keyboard,\n" +"you may not be in the country for which the chosen language should\n" +"correspond. Hence, you may need to click on the \"Timezone\" button in\n" +"order to configure the clock according to the time zone you are in;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Printer\": clicking on the \"No Printer\" button will open the printer\n" +"configuration wizard;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is\n" +"displayed here. No modification possible at installation time;\n" +"\n" +" * \"TV card\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" +"here. No modification possible at installation time;\n" +"\n" +" * \"ISDN card\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it is\n" +"displayed here. You can click on the button to change the parameters\n" +"associated with it." +msgstr "" +"On vous presente ici les differents paramètres de votre système. Selon le\n" +"materiel installe, certaines entrees seront presentes et d'autres pas.\n" +"\n" +" * « Souris »: pour verifier la configuration actuelle de la souris.\n" +"Cliquez sur le bouton pour modifier les options.\n" +"\n" +" * « Clavier »: verifie la configuration choisie pour le clavier. Cliquez\n" +"sur le bouton pour la modifier.\n" +"\n" +" * « Fuseau horaire »: DrakX, par defaut, essaie de trouver le fuseau\n" +"horaire dans lequel vous êtes. Encore une fois, il est possible que vous ne\n" +"soyez pas dans le fuseau horaire qui vous convient. Donc, vous aurez\n" +"peut-être à cliquer sur le bouton « fuseau horaire » pour identifier\n" +"precisement l'heure qui doit apparaître dans vos horloges.\n" +"\n" +" * « Imprimante »: en cliquant sur « Pas d'imprimante », l'outil de\n" +"configuration sera demarre.\n" +"\n" +" * « Carte son »: si une carte son a ete detectee, elle apparaîtra ici.\n" +"Aucune modification n'est possible à cette etape.\n" +"\n" +" * « Carte TV »: si une carte d'entree/sortie video (carte TV) a ete\n" +"detectee, elle apparaîtra ici. Aucune modification possible à cette etape.\n" +"\n" +" * « Carte ISDN »: si une carte ISDN est detectee, elle apparaîtra ici.\n" +"Vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour en modifier les paramètres." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a default (\"Recommended\")\n" +"installation or if you want to have greater control (\"Expert\"). You can\n" +"also choose to do a new install or an upgrade of an existing Mandrake Linux\n" +"system:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Install\": completely wipes out the old system. In fact, depending on\n" +"what currently holds your machine, you will be able to keep some old (Linux\n" +"or other) partitions unchanged;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows to simply update the\n" +"packages currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. It keeps the\n" +"current partitions of your hard drives as well as user configurations. All\n" +"other configuration steps remain available with respect to plain\n" +"installation;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Upgrade Packages Only\": this brand new class allows to upgrade an\n" +"existing Mandrake Linux system while keeping all system configurations\n" +"unchanged. Adding new packages to the current installation is also\n" +"possible.\n" +"\n" +"Upgrades should work fine for Mandrake Linux systems starting from \"8.1\"\n" +"release.\n" +"\n" +"Depending on your knowledge of GNU/Linux, select one of the following\n" +"choices:\n" +"\n" +" * Recommended: choose this if you have never installed a GNU/Linux\n" +"operating system. The installation will be very easy and you will only be\n" +"asked a few questions;\n" +"\n" +" * Expert: if you have a good knowledge of GNU/Linux, you can choose this\n" +"installation class. The expert installation will allow you to perform a\n" +"highly-customized installation. Answering some of the questions can be\n" +"difficult if you do not have a good knowledge of GNU/Linux, so do not\n" +"choose this unless you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"DrakX doit maintenant savoir quel type d'installation vous desirez\n" +"realiser. Deux types d'installations sont proposes : Par defaut (« \n" +"Recommandee »), qui limite le nombre de questions à l'utilisateur au\n" +"minimum ou « Expert » qui vous permet de selectionner individuellement\n" +"chacune des composantes à installer. Également, on vous propose de faire\n" +"une « Installation » ou une « Mise à jour » d'un système Mandrake Linux\n" +"existant :\n" +"\n" +" * « Installation » : balaye l'ancien système. En fait, selon ce que votre\n" +"machine comporte, vous pourrez garder intacte certaines des anciennes\n" +"partition (Linux ou autres) ;\n" +"\n" +" * « Mise à jour » : cette classe d'installation permet de simplement\n" +"mettre à jours les paquetages qui composent votre système Mandrake Linux.\n" +"Elle conserve les partitions existantes, ainsi que la configuration des\n" +"utilisateurs. Toutes les autres etapes de l'installation sont accessibles\n" +"en comparaison avec une installation classique ;\n" +"\n" +" * « Mise à jour des paquetages uniquement » : Cette nouvelle classe\n" +"d'installation permet de mettre à jour un système Mandrake Linux existant,\n" +"tout en gardant sa configuration inchangee. L'ajout de nouveaux paquetages\n" +"durant la mise à jour est cependant possible.\n" +"\n" +"La mise à jour devrait fonctionner correctement pour les système Mandrake\n" +"Linux à partir de la version « 8.1 ».\n" +"\n" +"Selon votre niveau d'expertise avec les systèmes d'exploitations GNU/Linux,\n" +"il faut choisir l'un des deux types d'installations suivants:\n" +"\n" +" * « Recommandee »: choisissez cette option si vous n'avez jamais installe\n" +"de système d'exploitation GNU/Linux. C'est la methode la plus facile, la\n" +"plupart des choix ont dejà ete fait pour vous.\n" +"\n" +" * Expert: si vous avez une bonne connaissance de GNU/Linux, vous pouvez\n" +"choisir ce type d'installation. Cette methode vous permettra de\n" +"personnaliser l'ensemble des composantes de votre système. Ces questions\n" +"peuvent s'averer complexes, particulièrement en matière de partitionnement\n" +"et du choix des paquetages installes. En consequence, il n'est pas\n" +"recommande de s'y aventurer sans de bonnes connaissances au prealable." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" +"packages have been updated since the initial release. Some bugs may have\n" +"been fixed, and security issues solved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" +"updates, you are now proposed to download them from the Internet. Choose\n" +"\"Yes\" if you have a working Internet connection, or \"No\" if you prefer\n" +"to install updated packages later.\n" +"\n" +"Choosing \"Yes\" displays a list of places from which updates can be\n" +"retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. Then a package-selection tree\n" +"appears: review the selection, and press \"Install\" to retrieve and\n" +"install the selected package(s), or \"Cancel\" to abort." +msgstr "" +"Au moment où vous êtes en train d'installer Mandrake Linux, il est possible\n" +"que certains paquetages aient ete mis à jour depuis la sortie du produit.\n" +"Des bogues ont pu être corriges, et des problèmes de securite resolus. Pour\n" +"vous permettre de beneficier de ces mises à jour, il vous est maintenant\n" +"propose de les tele-charger sur Internet. Choisissez « Oui » si vous avez\n" +"une connexion Internet, ou « Non » si vous preferez installer les mises à\n" +"jour plus tard.\n" +"\n" +"En choisissant « Oui », la liste des sites depuis lesquels les mises à\n" +"jours peuvent être tele-chargees est affichee. Choisissez le site le plus\n" +"proche. Puis un arbre de choix des paquetages apparaît : verifiez la\n" +"selection, puis cliquez sur « Installer » pour tele-charger et installer\n" +"les mises à jour selectionnees, ou « Annuler » pour abandonner." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. This stage, normally, is totally\n" +"automated. In fact, DrakX analyzes the disk boot sector and acts\n" +"accordingly, depending on what it finds here:\n" +"\n" +" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" +"boot sector. Hence, you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another\n" +"OS;\n" +"\n" +" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" +"one.\n" +"\n" +"If in doubt, DrakX will display a dialog with various options.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Bootloader to use\": you have three choices:\n" +"\n" +" * \"GRUB\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" +"\n" +" * \"LILO with graphical menu\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical\n" +"interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu\n" +"interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default\n" +"(\"/dev/hda\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the\n" +"second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"/dev/fd0\");\n" +"\n" +" * \"Delay before booting the default image\": when rebooting the computer,\n" +"this is the delay granted to the user to choose - in the bootloader menu,\n" +"another boot entry than the default one.\n" +"\n" +"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" +"\"Cancel\" here), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake\n" +"Linux system! Also, be sure you know what you do before changing any of the\n" +"options. !!\n" +"\n" +"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer many advanced\n" +"options, which are reserved to the expert user.\n" +"\n" +"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" +"boot options which will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" +"\n" +"If there is another operating system installed on your machine, it will\n" +"automatically be added to the boot menu. Here, you can choose to fine-tune\n" +"the existing options. Select an entry and click \"Modify\" to modify or\n" +"remove it; \"Add\" creates a new entry; and \"Done\" goes on to the next\n" +"installation step." +msgstr "" +"LILO et grub sont deux programmes d'amorce pour GNU/Linux. Cette etape est\n" +"normalement complètement automatique. En fait, DrakX analyse le secteur de\n" +"demarrage (master boot record) et agit en fonction de ce qu'il peut y lire\n" +":\n" +"\n" +" * Si un secteur de demarrage Windows est detecte, il va être remplacer par\n" +"LILO/GRUB. Donc, vous serez capable de demarrer GNU/Linux et tout autre\n" +"système d'exploitation.\n" +"\n" +" * si GRUB ou LILO est detecte, il sera remplace par la nouvelle version;\n" +"\n" +"En cas de doute, DrakX affiche differentes options.\n" +"\n" +" * « Programme d'amorçage à utiliser » vous propose trois choix :\n" +"\n" +" * « GRUB » : si vous preferer GRUB (menu texte).\n" +"\n" +" * « LILO en mode graphique » : si vous preferez l'interface graphique.\n" +"\n" +" * « LILO en mode texte » : si vous preferez la version texte de LILO.\n" +"\n" +" * « Peripheriques de demarrage »: dans la plupart des cas, vous n'aurez\n" +"pas à changer le disque par defaut (« /dev/hda », mais si vous le desirez,\n" +"le programme d'amorce peut être installe sur un second disque,\n" +"« /dev/hdb », ou même sur une disquette, « /dev/fd0 ».\n" +"\n" +" * « Delais avant l'activation du choix par defaut »: au redemarrage de\n" +"l'ordinateur, il s'agit du temps accorde à l'utilisateur pour demarrer un\n" +"autre système d'exploitation.\n" +"\n" +"!! Prenez garde, si vous decidez de ne pas installer de programme d'amorce\n" +"(en cliquant sur « Annuler »), vous devez vous assurez d'avoir une methode\n" +"pour demarrer le système. Aussi, assurez vous de bien savoir ce que vous\n" +"faites si vous modifiez les options. !!\n" +"\n" +"En cliquant sur « Avancee », vous aurez accès à plusieurs autres options de\n" +"configuration. Sachez que celles-ci sont reservees aux experts en la\n" +"matière.\n" +"\n" +"Si vous avez d'autres systèmes d'exploitation installes sur votre\n" +"ordinateur, ils seront automatiquement detectes et ajout à vos menus de\n" +"demarrage. À cette etape, vous pouvez decider de preciser ces options. En\n" +"double-cliquant sur une entree existante vous pourrez la parametrer à votre\n" +"guise, ou l'enlever. « Ajouter » permet de creer de nouvelles entrees, et\n" +"« terminer » vous conduit à la prochaine etape d'installation." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Please choose the one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n" +"\n" +"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" +"\"Capacity\".\n" +"\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard drives:\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +"\n" +"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" +"\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"disk or partition is called \"C:\")." +msgstr "" +"More than one Microsoft Windows partition has been detected on your hard\n" +"drive. Please choose the one you want resize in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n" +"\n" +"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" +"\"Capacity\".\n" +"\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard drives:\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\",\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\",\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\",\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +"\n" +"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" +"\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"disk or partition is called \"C:\")." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"The first time you try the X configuration, you may not be very satisfied\n" +"with its display (screen is too small, shifted left or right...). Hence,\n" +"even if X starts up correctly, DrakX then asks you if the configuration\n" +"suits you. It will also propose to change it by displaying a list of valid\n" +"modes it could find, asking you to select one.\n" +"\n" +"As a last resort, if you still cannot get X to work, choose \"Change\n" +"graphics card\", select \"Unlisted card\", and when prompted on which\n" +"server, choose \"FBDev\". This is a failsafe option which works with any\n" +"modern graphics card. Then choose \"Test again\" to be sure." +msgstr "" +"Il se peut que vous ne soyez pas entièrement satisfait à la première\n" +"tentative de configuration graphique (ecran trop petit, peu de\n" +"couleurs...). Ainsi, même si X demarre correctement, DrakX vous demande si\n" +"la configuration vous convient. Il proposera aussi de la changer en\n" +"affichant une liste des modes valides, si possible.\n" +"\n" +"En dernier recours, si vous ne pouvez pas faire fonctionner X, choisissez\n" +"« Changer la carte graphique », selectionnez « carte non listee », et\n" +"lorsqu'il vous sera demande le serveur graphique, choisissez « FBDev ».\n" +"c'est une option de secours qui fonctionnera sur n'importe quelle carte\n" +"graphique moderne. Choisissez ensuite « Tester à nouveau » pour vous\n" +"assurer que tout va bien." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"DrakX generally detects the number of buttons your mouse has. If not, it\n" +"assumes you have a two-button mouse and will set it up for third-button\n" +"emulation. DrakX will automatically know whether it is a PS/2, serial or\n" +"USB mouse.\n" +"\n" +"If you wish to specify a different type of mouse select the appropriate\n" +"type from the provided list.\n" +"\n" +"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n" +"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n" +"correct. If the mouse is not working well, press the space bar or [Return]\n" +"to \"Cancel\" and choose again." +msgstr "" +"DrakX detecte generalement le nombre de boutons de votre souris. Sinon, il\n" +"prend pour acquis que vous avez une souris à deux boutons et configurera\n" +"l'emulation du troisième bouton. Également, DrakX saura automatiquement si\n" +"vous avez une souris PS/2, serie ou USB.\n" +"\n" +"Si vous desirez installer une souris differente, veuillez la selectionner à\n" +"partir de la liste qui vous est proposee.\n" +"\n" +"Si vous selectionnez une souris differente de celle choisie par defaut,\n" +"DrakX vous presentera un ecran de test. Utilisez les boutons et la roue\n" +"pour vous assurer que tout fonctionne correctement. Si votre souris ne\n" +"fonctionne pas normalement, appuyer sur la barre d'espacement ou [Entree]\n" +"ou encore « Annuler », puis, selectionner une autre souris." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"You are now proposed to set up your Internet/network connection. If you\n" +"wish to connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click\n" +"\"OK\". The autodetection of network devices and modem will be launched. If\n" +"this detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box next time. You\n" +"may also choose not to configure the network, or do it later; in that case,\n" +"simply click the \"Cancel\" button.\n" +"\n" +"Available connections are: traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n" +"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" +"\n" +"Here, we will not detail each configuration. Simply make sure that you have\n" +"all the parameters from your Internet Service Provider or system\n" +"administrator.\n" +"\n" +"You can consult the ``User Guide'' chapter about Internet connections for\n" +"details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n" +"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection.\n" +"\n" +"If you wish to configure the network later after installation, or if you\n" +"are finished configuring your network connection, click \"Cancel\"." +msgstr "" +"Si vous desirez connecter votre système à un reseau ou à l'Internet,\n" +"cliquez sur « OK ». L'autodetection des peripheriques reseau et modems sera\n" +"alors lancee. Si cette detection echoue, decochez la case « Utiliser\n" +"l'autodetection ». Vous pouvez aussi choisir de ne pas configurer le\n" +"reseau, ou de le faire plus tard. Dans ce cas, cliquez simplement sur\n" +"« Annuler ».\n" +"\n" +"Les types de connexion supportees sont : modem telephonique, modem ISDN,\n" +"connexion ADSL, modem câble ou simplement LAN (reseau ethernet).\n" +"\n" +"Nous ne detaillerons pas ici chacune des configurations possible. Assurez\n" +"vous seulement que vous avez toutes les informations de votre fournisseur\n" +"de service Internet à portee de main.\n" +"\n" +"Vous pouvez consulter le chapitre du « Guide de l'utilisateur » concernant\n" +"les connexions à Internet pour plus de details à propos des configurations\n" +"specifiques de chaque type de connexion. Vous pouvez egalement configurer\n" +"votre connexion à Internet une fois l'installation terminee.\n" +"\n" +"Si vous desirez configurer votre reseau plus tard ou si vous avez termine\n" +"l'installation de votre reseau, cliquez sur « Annuler »." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"You may now choose which services you wish to start at boot time.\n" +"\n" +"Here are presented all the services available with the current\n" +"installation. Review them carefully and uncheck those which are not always\n" +"needed at boot time.\n" +"\n" +"You can get a short explanatory text about a service by selecting a\n" +"specific service. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful\n" +"or not, it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" +"\n" +"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n" +"server: you will probably not want to start any services which you do not\n" +"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n" +"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n" +"!!" +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez maintenant choisir les services disponibles au demarrage de\n" +"votre système.\n" +"\n" +"Ici sont presentes tous les services disponibles avec l'installation en\n" +"place. Faites une bonne verification et enlevez tout ce qui n'est pas\n" +"absolument necessaire au demarrage du système.\n" +"\n" +"Vous pouvez obtenir une courte explication des services en les\n" +"selectionnant specifiquement. Cela dit, si vous n'êtes pas certain de\n" +"l'application d'un service, conservez les paramètres par defaut\n" +"\n" +"!! À cette etape, soyez particulièrement attentif dans le cas d'un système\n" +"destine à agir comme serveur. Dans ce cas, vous voudrez probablement\n" +"permettre exclusivement les services necessaires. !!" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n" +"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n" +"you are not supposed to know them all by heart.\n" +"\n" +"If you are performing a standard installation from a CD-ROM, you will first\n" +"be asked to specify the CDs you currently have (in Expert mode only). Check\n" +"the CD labels and highlight the boxes corresponding to the CDs you have\n" +"available for installation. Click \"OK\" when you are ready to continue.\n" +"\n" +"Packages are sorted in groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" +"machine. The groups themselves are sorted into four sections:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Workstation\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation,\n" +"select one or more of the corresponding groups;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Development\": if your machine is to be used for programming, choose\n" +"the desired group(s);\n" +"\n" +" * \"Server\": if your machine is intended to be a server, you will be able\n" +"to select which of the most common services you wish to install on your\n" +"machine;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Graphical Environment\": finally, this is where you will choose your\n" +"preferred graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want\n" +"to have a graphical workstation!\n" +"\n" +"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" +"text about that group. If you deselect all groups when performing a regular\n" +"installation (by opposition to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" +"different options for a minimal installation:\n" +"\n" +" * \"With X\": install the fewer packages possible to have a working\n" +"graphical desktop;\n" +"\n" +" * \"With basic documentation\": installs the base system plus basic\n" +"utilities and their documentation. This installation is suitable for\n" +"setting up a server;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Truly minimal install\": will install the strict minimum necessary to\n" +"get a working Linux system, in command line only. This installation is\n" +"about 65Mb large.\n" +"\n" +"You can check the \"Individual package selection\" box, which is useful if\n" +"you are familiar with the packages being offered or if you want to have\n" +"total control over what will be installed.\n" +"\n" +"If you started the installation in \"Upgrade\" mode, you can unselect all\n" +"groups to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" +"updating an existing system." +msgstr "" +"C'est maintenant le moment de choisir les paquetages qui seront installes\n" +"sur votre système. Sachez que Mandrake Linux contient plusieurs milliers de\n" +"paquetages à installer, et qu'il n'est pas necessaire de tous les connaître\n" +"par coeur.\n" +"\n" +"Si vous êtes en train de faire une installation normale à partir d'un\n" +"CDROM, il vous sera d'abord demande de specifier quel CD vous avez (en mode\n" +"Expert). Verifier les etiquettes et cliquez sur les boîtes leur etant\n" +"associees. Cliquez sur « OK », lorsque vous êtes prêt à continuer.\n" +"\n" +"Les paquetages sont regroupes selon la nature de l'installation. Les\n" +"groupes sont divises en quatre sections principales :\n" +"\n" +" * « Station de travail »: si vous comptez utiliser votre machine ainsi,\n" +"selectionner un ou plusieurs groupes y correspondant.\n" +"\n" +" * « Environnement graphique »: ce groupe vous permettra de determiner quel\n" +"environnement graphique vous voulez avoir sur votre système. Évidemment, il\n" +"vous en faut au moins un pour utiliser votre station en mode graphique.\n" +"\n" +" * « Developpement »: si votre système sera utilise pour la programmation,\n" +"choisissez les groupes desires.\n" +"\n" +" * « Serveur »: finalement, si vous système doit agir en tant que serveur,\n" +"vous pourrez selectionner les services que vous voulez installer.\n" +"\n" +" * « Environnement graphique »: ce groupe vous permettra de determiner quel\n" +"environnement graphique vous voulez avoir sur votre système. Évidemment, il\n" +"vous en faut au moins un pour utiliser votre station en mode graphique.\n" +"\n" +"En plaçant votre souris au dessus d'un nom de groupe, vous verrez\n" +"apparaître une courte description de ce groupe. Si vous deselectionnez tous\n" +"les groupes lors d'une installation standard (par opposition à une mise à\n" +"jour), un dialogue apparaîtra proposant differentes options pour une\n" +"installation minimale :\n" +"\n" +" * « Avec X » : installe le moins de paquetages possible pour avoir un\n" +"environnement de travail graphique ;\n" +"\n" +" * « Avec la documentation de base » : installe le système de base plus\n" +"certains utilitaires de base et leur documentation. Cette installation est\n" +"utilisable comme base pour monter un serveur ;\n" +"\n" +" * « Installation vraiment minimale » : installera le strict minimum\n" +"necessaire pour obtenir un système GNU/Linux fonctionnel, en ligne de\n" +"commande. Cette installation prends à peu près 65Mo.\n" +"\n" +"Vous pouvez finalement cocher l'option « Selection individuelle des\n" +"paquetages ». Cette option est à utiliser si vous connaissez exactement le\n" +"paquetage desire ou si vous voulez avoir le contrôle total de votre\n" +"installation.\n" +"\n" +"Si vous avez demarre l'installation en mode \"mise à jour\", vous pouvez\n" +"\"de-selectionner\" tous les groupes afin d'eviter l'installation de\n" +"nouveaux programmes. Cette option est très utile pour restaurer un système\n" +"defectueux." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Please be patient. This operation can take several minutes." +msgstr "" +"Please be patient. This operation can take several minutes." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it in\n" +"local time according to the time zone you selected. It is however possible\n" +"to deactivate this by deselecting \"Hardware clock set to GMT\" so that the\n" +"hardware clock is the same as the system clock. This is useful when the\n" +"machine is hosting another operating system like Windows.\n" +"\n" +"The \"Automatic time synchronization\" option will automatically regulate\n" +"the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. In the\n" +"list that is presented, choose a server located near you. Of course you\n" +"must have a working Internet connection for this feature to work. It will\n" +"actually install on your machine a time server which can be optionally used\n" +"by other machines on your local network." +msgstr "" +"GNU/Linux manipule l'heure au format GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) et la\n" +"convertit en temps local selon le fuseau horaire choisi. Il est neanmoins\n" +"possible de desactiver cela en deselectionnant « Horloge système reglee sur\n" +"le meridien de Greenwich » de façon à ce que l'horloge materielle soit la\n" +"même que celle du système. Cela est particulièrement utile si la machine\n" +"accueille un autre système d'exploitation tel que Windows.\n" +"\n" +"La « Synchronisation automatique » permet de regler l'heure automatiquement\n" +"en se connectant à un serveur de temps sur Internet. Dans la liste qui est\n" +"alors presentee, choisissez un serveur geographiquement proche de vous.\n" +"Vous devez avoir une connexion Internet pour que cela fonctionne bien\n" +"entendu. Cela installera en fait sur votre machine un serveur de temps\n" +"local qui pourra optionnellement être lui-même utilise par d'autres\n" +"machines de votre reseau local." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"The Mandrake Linux installation is spread out over several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n" +"knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM and will eject the\n" +"current CD and ask you to insert a different one as required." +msgstr "" +"Les paquetages requis à l'installation de Mandrake Linux sont distribues\n" +"sur plusieurs CDROM. Heureusement, DrakX connaît l'emplacement de chacun\n" +"des paquetages. Il ejectera celui present dans le lecteur et vous demandera\n" +"d'inserer le CDROM approprie, selon le cas." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n" +"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"root\" is the system\n" +"administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add users,\n" +"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n" +"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n" +"guess - DrakX will tell you if it is too easy. As you can see, you can\n" +"choose not to enter a password, but we strongly advise you against this if\n" +"only for one reason: do not think that because you booted GNU/Linux that\n" +"your other operating systems are safe from mistakes. Since \"root\" can\n" +"overcome all limitations and unintentionally erase all data on partitions\n" +"by carelessly accessing the partitions themselves, it is important for it\n" +"to be difficult to become \"root\".\n" +"\n" +"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n" +"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password - it makes it too\n" +"easy to compromise a system.\n" +"\n" +"However, please do not make the password too long or complicated because\n" +"you must be able to remember it without too much effort.\n" +"\n" +"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. Hence, you\n" +"will have to type the password twice to reduce the chance of a typing\n" +"error. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n" +"``incorrect'' password will have to be used the first time you connect.\n" +"\n" +"In Expert mode, you will be asked if you will be connecting to an\n" +"authentication server, like NIS or LDAP.\n" +"\n" +"If your network uses the LDAP (or NIS) protocol for authentication, select\n" +"\"LDAP\" (or \"NIS\") as authentication. If you do not know, ask your\n" +"network administrator.\n" +"\n" +"If your computer is not connected to any administrated network, you will\n" +"want to choose \"Local files\" for authentication." +msgstr "" +"Vous avez à prendre ici une decision cruciale pour la securite de votre\n" +"système. L'utilisateur « root » est l'administrateur du système qui a tous\n" +"les droits d'accès aux fichiers de configuration, etc. Il est donc\n" +"imperatif de choisir un mot de passe difficile à deviner (pensez aux\n" +"systèmes prevus à cet effet qui anticipent les combinaisons communes des\n" +"utilisateurs). DrakX vous avertira si le mot de passe entre est trop facile\n" +"à deviner. Comme vous pouvez le voir, il est egalement possible de ne pas\n" +"entrer de mot de passe. Nous deconseillons fortement cette pratique. Comme\n" +"l'erreur est humaine, un utilisateur avec tous les droits peut tout\n" +"detruire sur votre système, c'est pourquoi le mot de passe doit agir comme\n" +"barrière à l'entree.\n" +"\n" +"Le mot de passe choisi devrait contenir au moins 8 caractères\n" +"alphanumeriques. Ne jamais ecrire un mot de passe, forcez-vous à vous en\n" +"souvenir par coeur. Il faut donc menager accessibilite et memoire, donc un\n" +"mot de passe de 30 caractères est presque impossible à memoriser.\n" +"\n" +"Afin d'eviter les regards indiscrets, le mot de passe n'apparaîtra pas à\n" +"l'ecran. Il vous faudra donc l'inscrire deux fois afin d'eviter les erreurs\n" +"de frappe. Évidemment, si vous faites deux fois la même erreur, celle-ci\n" +"sera sauvegardee et vous devrez la reproduire afin d'acceder à votre\n" +"système pour la première fois.\n" +"\n" +"En mode expert, on vous demandera si vous comptez vous connecter sur un\n" +"serveur d'authentification, tel que NIS ou LDAP. Si votre reseau utilise un\n" +"de ces protocoles, il faut le selectionner. Si vous n'en avez aucune idee,\n" +"demandez à votre administrateur de reseau.\n" +"\n" +"Si votre ordinateur n'est pas connecte sur un reseau administre, vous devez\n" +"choisir « Fichiers Locaux » pour l'authentification." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Before continuing, you should read carefully the terms of the license. It\n" +"covers the whole Mandrake Linux distribution, and if you do not agree with\n" +"all the terms in it, click on the \"Refuse\" button which will immediately\n" +"terminate the installation. To continue with the installation, click on the\n" +"\"Accept\" button." +msgstr "" +"Avant d'aller plus loin, il est fortement recommande de lire attentivement\n" +"les termes et conditions d'utilisations de la licence. Celle-ci regit\n" +"l'ensemble de la distribution Mandrake Linux. Si, pour une raison ou une\n" +"autre, vous n'acceptez pas ces conditions, cliquez sur « Refuser ».\n" +"L'installation sera alors immediatement interrompue. Pour continuer,\n" +"cliquez sur « Accepter »." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Listed above are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, they are good for most common\n" +"installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a root\n" +"partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not be\n" +"able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n" +"separate partition, you will also need to create a partition for \"/home\"\n" +"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n" +"\n" +"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" +"\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard drives:\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +"\n" +"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." +msgstr "" +"Listed above are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, they are good for most common\n" +"installs. If you make any changes, you must at least define a root\n" +"partition (« / »). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not be\n" +"able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n" +"separate partition, you will also need to create a partition for « /home »\n" +"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n" +"\n" +"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" +"\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard drives:\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\",\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\",\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\",\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +"\n" +"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Click on \"OK\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" +"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"OK\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"any Windows data.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"Cancel\" to cancel this operation without losing any data and\n" +"partitions present on this hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Click on « OK » if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" +"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on « OK », you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"any Windows data.\n" +"\n" +"Click on « Cancel » to cancel this operation without losing any data and\n" +"partitions present on this hard drive." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by\n" +"booting from the CD-ROM, press the >>F1<< key at boot and type >>rescue<<\n" +"at the prompt. But in case your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, you\n" +"should come back to this step for help in at least two situations:\n" +"\n" +" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (MBR)\n" +"of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you\n" +"to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have Windows in\n" +"your system). If you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft install\n" +"process will rewrite the boot sector, and then you will not be able to\n" +"start GNU/Linux!\n" +"\n" +" * if a problem arises and you cannot start up GNU/Linux from the hard\n" +"disk, this floppy disk will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It\n" +"contains a fair number of system tools for restoring a system, which has\n" +"crashed due to a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a typo in a\n" +"password, or any other reason.\n" +"\n" +"When you click on this step, you will be asked to enter a disk inside the\n" +"drive. The floppy disk you will insert must be empty or contain data which\n" +"you do not need. You will not have to format it since DrakX will rewrite\n" +"the whole disk." +msgstr "" +"Le CDROM d'installation de Mandrake Linux a un mode de recuperation\n" +"predefini. Vous pouvez y acceder en demarrant l'ordinateur sur le CDROM.\n" +"Selon la version de votre « BIOS », il faut lui specifier de demarrer sur\n" +"le CDROM. Vous devriez revenir au disquette de demarrage dans deux cas\n" +"precis :\n" +"\n" +" * Au moment d'installer le « Programme d'amorce », DrakX va reecrire sur\n" +"le secteur (MBR) contenant le programme d'amorce (boot loader) afin de vous\n" +"permettre de demarrer avec Linux ou Windows (en prenant pour acquis que\n" +"vous avez deux systèmes d'exploitation installes. Si vous reinstallez\n" +"Windows, celui-ci va reecrire sur le MBR et il vous sera desormais\n" +"impossible de demarrer Linux.\n" +"\n" +" * Si un problème survient et qu'il vous est impossible de demarrer\n" +"GNU/Linux à partir du disque dur, cette disquette deviendra votre seul\n" +"moyen de demarrer votre système Linux. Elle contient un bon nombre d'outils\n" +"pour recuperer un système defectueux, peu importe la source du problème.\n" +"\n" +"En cliquant sur cette etape, on vous demandera d'inserer une disquette. La\n" +"disquette inseree sera complètement effacee et DrakX se chargera de la\n" +"formater et d'y inserer les fichiers necessaires." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Finally, depending on whether or not you selected individual packages, you\n" +"will be presented a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n" +"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n" +"subgroups, or individual packages.\n" +"\n" +"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n" +"right. When your selection is finished, click the \"Install\" button which\n" +"will then launch the installation process. Depending on the speed of your\n" +"hardware and the number of packages that need to be installed, it may take\n" +"a while to complete the process. An estimate of the time it will take to\n" +"install everything is displayed on the screen, to help you gauge if there\n" +"is sufficient time to enjoy a cup of coffee.\n" +"\n" +"!! If a server package has been selected, either intentionally or because\n" +"it was part of a whole group, you will be asked to confirm that you really\n" +"want those servers to be installed. Under Mandrake Linux, any installed\n" +"servers are started by default at boot time. Even if they are safe and have\n" +"no known issues at the time the distribution was shipped, it may happen\n" +"that security holes are discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" +"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" +"or why it is being installed, then click \"No\". Clicking \"Yes\" will\n" +"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n" +"default. !!\n" +"\n" +"The \"Automatic dependencies\" option simply disables the warning dialog\n" +"which appears whenever the installer automatically selects a package. This\n" +"occurs because it has determined that it needs to satisfy a dependency with\n" +"another package in order to successfully complete the installation.\n" +"\n" +"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows to load the\n" +"package list chosen during a previous installation. Clicking on this icon\n" +"will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the end of\n" +"another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to create such\n" +"a floppy." +msgstr "" +"Finalement, si vous avez choisi de selectionner individuellement les\n" +"paquetages à installer, DrakX vous presentera un arbre contenant tous les\n" +"paquetages, classes par groupes et sous-groupes. En naviguant à travers\n" +"l'arbre, vous pouvez selectionner des groupes, des sous-groupes ou des\n" +"paquetages individuels.\n" +"\n" +"Dès que vous selectionnez un paquetage dans l'arbre, une descriptions\n" +"apparaît à droite. Une fois votre selection completee, cliquez sur\n" +"« Installation » pour lancer le processus. Soyez patient, car en fonction\n" +"du type d'installation choisi ou du nombre de paquetages selectionnes, le\n" +"temps requis peut être substantiellement different. Une estimation du temps\n" +"requis est presentee sur l'ecran en cours d'operation afin de vous\n" +"permettre d'evaluer de combien de temps vous disposez pour prendre votre\n" +"dejeuner.\n" +"\n" +"!! Si un logiciel serveur a ete selectionne, vous devrez confirmer que vous\n" +"voulez vraiment que celui-ci soit installe. Sous Mandrake, par defaut, tous\n" +"les serveurs installes sont lances au demarrage. Malgre tous les efforts\n" +"investis pour vous livrer une distribution Linux securitaire, il est\n" +"possible que certaines failles de securite affectes les serveurs installes\n" +"au-delà de la date de publication. Si vous ne savez pas precisement à quoi\n" +"sert un serveur en particulier ou pourquoi il est installe, cliquez sur\n" +"« NON ». En cliquant sur « OUI », le serveur sera installe et le service\n" +"rendu disponible au demarrage. !!\n" +"\n" +"L'option « Dependances automatiques » desactive les avertissements qui\n" +"apparaissent à chaque fois que l'installeur selectionne un nouveau paquet.\n" +"Ces avertissements surviennent parce que DrakX a determine que pour qu'un\n" +"paquetage soit fonctionnel, il lui en faut un autre dont il est dependant.\n" +"\n" +"La petite icône de disquette qui apparaît au bas de la liste permet de\n" +"recuperer une liste de paquetages selectionnes durant une autre\n" +"installation. En cliquant dessus, on vous demandera d'inserer la disquette\n" +"creee lors d'une installation precedente. Voir la deuxième note de la\n" +"dernière etape afin de savoir comment creer une telle disquette." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" +"(formatting means creating a filesystem).\n" +"\n" +"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" +"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" +"partitions as well.\n" +"\n" +"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" +"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" +"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n" +"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n" +"\"/home\").\n" +"\n" +"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n" +"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" +"any of it.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"OK\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"Cancel\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"Advanced\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked\n" +"for bad blocks on the disk." +msgstr "" +"Chaque partition nouvellement definie doit être formatee, c'est à dire\n" +"qu'un système de fichier (filesystem) doit y être cree.\n" +"\n" +"Durant cette etape, vous pouvez egalement choisir de reformater d'autres\n" +"partitions existantes afin d'effacer les donnees qu'elles contiennent. Si\n" +"c'est ce que vous desirez, il faut egalement choisir ces partitions.\n" +"\n" +"Sachez qu'il n'est pas necessaire de reformater toutes les partitions\n" +"existantes. Vous devez reformater les partitions contenant le système\n" +"d'exploitation, (tel que : « / », « /usr » ou « /var ») mais vous n'avez\n" +"pas à reformater les partitions de donnees que vous voulez garder,\n" +"habituellement « /home ».\n" +"\n" +"Restez prudent au moment de selectionner les partitions. Une fois formatee,\n" +"toutes les donnees contenues sur les partitions selectionnees seront\n" +"detruites et il sera impossible de les recuperer.\n" +"\n" +"Cliquez sur « OK » lorsque vous être prêt à formater vos partitions.\n" +"\n" +"Cliquez sur « Annuler » si vous voulez choisir d'autres partitions pour\n" +"votre installation.\n" +"\n" +"Cliquez sur « Avance », si vous desirez choisir les partitions qui seront\n" +"verifiees pour des secteurs corrompus." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Normally, DrakX selects the right keyboard for you (depending on the\n" +"language you have chosen) and you won't even see this step. However, you\n" +"might not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language: for\n" +"example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may still want\n" +"your keyboard to be a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are\n" +"located in Quebec, you may find yourself in the same situation. In both\n" +"cases, you will have to go back to this installation step and select an\n" +"appropriate keyboard from the list.\n" +"\n" +"Click on the \"More\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" +"supported keyboards." +msgstr "" +"Normalement, DrakX selectionne le clavier approprie en fonction de la\n" +"langue choisie et vous ne devriez pas voir cette etape. Cela dit, il est\n" +"possible que vous ayez un clavier ne correspondant pas exactement à votre\n" +"langue d'utilisation. Par exemple, si vous habitez le Quebec et parlez le\n" +"français et l'anglais, vous pouvez vouloir avoir votre clavier anglais pour\n" +"les tâches d'administration système et votre clavier français pour ecrire\n" +"de la poesie. Dans ces cas, il vous faudra revenir à cette etape\n" +"d'installation et selectionner un autre clavier à partir de la liste.\n" +"\n" +"Vous n'avez qu'a choisir la disposition de clavier qui vous convient.\n" +"\n" +"Cliquez sur « Davantage » pour voir toutes les options proposees." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"You must indicate where you wish to place the information required to boot\n" +"to GNU/Linux.\n" +"\n" +"Unless you know exactly what you are doing, choose \"First sector of drive\n" +"(MBR)\"." +msgstr "" +"You must indicate where you wish to place the information required to boot\n" +"to GNU/Linux.\n" +"\n" +"Unless you know exactly what you are doing, choose « First sector of drive\n" +"(MBR) »." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n" +"ready to use. Just click \"OK\" to reboot the system. You can start\n" +"GNU/Linux or Windows, whichever you prefer (if you are dual-booting), as\n" +"soon as the computer has booted up again.\n" +"\n" +"The \"Advanced\" button (in Expert mode only) shows two more buttons to:\n" +"\n" +" * \"generate auto-install floppy\": to create an installation floppy disk\n" +"which will automatically perform a whole installation without the help of\n" +"an operator, similar to the installation you just configured.\n" +"\n" +" Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation as the\n" +"partitioning step (and only this one) remains interactive;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Automated\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is\n" +"completely rewritten, all data is lost.\n" +"\n" +" This feature is very handy when installing a great number of similar\n" +"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Save packages selection\"(*): saves the package selection as done\n" +"previously. Then, when doing another installation, insert the floppy inside\n" +"the drive and run the installation going to the help screen by pressing on\n" +"the [F1] key, and by issuing >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n" +"\n" +"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n" +"\"mformat a:\")" +msgstr "" +"Votre installation de Mandrake Linux est maintenant terminee et votre\n" +"système est prêt à être utilise. Cliquez sur « OK » pour redemarrer votre\n" +"système. Vous aurez alors le choix de demarrer GNU/Linux ou Windows (s'il\n" +"est present).\n" +"\n" +"Le bouton « Avancee » (en mode Expert uniquement) permet deux autres\n" +"options :\n" +"\n" +" * « Generer une disquette d'auto-install »: Pour creer une disquette\n" +"d'installation qui permettra de reproduire l'installation que vous venez de\n" +"realiser sans l'aide d'un administrateur.\n" +"\n" +" Notez que les deux options suivantes apparaissent après avoir clique sur\n" +"le bouton :\n" +"\n" +" * « Replay ». C'est une installation partiellement automatique où il\n" +"est possible de personnaliser le partitionnement du disque (exclusivement).\n" +"\n" +" * « Automatique ». Complètement automatique, cette installation\n" +"reformate le disque au complet.\n" +"\n" +" Cette fonctionnalite est particulièrement pratique pour l'installation\n" +"de multiples systèmes. Voir la sectionAuto install de notre site Web.\n" +"\n" +" * « Sauvegarder les paquetages selectionnes » (*) sauve la selection des\n" +"paquetages installes. Puis, lorsque vous ferez une autre installation,\n" +"inserer la disquette dans le lecteur et acceder au menu d'aide en tapant\n" +"[f1], et entrez la commande suivante : « linux defcfg=\"floppy\" ».\n" +"\n" +"(*) Vous avez besoin d'une disquette formatee avec FAT (pour la creer sous\n" +"Linux, tapez « mformat a: »)" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"DrakX now detects any IDE device present in your computer. It will also\n" +"scan for one or more PCI SCSI card(s) on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" +"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" +"\n" +"Because hardware detection does not always detect a piece of hardware,\n" +"DrakX will ask you to confirm if a PCI SCSI card is present. Click \"Yes\"\n" +"if you know that there is a SCSI card installed in your machine. You will\n" +"be presented a list of SCSI cards to choose from. Click \"No\" if you have\n" +"no SCSI hardware. If you are unsure, you can check the list of hardware\n" +"detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info\" and clicking\n" +"\"OK\". Examine the list of hardware and then click on the \"OK\" button to\n" +"return to the SCSI interface question.\n" +"\n" +"If you have to manually specify your adapter, DrakX will ask if you want to\n" +"specify options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the hardware for\n" +"the card-specific options which the hardware needs to initialize. This\n" +"usually works well.\n" +"\n" +"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options which need to be passed, you\n" +"will need to provide options to the driver manually. Please review the\n" +"``User Guide'' (chapter 3, in the ``Collecting Information on Your\n" +"Hardware'' section) for hints on retrieving the parameters required from\n" +"hardware documentation, from the manufacturer's web site (if you have\n" +"Internet access) or from Microsoft Windows (if you used this hardware with\n" +"Windows on your system)." +msgstr "" +"DrakX detecte maintenant tous les peripheriques IDE presents sur votre\n" +"système. Également, DrakX recherchera les peripheriques SCSI. Finalement,\n" +"selon les composantes detectees, DrakX installera tous les pilotes\n" +"necessaires à son fonctionnement.\n" +"\n" +"Compte tenu de la vaste gamme de peripheriques disponibles sur le marche,\n" +"dans certain cas la detection de materiel ne fonctionnera pas. Dans ce cas,\n" +"DrakX vous demandera de confirmer si des composantes SCSI sont presentes\n" +"sur votre système. Cliquez sur « Oui » si vous êtes certain d'avoir un\n" +"peripherique SCSI sur votre système. DrakX vous presentera alors une liste\n" +"de carte SCSI disponibles. Selectionnez la vôtre. Évidement, cliquez sur\n" +"« Non », si vous n'en avez pas. Si vous n'êtes pas certain, cliquez sur\n" +"« Voir les informations sur le materiel », puis sur « OK ». Verifiez la\n" +"liste du materiel, puis cliquez sur « OK » pour retourner à la question\n" +"concernant les peripheriques SCSI.\n" +"\n" +"Si vous devez specifier votre carte SCSI manuellement, DrakX vous demandera\n" +"de confirmer les options du peripherique. Vous devriez permettre à DrakX de\n" +"verifier automatiquement votre carte pour les options necessaires à\n" +"determiner.\n" +"\n" +"Il peut arriver que DrakX soit incapable de verifier les options\n" +"necessaires. Dans ce cas, vous devrez les determiner manuellement.\n" +"Consultez le guide d'utilisation (Chapitre 3, section \"Obtenir des\n" +"informations sur votre materiel\") pour quelques astuces pour retrouver les\n" +"paramètres necessaires dans la documentation de vos peripheriques, sur le\n" +"site du fabricant (si vous avez un accès à Internet) ou à partir des menus\n" +"de Microsoft Windows (si vous utilisiez ce peripherique avec Windows)." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"You can add additional entries for yaboot, either for other operating\n" +"systems, alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" +"\n" +"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n" +"partition.\n" +"\n" +"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n" +"\n" +" * Label: this is simply the name you will have to type at the yaboot\n" +"prompt to select this boot option;\n" +"\n" +" * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux\n" +"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension;\n" +"\n" +" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation;\n" +"\n" +" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is used quite often\n" +"to assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse\n" +"button emulation for the often lacking 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock\n" +"Apple mouse. The following are some examples:\n" +"\n" +" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +"hda=autotune\n" +"\n" +" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +"\n" +" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules, before\n" +"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n" +"boot situation;\n" +"\n" +" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4,096 bytes. If you\n" +"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used;\n" +"\n" +" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially brought up in\n" +"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n" +"Here, you can override this option;\n" +"\n" +" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n" +"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n" +"native frame buffer support;\n" +"\n" +" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n" +"selectable by just pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will\n" +"also be highlighted with a ``*'', if you press [Tab] to see the boot\n" +"selections." +msgstr "" +"You can add additional entries for yaboot, either for other operating\n" +"systems, alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" +"\n" +"For other OS's, the entry consists only of a label and the root partition.\n" +"\n" +"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n" +"\n" +" * Label: this is simply the name you will have to type at the yaboot\n" +"prompt to select this boot option.\n" +"\n" +" * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux\n" +"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n" +"\n" +" * Root: the « root » device or \"/\" for your Linux installation.\n" +"\n" +" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is used quite often\n" +"to assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse\n" +"button emulation for the often lacking 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock\n" +"Apple mouse. The following are some examples:\n" +"\n" +" \n" +"\n" +" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +"hda=autotune\n" +"\n" +" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +"\n" +" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules, before\n" +"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n" +"boot situation.\n" +"\n" +" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4,096 bytes. If you\n" +"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used.\n" +"\n" +" * Read-write: normally the « root » partition is initially brought up in\n" +"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes \"live\".\n" +"Here, you can override this option.\n" +"\n" +" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n" +"problematic, you can select this option to boot in \"novideo\" mode, with\n" +"native frame buffer support.\n" +"\n" +" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n" +"selectable by just pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will\n" +"also be highlighted with a \"*\", if you press [Tab] to see the boot\n" +"selections." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/fr/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" +"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n" +"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or from another\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitions must be defined.\n" +"\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" +"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" +"\n" +"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Clear all\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard\n" +"drive;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables to automatically create \"Ext2\"\n" +"and swap partitions in free space of your hard drive;\n" +"\n" +" * \"More\": gives access to additional features:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy.\n" +"Useful for later partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly\n" +"recommended to perform this step;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Restore partition table\": allows to restore a previously saved\n" +"partition table from floppy disk;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you\n" +"can try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember\n" +"that it can fail;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and loads your\n" +"initial partition table;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force\n" +"users to manually mount and unmount removable medias such as floppies and\n" +"CD-ROMs.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Wizard\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition\n" +"your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good knowledge of\n" +"partitioning;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Toggle to normal/expert mode\": allows additional actions on\n" +"partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Done\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +"save your changes back to disk.\n" +"\n" +"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n" +"partitions using [Tab] and [Up/Down] arrows.\n" +"\n" +"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected);\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition;\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point.\n" +"\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" +"read the ext2fs chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" +"\n" +"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" +"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB, which will be used by the yaboot\n" +"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" +"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" +"emergency boot situations." +msgstr "" +"At this point, you need to choose what partition(s) will be used for the\n" +"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have been already\n" +"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or from another\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise hard drive\n" +"partitions must be defined.\n" +"\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"the disk for partitioning by clicking on \"hda\" for the first IDE drive,\n" +"\"hdb\" for the second, \"sda\" for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" +"\n" +"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"\n" +" * « Clear all »: this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard\n" +"drive.\n" +"\n" +" * « Auto allocate »: this option allows you to automatically create Ext2\n" +"and swap partitions in free space of your hard drive.\n" +"\n" +" * « Rescue partition table »: if your partition table is damaged, you can\n" +"try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember that it\n" +"can fail.\n" +"\n" +" * « Undo »: use this option to cancel your changes.\n" +"\n" +" * « Reload »: you can use this option if you wish to undo all changes and\n" +"load your initial partitions table.\n" +"\n" +" * « Assistant »: use this option if you wish to use a assistant to\n" +"partition your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good\n" +"knowledge of partitioning.\n" +"\n" +" * « Restore from floppy »: this option will allow you to restore a\n" +"previously saved partition table from floppy disk.\n" +"\n" +" * « Save to floppy »: saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for\n" +"later partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended to\n" +"perform this step.\n" +"\n" +" * « Done »: when you have finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +"save your changes back to disc.\n" +"\n" +"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n" +"partitions using [Tab] and [Up/Down] arrows.\n" +"\n" +"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected);\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition;\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point.\n" +"\n" +"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" +"\"bootstrap\" partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n" +"boot loader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" +"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" +"emergency boot situations." + diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6fd5a0be5 --- /dev/null +++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot @@ -0,0 +1,1926 @@ + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"LILO (the LInux LOader) and grub are bootloaders: they are able to boot\n" +"either GNU/Linux or any other operating system present on your computer.\n" +"Normally, these other operating systems are correctly detected and\n" +"installed. If this is not the case, you can add an entry by hand in this\n" +"screen. Be careful to choose the correct parameters.\n" +"\n" +"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n" +"anyone. In which case, you can delete the corresponding entries. But then,\n" +"you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other operating systems!" +msgstr "" +"LILO (il LInux LOader) e GRUB sono bootloader: sono in grado di caricare\n" +"indifferentemente GNU/Linux o altri sistemi operativi presenti sul vostro\n" +"computer. Normalmente, questi sistemi operativi sono correttamente rilevati\n" +"e installati. Se non avviene, potete aggiungere una voce a mano in questo\n" +"schermo. State attenti a scegliere i parametri corretti.\n" +"\n" +"Potreste anche non voler dare l'accesso a questi sistemi operativi a\n" +"chiunque, nel qual caso potete cancellare le voci corrispondenti, ma in\n" +"questo caso avrete bisogno di un boot disk per caricarli!" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Please choose your preferred language for installation and system usage.\n" +"\n" +"Clicking on the \"Advanced\" button will allow you to select other\n" +"languages to be installed on your workstation. Selecting other languages\n" +"will install the language-specific files for system documentation and\n" +"applications. For example, if you will host users from Spain on your\n" +"machine, select English as the main language in the tree view and in the\n" +"Advanced section click on the box corresponding to \"Spanish|Spain\".\n" +"\n" +"Note that multiple languages may be installed. Once you have selected any\n" +"additional locales, click the \"OK\" button to continue." +msgstr "" +"Scegliete la lingua che intendete usare per l'installazione e l'uso del\n" +"sistema.\n" +"\n" +"Cliccando sul pulsante \"Avanzato\" potrete scegliere altre lingue da\n" +"installare sul vostro computer. La selezione di altre lingue comporta\n" +"l'installazione dei file relativi alla documentazione e alle applicazioni\n" +"per ciascuna di esse. Se il vostro computer dovrà essere usato, ad esempio,\n" +"anche da persone di madre lingua spagnola, potete scegliere l'italiano come\n" +"lingua principale nella struttura ad albero e, nella sezione \"Avanzato\",\n" +"apporre un segno di spunta sul pulsante grigio corrispondente a\n" +"\"Spanish|Spain\".\n" +"\n" +"È possibile installare i file per più lingue allo stesso tempo. Dopo aver\n" +"scelto quelle che preferite cliccate sul pulsante \"Ok\" per continuare." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"At this point, you need to choose where you want to install the Mandrake\n" +"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n" +"if an existing operating system is using all the available space, you will\n" +"need to partition it. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists of\n" +"logically dividing it to create space to install your new Mandrake Linux\n" +"system.\n" +"\n" +"Because the partitioning process' effects are usually irreversible,\n" +"partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if you are an inexperienced\n" +"user. Fortunately, there is a wizard which simplifies this process. Before\n" +"beginning, please consult the manual and take your time.\n" +"\n" +"If you are running the installation in Expert mode, you will enter\n" +"DiskDrake, the Mandrake Linux partitioning tool, which allows you to\n" +"fine-tune your partitions. See the DiskDrake section in the ``User Guide''.\n" +"From the installation interface, you can use the wizards as described here\n" +"by clicking the dialog's \"Wizard\" button.\n" +"\n" +"If partitions have already been defined, either from a previous\n" +"installation or from another partitioning tool, simply select those to\n" +"install your Linux system.\n" +"\n" +"If partitions are not defined, you will need to create them using the\n" +"wizard. Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are\n" +"available:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Use free space\": this option will simply lead to an automatic\n" +"partitioning of your blank drive(s). You will not be prompted further;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Use existing partition\": the wizard has detected one or more existing\n" +"Linux partitions on your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this\n" +"option;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Use the free space on the Windows; partition\": if Microsoft Windows\n" +"is installed on your hard drive and takes all the space available on it,\n" +"you have to create free space for Linux data. To do so, you can delete your\n" +"Microsoft Windows partition and data (see ``Erase entire disk'' or ``Expert\n" +"mode'' solutions) or resize your Microsoft Windows partition. Resizing can\n" +"be performed without the loss of any data, provided you previously\n" +"defragment the Windows partition. Backing up your data won't hurt either..\n" +"This solution is recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and\n" +"Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n" +"\n" +" Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n" +"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n" +"than at the present time. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n" +"Windows to store your data or to install new software;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Erase entire disk\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions\n" +"present on your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux\n" +"system, choose this option. Be careful with this solution because you will\n" +"not be able to revert your choice after you confirm;\n" +"\n" +" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" +"\n" +" * \"Remove Windows\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and\n" +"begin fresh, partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk\n" +"will be lost;\n" +"\n" +" !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n" +"\n" +" * \"Expert mode\": choose this option if you want to manually partition\n" +"your hard drive. Be careful - it is a powerful but dangerous choice. You\n" +"can very easily lose all your data. Hence, do not choose this unless you\n" +"know what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"A questo punto dovete scegliere dove installare il vostro sistema operativo\n" +"Mandrake Linux sul disco rigido. Se il vostro disco è vuoto, oppure se un\n" +"sistema operativo esistente sta usando tutto lo spazio disponibile, allora\n" +"dovrete partizionarlo. In breve, partizionare un disco rigido consiste nel\n" +"suddividerlo logicamente in maniera da creare lo spazio sufficiente per\n" +"installare il vostro nuovo sistema operativo Mandrake Linux.\n" +"\n" +"Dato che gli effetti del partizionamento sono di solito irreversibili,\n" +"questa operazione può intimidire e rivelarsi stressante per un utente\n" +"inesperto. Fortunatamente, avete a vostra disposizione un assistente che\n" +"semplifica questo passo. Prima di iniziare leggete attentamente il manuale,\n" +"e prendete tutto il tempo che vi serve.\n" +"\n" +"Se state effettuando l'installazione in modalità Esperto, verrà lanciato\n" +"DiskDrake, il programma di gestione e partizionamento dei dischi rigidi di\n" +"Mandrake Linux, che vi permetterà di configurare accuratamente le vostre\n" +"partizioni. Consultate il capitolo relativo a DiskDrake nel manuale. Dal\n" +"programma di installazione potete richiamare gli assistenti descritti qui\n" +"di seguito cliccando sul pulsante \"Assistente\" (ingl. ''Wizard'').\n" +"\n" +"Se le partizioni sono già state definite (per una precedente installazione,\n" +"o da un'altra utilità di partizionamento), dovrete solo scegliere quelle da\n" +"usare per installare il vostro sistema Linux.\n" +"\n" +"Se le partizioni non sono ancora state definite, dovete crearle usando\n" +"l'assistente. In base alla configurazione del vostro disco rigido, saranno\n" +"disponibili diverse soluzioni:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Usa spazio disponibile\": questa opzione causerà un partizionamento\n" +"automatico del vostro disco rigido (o dischi, se ne avete più di uno). Non\n" +"vi verrà posta nessun'altra domanda.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Usa partizioni esistenti\": l'assistente ha trovato una o più\n" +"partizioni Linux sul vostro disco rigido. Se desiderate usarle scegliete\n" +"questa opzione.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Usa lo spazio libero nella partizione Windows\": se Microsoft Windows\n" +"è installato sul vostro disco rigido e occupa tutto lo spazio disponibile,\n" +"dovrete creare spazio libero per i dati relativi a Linux. Per farlo potete\n" +"cancellare la vostra partizione Microsoft Windows e i dati che contiene\n" +"(usando le soluzioni \"Cancella l'intero disco\" o \"Modo Esperto\"),\n" +"oppure ridimensionarla. Il ridimensionamento può essere effettuato evitando\n" +"la perdita di dati a patto che prima di procedere la partizione Windows sia\n" +"stata deframmentata. Vi raccomandiamo anche di fare un backup dei vostri\n" +"dati. Questa è la soluzione consigliata se desiderate usare sia Mandrake\n" +"Linux sia Microsoft Windows sullo stesso computer.\n" +"\n" +" Prima di scegliere questa opzione, tenete presente che la dimensione\n" +"della partizione su cui risiede Microsoft Windows sarà ridotta rispetto a\n" +"quella attuale. Significa che avrete meno spazio libero per archiviare i\n" +"vostri dati o installare nuovo software su Windows.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Cancella l'intero disco\": se desiderate cancellare tutti i dati e\n" +"tutte le partizioni presenti sul vostro disco rigido e rimpiazzarli con il\n" +"vostro nuovo sistema Mandrake Linux, potete selezionare questa opzione.\n" +"Fate attenzione nello scegliere questa soluzione, dopo la conferma non\n" +"potrete più tornare indietro.\n" +"\n" +" !! Se scegliete questa opzione, tutti i dati sul vostro disco andranno\n" +"persi. !!\n" +"\n" +" * \"Cancella Windows\": l'effetto di questa opzione sarà di cancellare\n" +"tutto quello che si trova sul disco e di ricominciare da capo, creando le\n" +"partizioni su un disco vuoto. Tutti i dati presenti sul vostro disco\n" +"andranno persi.\n" +"\n" +" !! Se scegliete questa opzione, tutti i dati sul vostro disco andranno\n" +"persi. !!\n" +"\n" +" * \"Modo Esperto\": se volete partizionare manualmente il vostro disco\n" +"rigido potete scegliere questa opzione. Fate attenzione prima di optare per\n" +"questa soluzione: è potente, ma molto pericolosa. Potreste facilmente\n" +"causare la perdita di tutti i vostri dati. Quindi, non scegliete questa\n" +"soluzione se non sapete cosa state facendo." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n" +"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n" +"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely. In this section, DrakX\n" +"will try to configure X automatically.\n" +"\n" +"It is extremely rare for it to fail, unless the hardware is very old (or\n" +"very new). If it succeeds, it will start X automatically with the best\n" +"resolution possible, depending on the size of the monitor. A window will\n" +"then appear and ask you if you can see it.\n" +"\n" +"If you are doing an \"Expert\" installation, you will enter the X\n" +"configuration wizard. See the corresponding section of the manual for more\n" +"information about this wizard.\n" +"\n" +"If you can see the message during the test, and answer \"Yes\", then DrakX\n" +"will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it simply\n" +"means that the configuration was wrong and the test will automatically end\n" +"after 10 seconds, restoring the screen." +msgstr "" +"X (che sta per ''X Window System'') è il cuore dell'interfaccia grafica di\n" +"GNU/Linux, sulla quale sono basati tutti gli ambienti grafici che sono\n" +"inclusi in Mandrake Linux (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker, etc.). In\n" +"questa sezione, DrakX tenterà di configurare X automaticamente.\n" +"\n" +"È molto raro che non abbia successo: l'unico caso in cui ciò potrebbe\n" +"accadere è se l'hardware in questione è molto vecchio (o molto recente). Se\n" +"l'operazione riesce, DrakX lancerà X automaticamente, con la miglior\n" +"risoluzione possibile, in base alle dimensioni del monitor. A quel punto,\n" +"comparirà una finestra che vi chiederà se potete vederla.\n" +"\n" +"Se state effettuando un'installazione in modo \"Esperto\", verrà lanciato\n" +"l'assistente di configurazione di X. Consultate la sezione del manuale\n" +"dedicata a questo assistente per avere più informazioni al riguardo.\n" +"\n" +"Se potete vedere il messaggio e rispondete \"Sì\", allora DrakX passerà\n" +"alla fase successiva. Se non potete vedere il messaggio, significa che la\n" +"configurazione non andava bene, e il test terminerà automaticamente dopo 10\n" +"secondi, riportandovi alla schermata precedente." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Your new Mandrake Linux operating system is currently being installed.\n" +"Depending on the number of packages you will be installing and the speed of\n" +"your computer, this operation could take from a few minutes to a\n" +"significant amount of time.\n" +"\n" +"Please be patient." +msgstr "" +"Il vostro sistema operativo Mandrake Linux è in corso d'installazione. In\n" +"base al numero di pacchetti che devono essere installati e alla velocità\n" +"del vostro computer, questa operazione potrebbe durare pochi minuti o\n" +"richiedere un tempo molto lungo.\n" +"\n" +"Abbiate pazienza, per favore." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on it will be lost\n" +"and will not be recoverable!" +msgstr "" +"Scegliete il disco rigido che volete cancellare per poter installare la\n" +"nuova partizione per Mandrake Linux. Attenzione! tutti i dati presenti\n" +"andranno perduti e non saranno più recuperabili!" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"GNU/Linux is a multiuser system, and this means that each user can have his\n" +"own preferences, his own files and so on. You can read the ``User Guide''\n" +"to learn more. But unlike \"root\", which is the administrator, the users\n" +"you will add here will not be entitled to change anything except their own\n" +"files and their own configuration. You will have to create at least one\n" +"regular user for yourself. That account is where you should log in for\n" +"routine use. Although it is very practical to log in as \"root\" everyday,\n" +"it may also be very dangerous! The slightest mistake could mean that your\n" +"system would not work any more. If you make a serious mistake as a regular\n" +"user, you may only lose some information, but not the entire system.\n" +"\n" +"First, you have to enter your real name. This is not mandatory, of course -\n" +"as you can actually enter whatever you want. DrakX will then take the first\n" +"word you have entered in the box and will bring it over to the \"User\n" +"name\". This is the name this particular user will use to log onto the\n" +"system. You can change it. You then have to enter a password here. A\n" +"non-privileged (regular) user's password is not as crucial as \"root\"' one\n" +"from a security point of view, but that is no reason to neglect it: after\n" +"all, your files are at risk.\n" +"\n" +"If you click on \"Accept user\", you can then add as many as you want. Add\n" +"a user for each one of your friends: your father or your sister, for\n" +"example. When you finish adding all the users you want, select \"Done\".\n" +"\n" +"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\"\n" +"for that user (bash by default)." +msgstr "" +"GNU/Linux è un sistema operativo multiutente, e questo significa che\n" +"ciascun utente può disporre di una configurazione personalizzata, di uno\n" +"spazio per i propri file, e così via; consultate il ''Manuale dell'utente''\n" +"per saperne di più. Ma, a differenza di \"root\", che è l'amministratore\n" +"del sistema, gli utenti che aggiungerete adesso non avranno il diritto di\n" +"cambiare nulla, se non i propri file e la propria configurazione. Dovrete\n" +"crearne almeno uno per voi stessi, e dovreste usare quello per l'uso\n" +"quotidiano: per quanto sia molto comodo entrare nel sistema come \"root\"\n" +"tutti i giorni, potrebbe anche essere molto pericoloso! Anche un errore\n" +"banale potrebbe significare un sistema non più in grado di funzionare\n" +"correttamente. Se, invece, commettete un errore, anche grave, in qualità di\n" +"utente normale, potreste perdere parte dei vostri dati, ma non\n" +"compromettere l'intero sistema.\n" +"\n" +"Prima di tutto, inserite il vostro nome reale. Naturalmente questo non è\n" +"obbligatorio: potete digitare quello che volete. Fatto questo, DrakX\n" +"prenderà la prima parola che avete inserito nel campo di testo e la copierà\n" +"alla voce \"Nome utente\". Questo è il nome che l'utente dovrà usare per\n" +"accedere al sistema, ma potete cambiarlo. Poi digitate una password per\n" +"questo utente. La password di un utente non privilegiato dal punto di vista\n" +"della sicurezza non è cruciale come quella di \"root\", ovviamente, ma non\n" +"c'è motivo di essere frettolosi: dopo tutto, si tratta dei vostri file.\n" +"\n" +"Se cliccate su \"Accetta utente\", potrete poi aggiungerne un altro, e\n" +"altri ancora, a vostra discrezione. Aggiungete un utente per ciascuno dei\n" +"vostri amici, oppure per vostro padre e vostro fratello, ad esempio. Dopo\n" +"aver aggiunto tutti gli utenti che volete, selezionate \"Fatto\".\n" +"\n" +"Cliccando sul pulsante \"Avanzato\" potrete cambiare la \"shell\" per\n" +"quell'utente (come opzione predefinita è bash)." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Finally, you will be asked whether you want to see the graphical interface\n" +"at boot. Note this question will be asked even if you chose not to test the\n" +"configuration. Obviously, you want to answer \"No\" if your machine is to\n" +"act as a server, or if you were not successful in getting the display\n" +"configured." +msgstr "" +"Infine DrakX vi chiederà se desiderate utilizzare l'interfaccia grafica una\n" +"volta terminato il processo di avvio del sistema. Notate che questa domanda\n" +"verrà fatta anche se avete deciso di non provare la configurazione.\n" +"Ovviamente dovrete scegliere \"No\" se la vostra macchina dovrà svolgere il\n" +"ruolo di server, o se non siete riusciti a ottenere una configurazione\n" +"corretta." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld MacIntosh hardware. It is able to boot\n" +"either GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX if present on your computer. Normally,\n" +"these other operating systems are correctly detected and installed. If this\n" +"is not the case, you can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to\n" +"choose the correct parameters.\n" +"\n" +"Yaboot's main options are:\n" +"\n" +" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt;\n" +"\n" +" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n" +"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n" +"to hold this information;\n" +"\n" +" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n" +"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n" +"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n" +"\n" +" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n" +"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second before your\n" +"default kernel description is selected;\n" +"\n" +" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n" +"at the first boot prompt;\n" +"\n" +" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n" +"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt;\n" +"\n" +" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" +"Firmware Delay expires." +msgstr "" +"Yaboot is a boot loader for NewWorld MacIntosh hardware. It is able to boot\n" +"either GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX if present on your computer. Normally,\n" +"these other operating systems are correctly detected and installed. If this\n" +"is not the case, you can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful as\n" +"to choose the correct parameters.\n" +"\n" +"Yaboot's main options are:\n" +"\n" +" * Init Message: a simple text message that is displayed before the boot\n" +"prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Boot Device: indicate where you want to place the information required\n" +"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you setup a bootstrap partition earlier to\n" +"hold this information.\n" +"\n" +" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n" +"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n" +"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux.\n" +"\n" +" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n" +"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second before your\n" +"default kernel description is selected.\n" +"\n" +" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose \"C\" for CD\n" +"at the first boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose \"N\" for\n" +"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n" +"\n" +" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n" +"Firmware Delay expires." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"At this point, it is time to choose the security level desired for the\n" +"machine. As a rule of thumb, the more exposed the machine is, and the more\n" +"the data stored in it is crucial, the higher the security level should be.\n" +"However, a higher security level is generally obtained at the expense of\n" +"easiness of use. Refer to the \"msec\" chapter of the ``Reference Manual''\n" +"to get more information about the meaning of these levels.\n" +"\n" +"If you do not know what to choose, keep the default option." +msgstr "" +"Ora è il momento di scegliere il livello di sicurezza desiderato per il\n" +"vostro sistema. Come regola generale, quanto più esposta è la macchina e\n" +"quanto più sono importanti i dati che contiene, tanto più alto dovrebbe\n" +"essere il livello di sicurezza. Tenete presente, tuttavia, che un livello\n" +"di sicurezza molto alto in genere viene ottenuto a spese della facilità\n" +"d'uso. Consultate il capitolo MSEC nel ''Manuale di riferimento'' per avere\n" +"ulteriori informazioni in merito al significato di tali livelli.\n" +"\n" +"Se non sapete cosa scegliere, mantenete l'opzione predefinita." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n" +"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux." +msgstr "" +"Scegliete la porta appropriata. La porta \"COM1\" sotto Windows, ad\n" +"esempio, è chiamata \"ttyS0\" sotto GNU/Linux." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Here are presented various parameters concerning your machine. Depending on\n" +"your installed hardware, you may - or not, see the following entries:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Mouse\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button\n" +"to change it if necessary;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Keyboard\": check the current keyboard map configuration and click on\n" +"the button to change that if necessary;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Timezone\": DrakX, by default, guesses your time zone from the\n" +"language you have chosen. But here again, as for the choice of a keyboard,\n" +"you may not be in the country for which the chosen language should\n" +"correspond. Hence, you may need to click on the \"Timezone\" button in\n" +"order to configure the clock according to the time zone you are in;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Printer\": clicking on the \"No Printer\" button will open the printer\n" +"configuration wizard;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Sound card\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is\n" +"displayed here. No modification possible at installation time;\n" +"\n" +" * \"TV card\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n" +"here. No modification possible at installation time;\n" +"\n" +" * \"ISDN card\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it is\n" +"displayed here. You can click on the button to change the parameters\n" +"associated with it." +msgstr "" +"Qui sono riportati vari parametri relativi al vostro sistema. In base\n" +"all'hardware installato, potrebbero essere visualizzate le seguenti voci:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Mouse\": controllate la configurazione attuale del mouse, e cliccate\n" +"sul pulsante per cambiarla, se necessario;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Tastiera\": controllate l'attuale impostazione della tastiera, e\n" +"cliccate sul pulsante per cambiarla, se necessario;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Fuso orario\": DrakX, come opzione predefinita, deduce il vostro fuso\n" +"orario dalla lingua che avete scelto. Ma anche in questo caso, come per la\n" +"scelta della tastiera, potreste non trovarvi nella nazione cui corrisponde\n" +"la lingua che avete scelto; in tal caso sarà necessario cliccare su questo\n" +"pulsante per poter configurare il fuso orario in base a quello dell'area\n" +"geografica in cui vivete;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Stampante\": cliccando sul pulsante \"Nessuna stampante\" si\n" +"richiamerà l'assistente di configurazione della stampante;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Scheda audio\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda\n" +"audio, verrà mostrata qui. Al momento dell'installazione non è possibile\n" +"apportare alcuna modifica;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Scheda TV\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda TV,\n" +"verrà mostrata qui. Al momento dell'installazione non è possibile apportare\n" +"alcuna modifica;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Scheda ISDN\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda\n" +"ISDN, verrà mostrata qui. Potete cliccare sul pulsante relativo per\n" +"cambiarne i parametri." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a default (\"Recommended\")\n" +"installation or if you want to have greater control (\"Expert\"). You can\n" +"also choose to do a new install or an upgrade of an existing Mandrake Linux\n" +"system:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Install\": completely wipes out the old system. In fact, depending on\n" +"what currently holds your machine, you will be able to keep some old (Linux\n" +"or other) partitions unchanged;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Upgrade\": this installation class allows to simply update the\n" +"packages currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. It keeps the\n" +"current partitions of your hard drives as well as user configurations. All\n" +"other configuration steps remain available with respect to plain\n" +"installation;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Upgrade Packages Only\": this brand new class allows to upgrade an\n" +"existing Mandrake Linux system while keeping all system configurations\n" +"unchanged. Adding new packages to the current installation is also\n" +"possible.\n" +"\n" +"Upgrades should work fine for Mandrake Linux systems starting from \"8.1\"\n" +"release.\n" +"\n" +"Depending on your knowledge of GNU/Linux, select one of the following\n" +"choices:\n" +"\n" +" * Recommended: choose this if you have never installed a GNU/Linux\n" +"operating system. The installation will be very easy and you will only be\n" +"asked a few questions;\n" +"\n" +" * Expert: if you have a good knowledge of GNU/Linux, you can choose this\n" +"installation class. The expert installation will allow you to perform a\n" +"highly-customized installation. Answering some of the questions can be\n" +"difficult if you do not have a good knowledge of GNU/Linux, so do not\n" +"choose this unless you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"A questo punto DrakX deve sapere se intendete effettuare un'installazione\n" +"in modalità predefinita (\"Raccomandata\") o se preferite avere un maggior\n" +"controllo su di essa (\"Esperto\"). Inoltre potete scegliere se effettuare\n" +"una nuova installazione o un aggiornamento di un sistema Mandrake Linux\n" +"esistente:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Installazione\" Cancella completamente il vecchio sistema. A seconda\n" +"di come è strutturato il sistema preesistente potrete mantenere inalterate\n" +"alcune delle vecchie partizioni (Linux e altre).\n" +"\n" +" * \"Aggiornamento\" Questo tipo di installazione vi permette di effettuare\n" +"un semplice aggiornamento dei pacchetti installati sul vostro sistema\n" +"Mandrake Linux. Conserva tutte le partizioni attuali del disco rigido, come\n" +"pure le configurazioni individuali degli utenti. Tutti gli altri passi\n" +"relativi alla configurazione verranno effettuati come per una installazione\n" +"da zero.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Solo aggiornamento pacchetti\" Questa nuovissima opzione vi permette\n" +"di aggiornare un sistema Mandrake Linux esistente lasciando intatta la\n" +"configurazione globale del sistema. è anche possibile aggiungere nuovi\n" +"pacchetti all'installazione corrente.\n" +"\n" +"Gli aggiornamenti dovrebbe svolgersi senza difficoltà per sistemi Mandrake\n" +"Linux a partire dalla versione \"8.1\".\n" +"\n" +"Scegliete una delle seguenti modalità di installazione, in base alla vostra\n" +"conoscenza di GNU/Linux:\n" +"\n" +" * Raccomandata: se non avete mai installato il sistema operativo\n" +"GNU/Linux, scegliete questa modalità. L'installazione sarà molto semplice e\n" +"vi verranno poste solo poche domande;\n" +"\n" +" * Esperto: se avete abbastanza familiarità con GNU/Linux potete scegliere\n" +"questa modalità, che vi permetterà di effettuare un'installazione altamente\n" +"personalizzata. Rispondere ad alcune delle domande che vi verranno poste\n" +"potrebbe essere difficile se non avete una buona conoscenza di GNU/Linux,\n" +"pertanto non fate questa scelta se non sapete bene quello che state\n" +"facendo." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n" +"packages have been updated since the initial release. Some bugs may have\n" +"been fixed, and security issues solved. To allow you to benefit from these\n" +"updates, you are now proposed to download them from the Internet. Choose\n" +"\"Yes\" if you have a working Internet connection, or \"No\" if you prefer\n" +"to install updated packages later.\n" +"\n" +"Choosing \"Yes\" displays a list of places from which updates can be\n" +"retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. Then a package-selection tree\n" +"appears: review the selection, and press \"Install\" to retrieve and\n" +"install the selected package(s), or \"Cancel\" to abort." +msgstr "" +"È molto probabile che, al momento in cui state installando Mandrake Linux,\n" +"alcuni pacchetti siano stati aggiornati rispetto alla versione iniziale.\n" +"Potrebbe trattarsi di un ''bug fix'', o della soluzione di problemi\n" +"relativi alla sicurezza. Per permettervi di beneficiare di questi\n" +"aggiornamenti vi verrà proposto di scaricare la nuova versione dei\n" +"pacchetti usando Internet. Scegliete \"Sì\" se potete contare su una\n" +"connessione a Internet funzionante, oppure \"No\" se preferite installare i\n" +"pacchetti aggiornati in un secondo momento.\n" +"\n" +"Se scegliete \"Sì\" comparirà una lista di siti da cui è possibile\n" +"scaricare i pacchetti aggiornati. Selezionate quello più vicino a voi. A\n" +"questo punto comparirà una finestra di selezione pacchetti: controllate la\n" +"lista e cliccate su \"Installa\" per scaricare e installare i pacchetti, o\n" +"su \"Annulla\" per annullare l'operazione." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. This stage, normally, is totally\n" +"automated. In fact, DrakX analyzes the disk boot sector and acts\n" +"accordingly, depending on what it finds here:\n" +"\n" +" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n" +"boot sector. Hence, you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another\n" +"OS;\n" +"\n" +" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n" +"one.\n" +"\n" +"If in doubt, DrakX will display a dialog with various options.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Bootloader to use\": you have three choices:\n" +"\n" +" * \"GRUB\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n" +"\n" +" * \"LILO with graphical menu\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical\n" +"interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"LILO with text menu\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu\n" +"interface.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Boot device\": in most cases, you will not change the default\n" +"(\"/dev/hda\"), but if you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the\n" +"second hard drive (\"/dev/hdb\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"/dev/fd0\");\n" +"\n" +" * \"Delay before booting the default image\": when rebooting the computer,\n" +"this is the delay granted to the user to choose - in the bootloader menu,\n" +"another boot entry than the default one.\n" +"\n" +"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n" +"\"Cancel\" here), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake\n" +"Linux system! Also, be sure you know what you do before changing any of the\n" +"options. !!\n" +"\n" +"Clicking the \"Advanced\" button in this dialog will offer many advanced\n" +"options, which are reserved to the expert user.\n" +"\n" +"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n" +"boot options which will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n" +"\n" +"If there is another operating system installed on your machine, it will\n" +"automatically be added to the boot menu. Here, you can choose to fine-tune\n" +"the existing options. Select an entry and click \"Modify\" to modify or\n" +"remove it; \"Add\" creates a new entry; and \"Done\" goes on to the next\n" +"installation step." +msgstr "" +"LILO e grub sono due ''bootloader'' di GNU/Linux. Un bootloader è un\n" +"programma per l'avvio di uno o più sistemi operativi. Questa fase, in\n" +"genere, è del tutto automatica; DrakX, infatti, analizza il settore di boot\n" +"del disco, e si comporta in base a quello che vi trova:\n" +"\n" +" * se trova un settore di boot di Windows, lo rimpiazza con un settore di\n" +"boot di grub o LILO, in modo da permettervi di lanciare GNU/Linux o un\n" +"altro OS;\n" +"\n" +" * se trova un settore di boot di grub o LILO, lo sostituisce con uno\n" +"nuovo.\n" +"\n" +"In caso di dubbio, DrakX mostrerà una finestra di dialogo con varie\n" +"opzioni:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Bootloader da usare\": avete tre scelte a disposizione:\n" +"\n" +" * \"GRUB\": se preferite grub (menu in modo testo);\n" +"\n" +" * \"LILO con menu grafico\": se preferite LILO con la sua interfaccia\n" +"grafica;\n" +"\n" +" * \"LILO con menu in modo testo\": se preferite LILO nella sua versione\n" +"con menu in modo testo.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Dispositivo di boot\": nella maggior parte dei casi non sarà\n" +"necessario cambiare le impostazioni predefinite (\"/dev/hda\"), ma, se lo\n" +"preferite, il bootloader può essere installato sul secondo disco rigido\n" +"(\"/dev/hdb\"), o persino su un floppy (\"/dev/fd0\");\n" +"\n" +" * \"Ritardo prima di avviare con l'immagine predefinita\": è il tempo\n" +"lasciato all'utente per scegliere una voce diversa da quella predefinita\n" +"nel menu del bootloader.\n" +"\n" +"!! Prestate particolare attenzione al fatto che, se scegliete di non\n" +"installare un bootloader (scegliendo \"Annulla\" nella finestra di cui\n" +"sopra), dovete essere sicuri di poter avviare il vostro sistema Mandrake\n" +"Linux in altro modo! Accertatevi anche di sapere quello che fate se\n" +"modificate qualcuna delle opzioni. !!\n" +"\n" +"Cliccando sul pulsante \"Avanzato\" di questa finestra avrete la\n" +"possibilità di scegliere tra molte opzioni avanzate, riservate agli utenti\n" +"esperti.\n" +"\n" +"Dopo aver configurato i parametri generali del bootloader, verrà mostra la\n" +"lista delle opzioni disponibili al momento del boot.\n" +"\n" +"Se sulla vostra macchina è già installato un altro sistema operativo,\n" +"quest'ultimo verrà automaticamente aggiunto al menu di avvio. Potete anche\n" +"scegliere di configurare con precisione le opzioni esistenti: selezionate\n" +"una voce e cliccate su \"Modifica\" per modificarne i parametri o\n" +"rimuoverla; \"Aggiungi\" crea una nuova voce, mentre cliccando su \"Fatto\"\n" +"passerete alla fase di installazione successiva." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n" +"Please choose the one you want to resize in order to install your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n" +"\n" +"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n" +"\"Capacity\".\n" +"\n" +"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n" +"hard drives:\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +"\n" +"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n" +"\n" +"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n" +"disk or partition is called \"C:\")." +msgstr "" +"Sul vostro disco rigido è stata individuata più di una partizione Microsoft\n" +"Windows. Per favore, scegliete quella che deve essere ridimensionata in\n" +"modo da poter installare il vostro nuovo sistema operativo Mandrake Linux.\n" +"\n" +"Ogni partizione viene elencata come segue: \"nome Linux\", \"nome Windows\"\n" +"\"Capacità\".\n" +"\n" +"Il \"nome Linux\" è strutturato in: \"tipo di disco rigido\", \"numero del\n" +"disco\", \"numero della partizione\" (ad esempio, \"hda1\").\n" +"\n" +"Il \"tipo di disco rigido\" è \"hd\" se il vostro disco è di tipo IDE, e\n" +"\"sd\" se, invece, è un disco SCSI.\n" +"\n" +"Il \"numero del disco\" è sempre una lettera che segue \"hd\" o \"sd\". Per\n" +"i dischi IDE:\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\" significa \"disco rigido master sul controller IDE primario\",\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\" means \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE primario\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\" means \"disco rigido master sul controller IDE secondario\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" means \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE secondario\".\n" +"\n" +"Per i dischi rigidi di tipo SCSI, invece, una \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI\n" +"più\", una \"b\" significa \"ID SCSI superiore ad a\", etc.\n" +"\n" +"Il \"nome Windows\" è la lettera che corrisponde al vostro disco rigido\n" +"sotto Windows (il primo disco o partizione è chiamato \"C:\")." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Here, we select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may offer\n" +"you one, but Mandrake Linux offers three.\n" +"\n" +" * \"pdq\" - which means ``print, don't queue'', is the choice if you have\n" +"a direct connection to your printer and you want to be able to panic out of\n" +"printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. It will handle only\n" +"very simple network cases and is somewhat slow for networks. Pick \"pdq\"\n" +"if this is your maiden voyage to GNU/Linux. You can change your choices\n" +"after installation by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control Center\n" +"and clicking the expert button.\n" +"\n" +" * \"CUPS\" - ``Common Unix Printing System'', is excellent at printing to\n" +"your local printer and also halfway-around the planet. It is simple and can\n" +"act as a server or a client for the ancient \"lpd\" printing system. Hence,\n" +"it is compatible with the systems that went before. It can do many tricks,\n" +"but the basic setup is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need this to\n" +"emulate an \"lpd\" server, you must turn on the \"cups-lpd\" daemon. It has\n" +"graphical front-ends for printing or choosing printer options.\n" +"\n" +" * \"lprNG\" - ``line printer daemon New Generation''. This system can do\n" +"approximately the same things the others can do, but it will print to\n" +"printers mounted on a Novell Network, because it supports the IPX protocol,\n" +"and it can print directly to shell commands. If you have need of Novell or\n" +"printing to commands without using a separate pipe construct, use lprNG.\n" +"Otherwise, CUPS is preferable as it is simpler and better at working over\n" +"networks." +msgstr "" +"Qui potrete scegliere il sistema di stampa da usare con questo computer.\n" +"Altri sistemi operativi possono offrirvene uno, ma Mandrake Linux ve ne\n" +"offre ben tre.\n" +"\n" +" * \"pdq\" - che sta per ''print, don't queue'' (''stampa, non mettere in\n" +"coda''), è una buona scelta se avete una connessione diretta con la\n" +"stampante e volete essere in grado di risolvere rapidamente eventuali\n" +"inceppamenti della carta, e inoltre non avete altre stampanti connesse via\n" +"rete. Infatti può gestire solo connessioni di rete molto semplici ed è\n" +"comunque piuttosto lento in quest'ultimo caso. Scegliete \"pdq\" se questa\n" +"è la vostra prima volta con GNU/Linux. Potrete cambiare la vostra scelta\n" +"dopo aver terminato l'installazione lanciando PrinterDrake dal Centro di\n" +"controllo Mandrake e cliccando sul pulsante Esperto.\n" +"\n" +" * \"CUPS\" - ''Common Unix Printing System'' (''Sistema di stampa\n" +"unificato per Unix''), offre risultati eccellenti sia che dobbiate stampare\n" +"sulla vostra stampante locale, sia nel caso che la stampa debba essere\n" +"effettuata sull'altra faccia del pianeta. È semplice da usare e può agire\n" +"come server o client per il vecchio sistema di stampa \"lpd\". Infatti è\n" +"compatibile con i sistemi precedenti. Ha molte frecce al suo arco, ma la\n" +"configurazione basica è quasi altrettanto semplice di quella per \"pdq\".\n" +"Se avete bisogno di emulare un server \"lpd\" dovete attivare il demone\n" +"\"cups-lpd\". Dispone di interfaccia grafica per la stampa e per la\n" +"configurazione delle opzioni della stampante.\n" +"\n" +" * \"lprNG\" - ''line printer daemon New Generation'' (''demone di stampa\n" +"di nuova generazione''. Questo sistema è approssimativamente equivalente\n" +"agli altri, ma è anche in grado di stampare su dispositivi collegati per\n" +"mezzo di una rete Novell, dato che supporta il protocollo IPX, e può\n" +"stampare direttamente in base a comandi via shell. Se avete bisogno di una\n" +"connessione di tipo Novell, o di stampare senza fare uso di pipe,\n" +"utilizzate lprNG. In caso contrario, è preferibile usare CUPS dato che è\n" +"più semplice e migliore nel gestire stampanti di rete." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"The first time you try the X configuration, you may not be very satisfied\n" +"with its display (screen is too small, shifted left or right...). Hence,\n" +"even if X starts up correctly, DrakX then asks you if the configuration\n" +"suits you. It will also propose to change it by displaying a list of valid\n" +"modes it could find, asking you to select one.\n" +"\n" +"As a last resort, if you still cannot get X to work, choose \"Change\n" +"graphics card\", select \"Unlisted card\", and when prompted on which\n" +"server, choose \"FBDev\". This is a failsafe option which works with any\n" +"modern graphics card. Then choose \"Test again\" to be sure." +msgstr "" +"Può verificarsi il caso che il primo tentativo non sia quello giusto (lo\n" +"schermo è troppo piccolo, spostato a destra o a sinistra...). Questo è il\n" +"motivo per cui, anche se X viene lanciato correttamente, DrakX vi chiederà\n" +"subito dopo se la configurazione va bene, e vi proporrà di cambiarla\n" +"elencando una lista di modi video validi (in base a quello che ha potuto\n" +"accertare) chiedendovi di sceglierne uno.\n" +"\n" +"Come ultima risorsa, se proprio non riuscite a far funzionare X, scegliete\n" +"\"Cambia scheda grafica\", selezionate \"Unlisted card\", e quando vi verrà\n" +"chiesto quale server desiderate utilizzare, scegliete \"FBDev\": si tratta\n" +"di un'opzione a prova d'errore, che funziona con qualsiasi scheda grafica\n" +"moderna. Quindi scegliete \"Nuovo test\" per essere sicuri." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"DrakX generally detects the number of buttons your mouse has. If not, it\n" +"assumes you have a two-button mouse and will set it up for third-button\n" +"emulation. DrakX will automatically know whether it is a PS/2, serial or\n" +"USB mouse.\n" +"\n" +"If you wish to specify a different type of mouse select the appropriate\n" +"type from the provided list.\n" +"\n" +"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n" +"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n" +"correct. If the mouse is not working well, press the space bar or [Return]\n" +"to \"Cancel\" and choose again." +msgstr "" +"In genere DrakX individua automaticamente il numero di pulsanti presente\n" +"sul vostro mouse, in caso contrario conclude che il vostro mouse è un mouse\n" +"a due tasti e lo imposta in modo da emulare il terzo tasto. DrakX, inoltre,\n" +"riconosce automaticamente se si tratta di un mouse PS/2, seriale o USB.\n" +"\n" +"Se volete specificare un diverso tipo di mouse, scegliete il vostro modello\n" +"dall'elenco che vi viene proposto.\n" +"\n" +"Se scegliete un mouse diverso dal tipo predefinito, vi verrà mostrata una\n" +"finestra dove potrete provarlo. Provate sia i pulsanti che l'eventuale\n" +"rotellina per controllare che la configurazione sia corretta. Se il mouse\n" +"non funziona correttamente, premete la barra spaziatrice o il tasto [Invio]\n" +"per premere il pulsante \"Annulla\" ed effettuare una nuova scelta." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"You are now proposed to set up your Internet/network connection. If you\n" +"wish to connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click\n" +"\"OK\". The autodetection of network devices and modem will be launched. If\n" +"this detection fails, uncheck the \"Use auto detection\" box next time. You\n" +"may also choose not to configure the network, or do it later; in that case,\n" +"simply click the \"Cancel\" button.\n" +"\n" +"Available connections are: traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n" +"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n" +"\n" +"Here, we will not detail each configuration. Simply make sure that you have\n" +"all the parameters from your Internet Service Provider or system\n" +"administrator.\n" +"\n" +"You can consult the ``User Guide'' chapter about Internet connections for\n" +"details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n" +"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection.\n" +"\n" +"If you wish to configure the network later after installation, or if you\n" +"are finished configuring your network connection, click \"Cancel\"." +msgstr "" +"Se desiderate connettere il vostro computer a Internet o a una rete locale,\n" +"assicuratevi di scegliere l'opzione corretta. Accendete la periferica che\n" +"dovrete usare per connettervi prima di scegliere l'opzione adeguata, per\n" +"permettere a DrakX di individuarla automaticamente.\n" +"\n" +"Mandrake Linux vi permette di configurare la vostra connessione a Internet\n" +"durante il processo di installazione. Le connessioni disponibili sono:\n" +"modem tradizionale, modem ISDN, connessione ADSL, cable modem, e infine una\n" +"semplice connessione a una LAN (Ethernet).\n" +"\n" +"Non possiamo descrivere in dettaglio le caratteristiche di ogni\n" +"configurazione. In ogni caso, accertatevi di avere a portata di mano tutti\n" +"i parametri indicati dal vostro fornitore di servizi internet o dal vostro\n" +"amministratore di sistema.\n" +"\n" +"Per maggiori dettagli riguardo la configurazione della connessione a\n" +"Internet potete consultare il relativo capitolo del ''Manuale\n" +"dell'utente''; in alternativa, potete attendere di aver portato a termine\n" +"l'installazione e usare poi il programma descritto in tale capitolo per\n" +"configurare la connessione.\n" +"\n" +"Se desiderate configurare la rete dopo aver terminato l'installazione, o se\n" +"avete già configurato la vostra rete, cliccate su \"Annulla\"." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"You may now choose which services you wish to start at boot time.\n" +"\n" +"Here are presented all the services available with the current\n" +"installation. Review them carefully and uncheck those which are not always\n" +"needed at boot time.\n" +"\n" +"You can get a short explanatory text about a service by selecting a\n" +"specific service. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful\n" +"or not, it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n" +"\n" +"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n" +"server: you will probably not want to start any services which you do not\n" +"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n" +"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n" +"!!" +msgstr "" +"A questo punto potete scegliere i servizi da lanciare automaticamente\n" +"all'avvio del sistema.\n" +"\n" +"Qui sono elencati tutti i servizi disponibili con l'installazione attuale.\n" +"Esaminateli attentamente e disabilitate quelli che non sono sempre\n" +"necessari all'avvio.\n" +"\n" +"Selezionando un servizio comparirà un breve testo di aiuto che ne spiega le\n" +"caratteristiche. Se non siete realmente sicuri dell'utilità o meno di un\n" +"servizio, è più prudente non modificare le impostazioni predefinite.\n" +"\n" +"!! In questa fase dell'installazione dovete fare le vostre scelte con\n" +"particolare attenzione nel caso intendiate usare il vostro computer come\n" +"server: probabilmente non volete che siano abilitati servizi di cui non\n" +"avete bisogno. Ricordate che numerosi servizi sono potenzialmente\n" +"pericolosi se attivi su un server. Come regola generale, selezionate\n" +"soltanto quelli di cui avete effettivamente bisogno. !!" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n" +"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n" +"you are not supposed to know them all by heart.\n" +"\n" +"If you are performing a standard installation from a CD-ROM, you will first\n" +"be asked to specify the CDs you currently have (in Expert mode only). Check\n" +"the CD labels and highlight the boxes corresponding to the CDs you have\n" +"available for installation. Click \"OK\" when you are ready to continue.\n" +"\n" +"Packages are sorted in groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n" +"machine. The groups themselves are sorted into four sections:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Workstation\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation,\n" +"select one or more of the corresponding groups;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Development\": if your machine is to be used for programming, choose\n" +"the desired group(s);\n" +"\n" +" * \"Server\": if your machine is intended to be a server, you will be able\n" +"to select which of the most common services you wish to install on your\n" +"machine;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Graphical Environment\": finally, this is where you will choose your\n" +"preferred graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want\n" +"to have a graphical workstation!\n" +"\n" +"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n" +"text about that group. If you deselect all groups when performing a regular\n" +"installation (by opposition to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n" +"different options for a minimal installation:\n" +"\n" +" * \"With X\": install the fewer packages possible to have a working\n" +"graphical desktop;\n" +"\n" +" * \"With basic documentation\": installs the base system plus basic\n" +"utilities and their documentation. This installation is suitable for\n" +"setting up a server;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Truly minimal install\": will install the strict minimum necessary to\n" +"get a working Linux system, in command line only. This installation is\n" +"about 65Mb large.\n" +"\n" +"You can check the \"Individual package selection\" box, which is useful if\n" +"you are familiar with the packages being offered or if you want to have\n" +"total control over what will be installed.\n" +"\n" +"If you started the installation in \"Upgrade\" mode, you can unselect all\n" +"groups to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n" +"updating an existing system." +msgstr "" +"Adesso è il momento di indicare i programmi che volete siano installati sul\n" +"vostro sistema. Ci sono migliaia di programmi disponibili per Mandrake\n" +"Linux, e nessuno si aspetta che li conosciate tutti a memoria.\n" +"\n" +"Se state effettuando un'installazione standard da CD-ROM, per prima cosa vi\n" +"verrà chiesto di specificare quali sono i CD in vostro possesso (solo se\n" +"siete in modalità Esperto): controllate i CD della distribuzione, cliccate\n" +"sulle caselle corrispondenti ai CD che avete e infine sul pulsante \"Ok\"\n" +"quando siete pronti per continuare.\n" +"\n" +"I pacchetti sono organizzati in gruppi corrispondenti a usi particolari\n" +"della vostra macchina. I gruppi sono a loro volta divisi in quattro\n" +"sezioni:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Workstation\": scegliete uno o più dei gruppi di questa sezione se la\n" +"vostra macchina verrà utilizzata prevalentemente come workstation.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Sviluppo\": se la macchina verrà usata per lo sviluppo di software\n" +"scegliete i gruppi appropriati.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Server\": se il computer sarà usato come server, qui potrete scegliere\n" +"i servizi più comuni da installare.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Ambiente grafico\": scegliete qui il vostro ambiente grafico\n" +"preferito. Indicatene almeno uno se desiderate avere una workstation\n" +"grafica!\n" +"\n" +"Spostando il puntatore del mouse sul nome di un gruppo verrà mostrato un\n" +"breve testo di informazioni riguardo quest'ultimo. Se state effettuando\n" +"un'installazione normale (non un aggiornamento) e deselezionate tutti i\n" +"gruppi, comparirà una finestra di dialogo che vi proporrà alcune opzioni\n" +"relative a un'installazione ''minima'':\n" +"\n" +" * \"With X\": installa i pacchetti strettamente necessari per avere un\n" +"ambiente grafico funzionante;\n" +"\n" +" * \"With basic documentation\": installa il sistema base più le utilità di\n" +"base e la relativa documentazione; questo tipo di installazione è utile se\n" +"si vuole configurare un server;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Truly minimal install\": provvederà all'installazione dello stretto\n" +"necessario per avere un sistema Linux funzionante, avente come unica\n" +"interfaccia la linea di comando.\n" +"\n" +"Se lo desiderate, potete abilitare l'opzione \"Selezione individuale dei\n" +"pacchetti\". Questa è utilissima se conoscete bene i pacchetti presenti\n" +"nella distribuzione o se desiderate avere il totale controllo di ciò che\n" +"verrà installato.\n" +"\n" +"Se avete cominciato l'installazione in modalità \"Aggiornamento\", potete\n" +"deselezionare tutti i gruppi per evitare di installare nuovi pacchetti, in\n" +"questo modo effettuerete soltanto il ripristino o l'aggiornamento del\n" +"sistema esistente." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Please be patient. This operation can take several minutes." +msgstr "" +"Per favore siate pazienti. Questa operazione può richiedere diversi minuti." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it in\n" +"local time according to the time zone you selected. It is however possible\n" +"to deactivate this by deselecting \"Hardware clock set to GMT\" so that the\n" +"hardware clock is the same as the system clock. This is useful when the\n" +"machine is hosting another operating system like Windows.\n" +"\n" +"The \"Automatic time synchronization\" option will automatically regulate\n" +"the clock by connecting to a remote time server on the Internet. In the\n" +"list that is presented, choose a server located near you. Of course you\n" +"must have a working Internet connection for this feature to work. It will\n" +"actually install on your machine a time server which can be optionally used\n" +"by other machines on your local network." +msgstr "" +"GNU/Linux gestisce il tempo in base al GMT (''Greenwich Manage Time'') e lo\n" +"traduce nell'ora locale in base al fuso orario selezionato. Tuttavia è\n" +"possibile disabilitare questa opzione togliendo il segno di spunta alla\n" +"casella \"Hardware clock set to GMT\", in modo che l'orologio hardware sia\n" +"lo stesso dell'orologio di sistema. Questa scelta può tornare utile nel\n" +"caso sulla macchina sia installato un altro sistema operativo, ad esempio\n" +"Windows.\n" +"\n" +"L'opzione \"Automatic time synchronization\" provvederà a gestire l'ora\n" +"grazie alla connessione con un server del tempo remoto via Internet.\n" +"Scegliete un server vicino a voi nella lista che vi verrà mostrata. Perche\n" +"questa opzione funzioni, naturalmente, dovete disporre di una connessione a\n" +"Internet funzionante. Sulla vostra macchina verrà installato un server del\n" +"tempo che potrà essere usato anche per altre macchine che si trovano sulla\n" +"vostra rete locale." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"The Mandrake Linux installation is spread out over several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n" +"knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM and will eject the\n" +"current CD and ask you to insert a different one as required." +msgstr "" +"La distribuzione Mandrake Linux è suddivisa su più CD-ROM. DrakX sa se uno\n" +"dei pacchetti selezionati si trova su un altro CD-ROM, pertanto provvederà\n" +"a espellere il CD attualmente inserito nel lettore e a chiedervi di\n" +"inserire quello corretto." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n" +"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"root\" is the system\n" +"administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add users,\n" +"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n" +"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n" +"guess - DrakX will tell you if it is too easy. As you can see, you can\n" +"choose not to enter a password, but we strongly advise you against this if\n" +"only for one reason: do not think that because you booted GNU/Linux that\n" +"your other operating systems are safe from mistakes. Since \"root\" can\n" +"overcome all limitations and unintentionally erase all data on partitions\n" +"by carelessly accessing the partitions themselves, it is important for it\n" +"to be difficult to become \"root\".\n" +"\n" +"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n" +"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password - it makes it too\n" +"easy to compromise a system.\n" +"\n" +"However, please do not make the password too long or complicated because\n" +"you must be able to remember it without too much effort.\n" +"\n" +"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. Hence, you\n" +"will have to type the password twice to reduce the chance of a typing\n" +"error. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n" +"``incorrect'' password will have to be used the first time you connect.\n" +"\n" +"In Expert mode, you will be asked if you will be connecting to an\n" +"authentication server, like NIS or LDAP.\n" +"\n" +"If your network uses the LDAP (or NIS) protocol for authentication, select\n" +"\"LDAP\" (or \"NIS\") as authentication. If you do not know, ask your\n" +"network administrator.\n" +"\n" +"If your computer is not connected to any administrated network, you will\n" +"want to choose \"Local files\" for authentication." +msgstr "" +"Questo è il punto più critico per la sicurezza del vostro sistema\n" +"GNU/Linux: state per decidere la password di \"root\". \"root\" è\n" +"l'amministratore del sistema, ed è l'unico utente autorizzato a compiere\n" +"aggiornamenti, aggiungere altri utenti, cambiare la configurazione globale\n" +"del sistema, etc. In breve, può fare tutto ciò che vuole! Questo è il\n" +"motivo per cui dovete scegliere una password che sia difficile da\n" +"indovinare: DrakX vi dirà se è troppo facile. Potete anche scegliere di non\n" +"digitare una password, ma noi vi consigliamo caldamente di farlo, almeno\n" +"per un motivo: non pensate che, avviando il sistema con GNU/Linux, gli\n" +"altri sistemi operativi che convivono con esso sulla stessa macchina siano\n" +"al sicuro da errori; al contrario: \"root\" può scavalcare ogni limitazione\n" +"e (magari involontariamente) cancellare tutti i dati presenti sulle\n" +"partizioni accedendo in maniera scorretta a queste ultime! Quindi è molto\n" +"importante che sia difficile per gli utenti normali diventare \"root\".\n" +"\n" +"La password ideale è costituita da un insieme di caratteri alfanumerici\n" +"lungo almeno 8 caratteri. Non scrivete mai su qualche appunto la password\n" +"di \"root\", renderebbe troppo facile l'accesso al sistema da parte di\n" +"estranei.\n" +"\n" +"Prestate attenzione, tuttavia, a non scegliere una password troppo lunga o\n" +"complicata, perche dovete essere in grado di ricordarla senza troppo\n" +"sforzo.\n" +"\n" +"La password non verrà mostrata mentre la digitate. Per questo motivo è\n" +"necessario che venga inserita due volte, per ridurre il rischio di un\n" +"errore di battitura. Se per caso commettete lo stesso errore due volte,\n" +"questa password \"scorretta\" sarà quella che verrà richiesta la prima\n" +"volta che vi connetterete al sistema.\n" +"\n" +"In modalità Esperto vi verrà chiesto se il vostro computer è connesso a un\n" +"server di autenticazione, secondo il protocollo NIS o LDAP.\n" +"\n" +"Se la vostra rete si basa sul protocollo LDAP (o NIS) per l'autenticazione,\n" +"selezionate il pulsante \"LDAP\" (o \"NIS\") per effettuare\n" +"l'autenticazione. Se non siete sicuri, chiedete al vostro amministratore di\n" +"rete.\n" +"\n" +"Se il vostro computer non è connesso a una rete soggetta ad autenticazione,\n" +"scegliete \"File locali\"." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Before continuing, you should read carefully the terms of the license. It\n" +"covers the whole Mandrake Linux distribution, and if you do not agree with\n" +"all the terms in it, click on the \"Refuse\" button which will immediately\n" +"terminate the installation. To continue with the installation, click on the\n" +"\"Accept\" button." +msgstr "" +"Prima di proseguire dovreste leggere con attenzione le condizioni d'uso;\n" +"queste riguardano l'intera distribuzione Mandrake Linux, e se non siete\n" +"d'accordo con qualche punto della licenza cliccate sul pulsante\n" +"\"Rifiuta\": la procedura di installazione sarà immediatamente interrotta.\n" +"Per proseguire con l'installazione, invece, cliccate sul pulsante\n" +"\"Accetta\"." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Listed above are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n" +"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, they are good for most common\n" +"installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a root\n" +"partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not be\n" +"able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n" +"separate partition, you will also need to create a partition for \"/home\"\n" +"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n" +"\n" +"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n" +"\n" +"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n" +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n" +"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n" +"\n" +"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n" +"hard drives:\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n" +"\n" +"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n" +"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc." +msgstr "" +"In alto potete vedere l'elenco delle partizioni Linux individuate sul\n" +"vostro disco rigido. Potete attenervi alle scelte fatte dall'assistente,\n" +"vanno bene per la maggior parte delle installazioni. Se fate dei\n" +"cambiamenti, ricordate che dovete definire per lo meno una partizione root\n" +"(''radice'') (\"/\"). Non scegliete una partizione troppo piccola,\n" +"altrimenti non sarete in grado di installare parte del software. Se volete\n" +"archiviare i vostri dati su una partizione separata, dovrete creare anche\n" +"una partizione per \"/home\" (questo è possibile soltanto se avete a\n" +"disposizione più di una partizione Linux).\n" +"\n" +"Ogni partizione è elencata in base a queste caratteristiche: \"Nome\",\n" +"\"Capacità\".\n" +"\n" +"Il \"Nome\" è strutturato in: \"tipo di disco rigido\", \"numero del\n" +"disco\", \"numero della partizione\" (ad esempio, \"hda1\").\n" +"\n" +"Il \"tipo di disco rigido\" è \"hd\" se il vostro disco è di tipo IDE, e\n" +"\"sd\" se, invece, è un disco SCSI.\n" +"\n" +"Il \"numero del disco\" è sempre una lettera che segue \"hd\" o \"sd\". Per\n" +"i dischi IDE:\n" +"\n" +" * \"a\" significa \"disco rigido master sul controller IDE primario\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"b\" means \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE primario\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"c\" means \"disco rigido master sul controller IDE secondario\";\n" +"\n" +" * \"d\" means \"disco rigido slave sul controller IDE secondario\".\n" +"\n" +"Per i dischi rigidi di tipo SCSI, invece, una \"a\" significa \"ID SCSI\n" +"più\", una \"b\" significa \"ID SCSI superiore ad a\", etc." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Click on \"OK\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n" +"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"OK\", you will not be able\n" +"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n" +"any Windows data.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"Cancel\" to cancel this operation without losing any data and\n" +"partitions present on this hard drive." +msgstr "" +"Cliccate sul pulsante \"OK\" se volete tutte le partizioni e i dati\n" +"presenti su questo disco rigido. Prestate attenzione, dopo aver cliccato su\n" +"\"OK\" non potrete più recuperare le partizioni e i dati presenti sul\n" +"disco, compresi eventuali dati di Windows.\n" +"\n" +"Cliccate su \"Annulla\" per annullare questa operazione senza che vengano\n" +"persi dati o partizioni presenti su questo disco rigido." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"The Mandrake Linux CD-ROM has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by\n" +"booting from the CD-ROM, press the >>F1<< key at boot and type >>rescue<<\n" +"at the prompt. But in case your computer cannot boot from the CD-ROM, you\n" +"should come back to this step for help in at least two situations:\n" +"\n" +" * when installing the bootloader, DrakX will rewrite the boot sector (MBR)\n" +"of your main disk (unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you\n" +"to start up with either Windows or GNU/Linux (assuming you have Windows in\n" +"your system). If you need to reinstall Windows, the Microsoft install\n" +"process will rewrite the boot sector, and then you will not be able to\n" +"start GNU/Linux!\n" +"\n" +" * if a problem arises and you cannot start up GNU/Linux from the hard\n" +"disk, this floppy disk will be the only means of starting up GNU/Linux. It\n" +"contains a fair number of system tools for restoring a system, which has\n" +"crashed due to a power failure, an unfortunate typing error, a typo in a\n" +"password, or any other reason.\n" +"\n" +"When you click on this step, you will be asked to enter a disk inside the\n" +"drive. The floppy disk you will insert must be empty or contain data which\n" +"you do not need. You will not have to format it since DrakX will rewrite\n" +"the whole disk." +msgstr "" +"Il CD-ROM di Mandrake Linux ha una modalità ''salvataggio'' preconfigurata.\n" +"Potete accedervi effettuando il boot dal CD-ROM, premendo il tasto >>F1<<\n" +"all'avvio e digitando >>rescue<< dal prompt. Ma se il vostro computer non\n" +"può essere avviato dal CD-ROM, dovete effettuare questa operazione (la\n" +"creazione di un disco di avvio) per almeno due ragioni:\n" +"\n" +" * DrakX riscriverà il settore di boot (MBR) del vostro disco principale (a\n" +"meno che voi non usiate un altro gestore del boot), in modo che possiate\n" +"avviare sia Windows che GNU/Linux, se sul vostro sistema è installato anche\n" +"Windows. Tuttavia, se in futuro si renderà necessario re-installare\n" +"Windows, il programma di installazione Microsoft riscriverà il settore di\n" +"boot, e di conseguenza non sarete più in grado di avviare GNU/Linux!\n" +"\n" +" * se si verifica un problema per cui non potete più lanciare GNU/Linux dal\n" +"disco rigido, questo dischetto sarà l'unico mezzo per avviare GNU/Linux:\n" +"contiene un buon numero di programmi di amministrazione del sistema per\n" +"rimettere in sesto un'installazione che ha subito abbia crash per\n" +"un'interruzione di corrente, uno sfortunato errore di battitura, una\n" +"password dimenticata o qualsiasi altra ragione.\n" +"\n" +"Quando cliccherete su \"Sì\", vi verrà chiesto di inserire un disco in un\n" +"lettore di floppy. Naturalmente il dischetto che utilizzerete deve essere\n" +"vuoto o contenere soltanto dati di cui non avete più bisogno. Non sarà\n" +"necessario formattarlo: DrakX riscriverà l'intero disco." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Finally, depending on whether or not you selected individual packages, you\n" +"will be presented a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n" +"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n" +"subgroups, or individual packages.\n" +"\n" +"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n" +"right. When your selection is finished, click the \"Install\" button which\n" +"will then launch the installation process. Depending on the speed of your\n" +"hardware and the number of packages that need to be installed, it may take\n" +"a while to complete the process. An estimate of the time it will take to\n" +"install everything is displayed on the screen, to help you gauge if there\n" +"is sufficient time to enjoy a cup of coffee.\n" +"\n" +"!! If a server package has been selected, either intentionally or because\n" +"it was part of a whole group, you will be asked to confirm that you really\n" +"want those servers to be installed. Under Mandrake Linux, any installed\n" +"servers are started by default at boot time. Even if they are safe and have\n" +"no known issues at the time the distribution was shipped, it may happen\n" +"that security holes are discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n" +"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n" +"or why it is being installed, then click \"No\". Clicking \"Yes\" will\n" +"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n" +"default. !!\n" +"\n" +"The \"Automatic dependencies\" option simply disables the warning dialog\n" +"which appears whenever the installer automatically selects a package. This\n" +"occurs because it has determined that it needs to satisfy a dependency with\n" +"another package in order to successfully complete the installation.\n" +"\n" +"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows to load the\n" +"package list chosen during a previous installation. Clicking on this icon\n" +"will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the end of\n" +"another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to create such\n" +"a floppy." +msgstr "" +"Ora, se avete scelto di indicare i pacchetti su base individuale, potete\n" +"vedere una struttura ad albero contenente tutti i pacchetti organizzati in\n" +"gruppi e sotto-gruppi. Mentre sfogliate questa lista gerarchica potete\n" +"selezionare interi gruppi, sotto-gruppi o singoli pacchetti.\n" +"\n" +"Quando selezionate un pacchetto all'interno dell'albero, ne compare una\n" +"descrizione sulla destra. Una volta terminata la scelta, cliccate sul\n" +"pulsante \"Installa\" che provvederà a far partire l'installazione vera e\n" +"propria. Il tempo necessario varia in base al numero di pacchetti che\n" +"devono essere installati e alla velocità del vostro hardware, l'attesa\n" +"potrebbe anche essere lunga. Una stima del tempo richiesto per finire\n" +"l'installazione è visibile sullo schermo, in questo modo potrete sapere se\n" +"avete tempo a sufficienza per godervi una tazza di caffe.\n" +"\n" +"!! Se avete selezionato un pacchetto che offre un servizio come server\n" +"(intenzionalmente, oppure perche faceva parte di un gruppo), vi verrà\n" +"chiesta conferma riguardo una sua effettiva installazione. Come opzione\n" +"predefinita, in Mandrake Linux tutti i servizi installati vengono avviati\n" +"automaticamente al momento del boot. Anche se si tratta di servizi sicuri\n" +"al momento in cui è stata rilasciata questa versione della distribuzione,\n" +"potrebbe succedere che vengano scoperte delle falle di sicurezza in un\n" +"momento successivo. Se poi non avete proprio idea di quale sia la funzione\n" +"di uno di questi pacchetti, cliccate sul pulsante \"No\". Cliccando su\n" +"\"Sì\" i servizi elencati verranno installati e saranno attivati in maniera\n" +"automatica. !!\n" +"\n" +"L'opzione \"Mostra i pacchetti selezionati automaticamente\" vi permette di\n" +"disabilitare la finestra di dialogo che compare tutte le volte che il\n" +"programma di installazione seleziona automaticamente uno o più pacchetti.\n" +"Il programma determina in modo automatico, infatti, quali sono i pacchetti\n" +"che sono indispensabili a un dato pacchetto (''dipendenze'') perche\n" +"quest'ultimo possa essere installato con successo.\n" +"\n" +"Il piccolo dischetto floppy in fondo alla lista vi permette di caricare una\n" +"lista di pacchetti scelti durante una precedente installazione. Cliccando\n" +"su questa icona vi verrà chiesto di inserire un floppy che avrete creato\n" +"alla fine di un'altra installazione. Consultate le informazioni che\n" +"riguardano l'ultimo passo del processo di installazione per sapere come\n" +"creare questo dischetto." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n" +"(formatting means creating a filesystem).\n" +"\n" +"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n" +"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n" +"partitions as well.\n" +"\n" +"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n" +"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n" +"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n" +"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n" +"\"/home\").\n" +"\n" +"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n" +"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n" +"any of it.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"OK\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"Cancel\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n" +"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n" +"\n" +"Click on \"Advanced\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked\n" +"for bad blocks on the disk." +msgstr "" +"Qualsiasi partizione appena definita deve essere formattata prima di poter\n" +"essere usata (formattare significa creare un filesystem).\n" +"\n" +"Potreste anche voler riformattare alcune partizioni preesistenti, per\n" +"cancellare i dati che contengono. Se desiderate farlo, scegliete qui le\n" +"partizioni che intendete formattare.\n" +"\n" +"Tenete presente che non è necessario riformattare tutte le partizioni\n" +"preesistenti. Dovete formattare le partizioni che contengono il sistema\n" +"operativo (come \"/\", \"/usr\" o \"/var\"), ma potete evitare di\n" +"riformattare partizioni che contengono dati che desiderate conservare\n" +"(tipicamente \"/home\").\n" +"\n" +"Fate molta attenzione nella scelta delle partizioni, dopo la formattazione\n" +"tutti i dati saranno cancellati e non potrete recuperarli.\n" +"\n" +"Cliccate su \"Ok\" quando siete pronti a formattare le partizioni.\n" +"\n" +"Cliccate su \"Annulla\" se desiderate scegliere altre partizioni sulle\n" +"quali installare il vostro nuovo sistema operativo Mandrake Linux.\n" +"\n" +"Cliccate su \"Avanzato\" se desiderate che le partizioni selezionate\n" +"vengano controllate per accertare la presenza di eventuali blocchi\n" +"danneggiati." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"Normally, DrakX selects the right keyboard for you (depending on the\n" +"language you have chosen) and you won't even see this step. However, you\n" +"might not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language: for\n" +"example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may still want\n" +"your keyboard to be a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are\n" +"located in Quebec, you may find yourself in the same situation. In both\n" +"cases, you will have to go back to this installation step and select an\n" +"appropriate keyboard from the list.\n" +"\n" +"Click on the \"More\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n" +"supported keyboards." +msgstr "" +"Normalmente DrakX provvede a individuare automaticamente la tastiera\n" +"corretta (in base alla lingua che avete scelto) e voi non vedrete nemmeno\n" +"questo passo. Tuttavia, potreste avere una tastiera che non corrisponde\n" +"esattamente alla vostra lingua: se siete un francese che parla italiano, ad\n" +"esempio, potreste comunque preferire una tastiera francese. Oppure, se\n" +"parlate italiano ma vivete nel Quebec, potreste trovarvi nella stessa\n" +"situazione. In entrambi i casi, dovrete tornare a questa fase\n" +"dell'installazione e selezionare una tastiera appropriata dalla lista.\n" +"\n" +"Cliccate sul pulsante \"Avanzato\" per vedere una lista completa delle\n" +"tastiere supportate." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"You must indicate where you wish to place the information required to boot\n" +"to GNU/Linux.\n" +"\n" +"Unless you know exactly what you are doing, choose \"First sector of drive\n" +"(MBR)\"." +msgstr "" +"Dovete adesso indicare dove volete che vengano collocate le informazioni\n" +"necessarie per effettuare il boot con GNU/Linux.\n" +"\n" +"A meno che non sappiate esattamente quello che state facendo, scegliete\n" +"\"Primo settore del disco rigido (MBR)\"." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n" +"ready to use. Just click \"OK\" to reboot the system. You can start\n" +"GNU/Linux or Windows, whichever you prefer (if you are dual-booting), as\n" +"soon as the computer has booted up again.\n" +"\n" +"The \"Advanced\" button (in Expert mode only) shows two more buttons to:\n" +"\n" +" * \"generate auto-install floppy\": to create an installation floppy disk\n" +"which will automatically perform a whole installation without the help of\n" +"an operator, similar to the installation you just configured.\n" +"\n" +" Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Replay\". This is a partially automated installation as the\n" +"partitioning step (and only this one) remains interactive;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Automated\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is\n" +"completely rewritten, all data is lost.\n" +"\n" +" This feature is very handy when installing a great number of similar\n" +"machines. See the Auto install section on our web site;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Save packages selection\"(*): saves the package selection as done\n" +"previously. Then, when doing another installation, insert the floppy inside\n" +"the drive and run the installation going to the help screen by pressing on\n" +"the [F1] key, and by issuing >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n" +"\n" +"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n" +"\"mformat a:\")" +msgstr "" +"Ecco fatto: l'installazione è terminata, e il vostro sistema GNU/Linux è\n" +"pronto per essere usato. Dovete soltanto cliccare sul pulsante \"OK\" per\n" +"riavviare il sistema. Potete lanciare GNU/Linux o Windows (se presente),\n" +"qualunque preferiate dei due, non appena il computer avrà terminato di\n" +"effettuare il boot.\n" +"\n" +"Cliccando sul pulsante \"Avanzato\" (solo in modalità Esperto) avrete altri\n" +"due pulsanti a vostra disposizione:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Crea il floppy di auto installazione\": per creare un floppy di\n" +"installazione che permette di eseguire automaticamente un' installazione\n" +"completa, del tutto simile a quella che avete appena finito di configurare,\n" +"senza che sia necessario l'intervento di un operatore.\n" +"\n" +" Notate che, dopo aver cliccato sul pulsante, saranno disponibili due\n" +"opzioni diverse:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Ripeti\": questa è un'installazione automatizzata solo in parte, in\n" +"quanto la fase di partizionamento del disco (e solo quella) resta\n" +"interattiva.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Automatizzata\": l'installazione è completamente automatizzata: il\n" +"disco rigido viene riscritto per intero, tutti tutti i dati che contiene\n" +"andranno persi.\n" +"\n" +" Questa caratteristica è molto utile quando si deve installare il sistema\n" +"su un gran numero di macchine dalle caratteristiche simili. Si veda la\n" +"sezione Installazione automatica sul nostro sito web.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Salva scelta pacchetti\"(*): salva la selezione dei pacchetti\n" +"effettuata in precedenza. Al momento di effettuare un'altra installazione,\n" +"potrete inserire il dischetto nel lettore e installare il sistema\n" +"richiamando lo schermo di aiuto (premendo [F1]) e digitando >>linux\n" +"defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n" +"\n" +"(*) Sarà necessario un dischetto formattato con il filesystem FAT: per\n" +"formattarne uno sotto GNU/Linux digitate \"mformat a:\"" + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"DrakX now detects any IDE device present in your computer. It will also\n" +"scan for one or more PCI SCSI card(s) on your system. If a SCSI card is\n" +"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n" +"\n" +"Because hardware detection does not always detect a piece of hardware,\n" +"DrakX will ask you to confirm if a PCI SCSI card is present. Click \"Yes\"\n" +"if you know that there is a SCSI card installed in your machine. You will\n" +"be presented a list of SCSI cards to choose from. Click \"No\" if you have\n" +"no SCSI hardware. If you are unsure, you can check the list of hardware\n" +"detected in your machine by selecting \"See hardware info\" and clicking\n" +"\"OK\". Examine the list of hardware and then click on the \"OK\" button to\n" +"return to the SCSI interface question.\n" +"\n" +"If you have to manually specify your adapter, DrakX will ask if you want to\n" +"specify options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the hardware for\n" +"the card-specific options which the hardware needs to initialize. This\n" +"usually works well.\n" +"\n" +"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options which need to be passed, you\n" +"will need to provide options to the driver manually. Please review the\n" +"``User Guide'' (chapter 3, in the ``Collecting Information on Your\n" +"Hardware'' section) for hints on retrieving the parameters required from\n" +"hardware documentation, from the manufacturer's web site (if you have\n" +"Internet access) or from Microsoft Windows (if you used this hardware with\n" +"Windows on your system)." +msgstr "" +"Ora DrakX procederà con il rilevamento di tutti i dischi rigidi e altri\n" +"dispositivi IDE presenti sul vostro computer, e cercherà anche di stabilire\n" +"se sul vostro sistema sono presenti una o più schede SCSI di tipo PCI. Se\n" +"verrà individuato un dispositivo di questo tipo, DrakX installerà\n" +"automaticamente il driver appropriato.\n" +"\n" +"Dato che il riconoscimento automatico in alcuni casi potrebbe non riuscire\n" +"a individuare una particolare periferica, vi verrà comunque chiesto se\n" +"avete una scheda SCSI PCI diversa da quelle eventualmente identificate\n" +"oppure no. Scegliete \"Sì\" se siete sicuri che nel vostro computer è\n" +"presente un'altra scheda SCSI: potrete scegliere la vostra scheda da una\n" +"lista. Scegliete \"No\" se non disponete di nessun tipo di hardware SCSI, o\n" +"se siete soddisfatti del riconoscimento automatico. Se non siete sicuri,\n" +"potete anche controllare la lista dell'hardware rilevato nella vostra\n" +"macchina selezionando \"Vedi informazioni hardware\" e cliccando su \"Ok\".\n" +"Controllate l'elenco dell'hardware individuato e poi cliccate sul pulsante\n" +"\"Ok\" per ritornare alla domanda relativa alla scheda SCSI.\n" +"\n" +"Se sarete costretti a specificare manualmente il tipo di scheda in vostro\n" +"possesso, DrakX vi chiederà se intendete indicare delle opzioni da usare\n" +"con essa. Vi consigliamo di permettere a DrakX di esaminare l'hardware per\n" +"stabilire le particolari opzioni della scheda che dovranno essere usate\n" +"all'inizializzazione; questo metodo in genere permette di ottenere buoni\n" +"risultati.\n" +"\n" +"Se DrakX non riesce a stabilire quali sono le opzioni da passare alla\n" +"scheda, dovrete specificarle manualmente. Consultate il ''Manuale\n" +"dell'utente'' (capitolo 3, paragrafo \"Ricerca di informazioni sul vostro\n" +"hardware\") per qualche suggerimento su come ottenerle dalla documentazione\n" +"dell'hardware, dal sito web del produttore (se disponete di un accesso a\n" +"Internet) o da Microsoft Windows (se avete utilizzato la stessa scheda con\n" +"Windows sul vostro stesso sistema)." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"You can add additional entries for yaboot, either for other operating\n" +"systems, alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" +"\n" +"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n" +"partition.\n" +"\n" +"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n" +"\n" +" * Label: this is simply the name you will have to type at the yaboot\n" +"prompt to select this boot option;\n" +"\n" +" * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux\n" +"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension;\n" +"\n" +" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation;\n" +"\n" +" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is used quite often\n" +"to assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse\n" +"button emulation for the often lacking 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock\n" +"Apple mouse. The following are some examples:\n" +"\n" +" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +"hda=autotune\n" +"\n" +" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +"\n" +" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules, before\n" +"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n" +"boot situation;\n" +"\n" +" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4,096 bytes. If you\n" +"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used;\n" +"\n" +" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially brought up in\n" +"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n" +"Here, you can override this option;\n" +"\n" +" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n" +"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n" +"native frame buffer support;\n" +"\n" +" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n" +"selectable by just pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will\n" +"also be highlighted with a ``*'', if you press [Tab] to see the boot\n" +"selections." +msgstr "" +"You can add additional entries for yaboot, either for other operating\n" +"systems, alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n" +"\n" +"For other OS's, the entry consists only of a label and the root partition.\n" +"\n" +"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n" +"\n" +" * Label: this is simply the name you will have to type at the yaboot\n" +"prompt to select this boot option.\n" +"\n" +" * Image: this would be the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux\n" +"or a variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n" +"\n" +" * Root: the \"root\" device or \"/\" for your Linux installation.\n" +"\n" +" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is used quite often\n" +"to assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse\n" +"button emulation for the often lacking 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock\n" +"Apple mouse. The following are some examples:\n" +"\n" +" video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +"hda=autotune\n" +"\n" +" video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n" +"\n" +" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules, before\n" +"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n" +"boot situation.\n" +"\n" +" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4,096 bytes. If you\n" +"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used.\n" +"\n" +" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially brought up in\n" +"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes \"live\".\n" +"Here, you can override this option.\n" +"\n" +" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n" +"problematic, you can select this option to boot in \"novideo\" mode, with\n" +"native frame buffer support.\n" +"\n" +" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n" +"selectable by just pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will\n" +"also be highlighted with a \"*\", if you press [Tab] to see the boot\n" +"selections." + +# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE: +# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manual/literal/drakx/it/drakx-help.xml +msgid "" +"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n" +"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n" +"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or from another\n" +"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n" +"partitions must be defined.\n" +"\n" +"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n" +"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n" +"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n" +"\n" +"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Clear all\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard\n" +"drive;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Auto allocate\": this option enables to automatically create \"Ext2\"\n" +"and swap partitions in free space of your hard drive;\n" +"\n" +" * \"More\": gives access to additional features:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Save partition table\": saves the partition table to a floppy.\n" +"Useful for later partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly\n" +"recommended to perform this step;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Restore partition table\": allows to restore a previously saved\n" +"partition table from floppy disk;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Rescue partition table\": if your partition table is damaged, you\n" +"can try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and remember\n" +"that it can fail;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Reload partition table\": discards all changes and loads your\n" +"initial partition table;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Removable media automounting\": unchecking this option will force\n" +"users to manually mount and unmount removable medias such as floppies and\n" +"CD-ROMs.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Wizard\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition\n" +"your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good knowledge of\n" +"partitioning;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Undo\": use this option to cancel your changes;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Toggle to normal/expert mode\": allows additional actions on\n" +"partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information;\n" +"\n" +" * \"Done\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n" +"save your changes back to disk.\n" +"\n" +"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n" +"partitions using [Tab] and [Up/Down] arrows.\n" +"\n" +"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected);\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition;\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point.\n" +"\n" +"To get information about the different filesystem types available, please\n" +"read the ext2fs chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n" +"\n" +"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n" +"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB, which will be used by the yaboot\n" +"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n" +"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n" +"emergency boot situations." +msgstr "" +"A questo punto, dovete decidere quali partizioni devono essere usate per\n" +"l'installazione del vostro sistema Mandrake Linux. Se sono già state\n" +"definite delle partizioni, grazie a una precedente installazione di\n" +"GNU/Linux o usando un altro programma di partizionamento, potete utilizzare\n" +"le partizioni esistenti. In caso contrario, sarà necessario creare o\n" +"modificare le partizioni del disco rigido.\n" +"\n" +"Per creare delle partizioni dovete, per prima cosa, selezionare un disco\n" +"rigido. Potete scegliere il disco da partizionare cliccando su \"hda\" per\n" +"il primo disco IDE, \"hdb\" per il secondo, \"sda\" per il primo disco\n" +"SCSI, e così via.\n" +"\n" +"Per partizionare il disco selezionato potete scegliere fra queste opzioni:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Cancella tutto\": questa opzione cancella tutte le partizioni presenti\n" +"sul disco selezionato.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Alloca automaticamente\": questa opzione vi permette di creare\n" +"automaticamente partizioni di sistema e di swap nello spazio libero\n" +"presente sul vostro disco rigido.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Ancora\": permette di accedere a funzionalità avanzate:\n" +"\n" +" * \"Salva tabella delle partizioni\": salva la tabella delle partizioni\n" +"su un floppy. Utile per recuperarla in un momento successivo, se\n" +"necessario. Vi raccomandiamo caldamente di effettuare questa operazione.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Ripristina tabella delle partizioni\": permette di ripristinare una\n" +"tabella delle partizioni precedentemente salvata su floppy disk.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Recupera tabella delle partizioni\": se la vostra tabella delle\n" +"partizioni è danneggiata potete provare a recuperarla grazie a questa\n" +"opzione. Procedete con attenzione, e ricordate che potrebbe non avere\n" +"successo.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Ricarica tabella delle partizioni\": annulla tutte le modifiche e\n" +"ricarica la tabella delle partizioni originaria.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Removable media automounting\": se disabilitate questa opzione gli\n" +"utenti saranno costretti a montare e smontare manualmente i dispositivi\n" +"rimovibili come lettori floppy e CD-ROM.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Assistente\": usate questa opzione se desiderate che il\n" +"partizionamento del disco sia effettuato con l'aiuto di un assistente.\n" +"Altamente raccomandata se non avete una buona conoscenza del\n" +"partizionamento.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Un passo indietro\": con questa opzione le modifiche apportate\n" +"verranno annullate.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Passa a modo Esperto\": permette di effettuare ulteriori azioni sulle\n" +"partizioni (tipo, opzioni, formattazione) e offre più informazioni.\n" +"\n" +" * \"Fatto\": quando avrete finito il partizionamento del disco cliccate su\n" +"questa opzione, le vostre modifiche verranno salvate sul disco.\n" +"\n" +"Si noti che è possibile raggiungere ogni opzione usando la tastiera. Per\n" +"spostarvi fra le partizioni usate i tasti [Tab] e le frecce [Sù/Giù].\n" +"\n" +"Dopo aver selezionato una partizione potete usare:\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-c per creare una nuova partizione (se avete selezionato una\n" +"partizione vuota);\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-d per cancellare una partizione;\n" +"\n" +" * Ctrl-m per impostare il punto di mount.\n" +"\n" +"Per ottenere informazioni in merito ai diversi tipi di filesystem\n" +"disponibili, consultate il capitolo ext2fs del ''Manuale di riferimento''.\n" +"\n" +"Se state effettuando l'installazione su una macchina PPC, sarà necessario\n" +"creare una piccola partizione HFS di almeno 11Mb, che verrà utilizzata dal\n" +"bootloader yaboot. Se decidete di creare una partizione più grande, diciamo\n" +"sui 50Mb, potrebbe rappresentare un utile deposito dove conservare un\n" +"kernel di riserva e immagini di ''ramdisk'' da utilizzare in caso di\n" +"emergenza." + |